Elevate Shares 485A

485APOS 1 elevateshares485a.htm 485APOS Elevate Shares 485A

AS FILED WITH THE U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON SEPTEMBER 28, 2021

1933 Act Registration File No.: 333-227298

1940 Act File No.: 811-23377

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM N-1A


REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933			x
Pre-Effective Amendment No. ___			o
Post-Effective Amendment No. 72			x
and/or
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940			x
Amendment No. 73			x

TIDAL ETF TRUST

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

898 North Broadway, Suite 2

Massapequa, New York 11758

(Address of Principal Executive Offices, Zip Code)

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code) (844) 986-7676

The Corporation Trust Company

1209 Orange Street

Corporation Trust Center

Wilmington, DE 19801

(Name and Address of Agent for Service)

Copies to:


Eric W. Falkeis Tidal ETF Services LLC 898 North Broadway, Suite 2 Massapequa, New York 11758			Christopher M. Cahlamer Godfrey & Kahn, S.C. 833 East Michigan Street, Suite 1800 Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):


			¨			immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b)
			¨			on (date) pursuant to paragraph (b)
			¨			60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)
			¨			on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)
			x			75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)
			¨			on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of rule 485

Explanatory Note: This Post-Effective Amendment No. 72 to the Registration Statement of Tidal ETF Trust is being filed to add two new series, the Elevate Shares 2X Daily Blockchain ETF and the Elevate Shares Inverse Daily Blockchain ETF, to Tidal ETF Trust.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION

Dated September 28, 2021

THE INFORMATION HEREIN IS NOT COMPLETE AND MAY BE CHANGED. WE MAY NOT SELL THESE SECURITIES UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED WITH THE U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IS EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL THESE SECURITIES AND IS NOT SOLICITING AN OFFER TO BUY THESE SECURITIES IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH THE OFFER OR SALE IS NOT PERMITTED.

Elevate Shares 2X Daily Blockchain ETF (BLOC)

Elevate Shares Inverse Daily Blockchain ETF (KOLB)

Each listed on [ ]

PROSPECTUS

[ ], 2021

The SEC has not approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

TABLE OF CONTENTS


Elevate Shares 2X Daily Blockchain ETF - FUND SUMMARY			1
Elevate Shares Inverse Daily Blockchain ETF - FUND SUMMARY			11
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE FUNDS			20
PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS			41
MANAGEMENT			41
HOW TO BUY AND SELL SHARES			42
DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS, AND TAXES			43
DISTRIBUTION			46
PREMIUM/DISCOUNT INFORMATION			46
ADDITIONAL NOTICES			46
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS			46

Elevate Shares 2X Daily Blockchain ETF - FUND SUMMARY

Important Information About the Fund

The Elevate Shares 2X Daily Blockchain ETF (the “Fund”) seeks daily leveraged investment results, before fees and expenses, that correspond to two times (2X) the performance of the Amplify Transformational Data Sharing ETF, a series of Amplify ETF Trust (the “Amplify ETF”). As a result, the Fund may be riskier than alternatives that do not use leverage because the Fund’s objective is to magnify the daily performance of the Amplify ETF. The return of the Fund for periods longer than a single day will be the result of its return for each day compounded over the period. The Fund’s returns for periods longer than a single day will very likely differ in amount, and possibly even direction, from 200% of the return of the Amplify ETF for the same period. For periods longer than a single day, the Fund will lose money if the Amplify ETF’s performance is flat, and it is possible that the Fund will lose money even if the returns of the Amplify ETF are positive. Longer holding periods, higher volatility of the Amplify ETF, and leveraged exposure each increase the impact of compounding on an investor’s returns. During periods when the Amplify ETF experiences higher volatility, the Amplify ETF’s volatility may affect the Fund’s return as much as or more than the return of the Amplify ETF.

The Fund presents different risks than other types of funds. The Fund is not suitable for all investors. The Fund is designed to be utilized only by knowledgeable investors who understand the potential consequences of seeking daily leveraged (2X) investment results, understand the risks associated with the use of leverage, and are willing to monitor their portfolios frequently. The Fund is not intended to be used by, and is not appropriate for, investors who do not intend to actively monitor and manage their portfolios. For periods longer than a single day, the Fund will lose money if the Amplify ETF’s performance is flat, and it is possible that the Fund will lose money even if the Amplify ETF’s performance increases over a period longer than a single day. An investor could lose the full principal value of his/her investment within a single day if the Amplify ETF loses more than 50% in one day.

Investment Objective

The Fund seeks to provide daily investment results, before fees and expenses, that correspond to 200% of the daily performance of the Amplify ETF. The Fund does not seek to achieve its stated investment objective over a period of time greater than a single day.

Fees and Expenses of the Fund

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy, hold, and sell shares of the Fund (“Shares”). You may pay other fees, such as brokerage commissions and other fees to financial intermediaries, which are not reflected in the table and Example below.


Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)
Management Fee			[ ]
Distribution and Service (12b-1) Fees			None
Other Expenses1			[ ]
Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses1			[ ]
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses			[ ]

1 Based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal year.

This Example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other funds. The Example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your Shares at the end of those periods. The Example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same. The Example does not take into account brokerage commissions that you may pay on your purchases and sales of Shares. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:


1 Year						3 Years
[ ]						[ ]

Portfolio Turnover

The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in total annual fund operating expenses or in the expense example above, affect the Fund’s performance. Because the Fund is newly organized, portfolio turnover information is not yet available.

Principal Investment Strategies

The Fund is an actively-managed exchange-traded fund (“ETF”) that seeks to achieve its investment objective, under normal circumstances, by investing at least 80% of its net assets (plus borrowing for investment purposes) in shares of the Amplify ETF and swap agreements that provide daily leveraged exposure to the Amplify ETF. Swap agreements are intended to produce economically leveraged investment results. The Fund will enter into one or more swap agreements with major global financial institutions for a specified period whereby the Fund and the global financial institution will agree to exchange the return (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized by the Amplify ETF. The gross return to be exchanged or “swapped” between the parties is calculated with respect to a “notional amount,” the return on or change in value of a particular dollar amount representing the returns of the Amplify ETF.

The Fund expects that its cash balances maintained in connection with the use of financial instruments will typically be held in U.S. government securities, U.S. agency securities, money market funds or repurchase agreements.

The Fund seeks daily leveraged investment results, before fees and expenses, that correspond to two times (2X) the performance of the Amplify ETF. The Amplify ETF is an actively-managed ETF that seeks to provide total return by investing at least 80% of its net assets (including investment borrowings) in the equity securities of companies actively involved in the development and utilization of “transformational data sharing technologies,” otherwise known as blockchain technologies.

The “blockchain” is a peer-to-peer shared, distributed ledger that facilitates the process of recording transactions and tracking assets in a business network. Blockchain derives its name from the way it stores transaction data — in blocks that are linked together to form a chain. As the number of transactions grow, so does the blockchain. Blocks record and confirm the time and sequence of transactions, which are then logged into the blockchain, within a discrete network governed by rules agreed on by the network participants. Although initially associated with digital commodities, it can be used to track tangible, intangible and digital assets and companies in all business sectors. Blockchains may also be private or public. The distinction between public and private blockchains is related to who is allowed to participate in the network, execute the consensus protocol and maintain the shared ledger. A public blockchain network is completely open and anyone can join and participate in the network. A private blockchain network requires an invitation and must be validated by either the network starter or by a set of rules put in place by the network starter.

The Amplify ETF seeks investments in companies, across a wide variety of industries, that are leading in the research, development, utilization and funding of blockchain-based transformational data sharing technologies. The Amplify ETF has significant exposure to information technology companies and companies located in China.

Toroso Investments, LLC (“Toroso” or the “Adviser”) serves as the investment adviser to the Fund. Toroso also serves as the investment sub-adviser to the Amplify ETF. As such, Toroso manages the investment strategy and portfolio selection for the Fund and the Amplify ETF.

The Fund is deemed to be non-diversified under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), which means that it may invest a greater percentage of its assets in the securities of a single issuer or a smaller number of issuers than if it was a diversified fund.

The Fund seeks to remain fully invested at all times consistent with its stated investment objective.

The Fund will attempt to achieve its investment objective without regard to overall market movement or the increase or decrease of the value of the Amplify ETF. At the close of the markets each trading day, the Adviser adjusts the Fund’s exposure to the Amplify ETF consistent with the Fund’s investment objective. The impact of the Amplify ETF’s movements during the day will affect whether the Fund’s portfolio needs to be re-positioned. For example, if value of the Amplify ETF has risen on a given day, net assets of the Fund should rise, meaning the Fund’s exposure will need to be increased. Conversely, if the value of the Amplify ETF has fallen on a given day, net assets of the Fund should fall, meaning the Fund’s exposure will need to be reduced. This re-positioning strategy typically results in high portfolio turnover.

The terms “daily,” “day,” and “trading day” refer to the period from the close of the markets on one trading day to the close of the markets on the next trading day.

Because of daily rebalancing and the compounding of each day’s return over time, the return of the Fund for periods longer than a single day will be the result of each day’s returns compounded over the period, which will very likely differ from 200% of the return of the Amplify ETF over the same period. The Fund will lose money if the Amplify ETF’s performance is flat over time, and as a result of daily rebalancing, the Amplify ETF’s volatility and the effects of compounding, it is even possible that the Fund will lose money over time while the Amplify ETF's performance increases over a period longer than a single day.

Principal Investment Risks

The principal risks of investing in the Fund are summarized below. As with any investment, there is a risk that you could lose all or a portion of your investment in the Fund. Some or all of these risks may adversely affect the Fund’s net asset value per share (“NAV”), trading price, yield, total return, and/or ability to meet its objective. For more information about the risks of investing in the Fund, see the section in the Fund’s Prospectus titled “Additional Information About the Funds—Principal Risks of Investing in Each Fund.”

An investment in the Fund entails risk. The Fund may not achieve its leveraged investment objective and there is a risk that you could lose all of your money invested in the Fund. The Fund is not a complete investment program. In addition, the Fund presents risks not traditionally associated with other ETFs. It is important that investors closely review all of the risks listed below and understand them before making an investment in the Fund.

Each risk summarized below is considered a “principal risk” of investing in the Fund, regardless of the order in which it appears. Because the Fund invests in the Amplify ETF, the Fund is subject to many of the same principal risks as the Amplify ETF.

Compounding and Market Volatility Risk. The Fund has a daily leveraged investment objective and the Fund’s performance for periods greater than a trading day will be the result of each day’s returns compounded over the period, which is very likely to differ from two times (2X) the Amplify ETF’s performance, before fees and expenses. Compounding affects all investments, but has a more significant impact on funds that are leveraged and that rebalance daily. For a leveraged fund, if adverse daily performance of the reference asset reduces the amount of a shareholder’s investment, any further adverse daily performance will lead to a smaller dollar loss because the shareholder’s investment had already been reduced by the prior adverse performance. Equally, however, if favorable daily performance of the reference asset increases the amount of a shareholder’s investment, the dollar amount lost due to future adverse performance will increase because the shareholder’s investment has increased.

The effect of compounding becomes more pronounced as the Amplify ETF’s volatility and the holding period increase. The impact of compounding will impact each shareholder differently depending on the period of time an investment in the Fund is held and the volatility of the Amplify ETF during a shareholder’s holding period of an investment in the Fund.

The chart below provides examples of how the Amplify ETF’s volatility could affect the Fund’s performance. The chart illustrates the impact of two factors that affect the Fund’s performance – Amplify ETF volatility and Amplify ETF return. The Amplify ETF’s returns show the percentage change in the value of the Amplify ETF over the specified time period, while the Amplify ETF’s volatility is a statistical measure of the magnitude of fluctuations in the returns during that time period. As illustrated below, even if the Amplify ETF’s return over two equal time periods is identical, different Amplify ETF volatility (i.e., fluctuations in the rates of return) during the two time periods could result in drastically different Fund performance for the two time periods due to the effects of compounding daily returns during the time periods.

Fund performance for periods greater than one single day can be estimated given any set of assumptions for the following factors: a) Amplify ETF volatility; b) Amplify ETF performance; c) period of time; d) financing rates associated with leveraged exposure; e) other Fund expenses; and f) dividends or interest paid with respect to portfolio securities held by the Amplify ETF. The chart shows estimated Fund returns for a number of combinations of Amplify ETF volatility and Amplify ETF performance over a one-year period. Performance shown in the chart assumes that: (i) no dividends were paid with respect to the portfolio securities held by the Amplify ETF; (ii) there were no Fund expenses; and (iii) borrowing/lending rates (to obtain leveraged exposure) of 0%. If Fund expenses and/or actual borrowing/lending rates were reflected, the estimated returns would be different than those shown. Particularly during periods of higher Amplify ETF volatility, compounding will cause results for periods longer than a trading day to vary from two times (2X) the performance of the Amplify ETF.

As shown in the chart below, the Fund would be expected to lose -6.1% if the Amplify ETF provided no return over a one year period during which the Amplify ETF experienced annualized volatility of 25%. If the Amplify ETF’s annualized volatility were to rise to 75%, the hypothetical loss for a one year period widens to approximately -43.0%. At higher ranges of volatility, there is a chance of a significant loss of value in the Fund, even if the Amplify ETF’s return is flat. For instance, if the Amplify ETF’s annualized volatility is 100%, the Fund would be expected to lose -63.2% of its value, even if the cumulative Amplify ETF return for the year was 0%. The volatility of the instruments that reflect the value of the Amplify ETF such as swaps, may differ from the volatility of the Amplify ETF.

Areas shaded dark gray represent those scenarios where the Fund can be expected to return less than two times (2X) the performance of the Amplify ETF and those shaded light gray represent those scenarios where the Fund can be expected to return more than two times (2X) the performance of the Amplify ETF. The Fund’s actual returns may be significantly better or worse than the returns shown below as a result of any of the factors discussed above or in the “Daily Correlation/Tracking Risk” below.


Estimated Returns of 2X Amplify ETF

Amplify ETF Performance		One Year Volatility Rate
One Year Amplify ETF	Double (2X) of the One Year	10%	25%	50%	75%	100%

-60%	-120%	-84.2%	-85.0%	-87.5%	-90.9%	-94.1%
-50%	-100%	-75.2%	-76.5%	-80.5%	-85.8%	-90.8%
-40%	-80%	-64.4%	-66.2%	-72.0%	-79.5%	-86.8%
-30%	-60%	-51.5%	-54.0%	-61.8%	-72.1%	-82.0%
-20%	-40%	-36.6%	-39.9%	-50.2%	-63.5%	-76.5%
-10%	-20%	-19.8%	-23.9%	-36.9%	-53.8%	-70.2%
0%	0%	-1.0%	-6.1%	-22.1%	-43.0%	-63.2%
10%	20%	19.8%	13.7%	-5.8%	-31.1%	-55.5%
20%	40%	42.6%	35.3%	12.1%	-18.0%	-47.0%
30%	60%	67.3%	58.8%	31.6%	-3.7%	-37.8%
40%	80%	94.0%	84.1%	52.6%	11.7%	-27.9%
50%	100%	122.8%	111.4%	75.2%	28.2%	-17.2%
60%	120%	153.5%	140.5%	99.4%	45.9%	-5.8%

The Amplify ETF’s annualized historical volatility rate for the period from January 16, 2018 (the inception date of the Amplify ETF) to December 31, 2020 was 22.85%. The Amplify ETF’s highest volatility rate for any one calendar year for the period from January 16, 2018 (the inception date of the Amplify ETF) through December 31, 2020 was 30.47% and volatility for a shorter period of time may have been substantially higher. The Amplify ETF’s annualized performance for the period from January 16, 2018 (the inception date of the Amplify ETF) to December 31, 2020 was 20.31%. Historical Amplify ETF volatility and performance are not indications of what the Amplify ETF volatility and performance will be in the future.

For information regarding the effects of volatility and the Amplify ETF performance on the long-term performance of the Fund, see “Understanding the Risks and Long-Term Performance of Daily Objective Funds – the Impact of Compounding” in the Fund’s statutory prospectus, and “Special Note Regarding the Correlation Risks of the Fund” in the Fund’s Statement of Additional Information.

Derivatives Risk. Derivatives are financial instruments that derive value from the underlying reference asset or assets, such as stocks, bonds, or funds (including ETFs), interest rates or indexes. The Fund’s investments in derivatives may pose risks in addition to, and greater than, those associated with directly investing in securities or other ordinary investments, including risk related to the market, leverage, imperfect daily correlations with underlying investments or the Fund’s other portfolio holdings, higher price volatility, lack of availability, counterparty risk, liquidity, valuation and legal restrictions. The use of derivatives is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. The use of derivatives may result in larger losses or smaller gains than directly investing in securities. When the Fund uses derivatives, there may be imperfect correlation between the value of the Amplify

ETF and the derivative, which may prevent the Fund from achieving its investment objective. Because derivatives often require only a limited initial investment, the use of derivatives may expose the Fund to losses in excess of those amounts initially invested.

In addition, the Fund’s investments in derivatives are subject to the following risks:

Swap Agreements. The use of swap transactions is a highly specialized activity, which involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. Whether the Fund will be successful in using swap agreements to achieve its investment goal depends on the ability of the Adviser to structure such swap agreements in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective and to identify counterparties for those swap agreements. If the Adviser, is unable to enter into swap agreements that provide leveraged exposure to the Amplify ETF, the Fund may not meet its stated investment objective.

The swap agreements in which the Fund invests are generally traded in the over-the-counter market, which generally has less transparency than exchange-traded derivatives instruments. In a standard swap transaction, two parties agree to exchange the return (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on particular predetermined reference assets or underlying securities or instruments. The gross return to be exchanged or swapped between the parties is calculated based on a notional amount or the return on or change in value of a particular dollar amount invested in a basket of securities.

If the Amplify ETF has a dramatic move that causes a material decline in the Fund’s net assets, the terms of a swap agreement between the Fund and its counterparty may permit the counterparty to immediately close out the swap transaction with the Fund. In that event, the Fund may be unable to enter into another swap agreement or invest in other derivatives to achieve exposure consistent with the Fund’s investment objective. This may prevent the Fund from achieving its leveraged investment objective, even if the Amplify ETF later reverses all or a portion of its movement.

Counterparty Risk. The risk of loss to the Fund for swap transactions that are entered into on a net basis depends on which party is obligated to pay the net amount to the other party. If the counterparty is obligated to pay the net amount to the Fund, the risk of loss to the Fund is loss of the entire amount that the Fund is entitled to receive. If the Fund is obligated to pay the net amount, the Fund’s risk of loss is generally limited to that net amount. If a swap agreement involves the exchange of the entire principal value of a security, the entire principal value of that security is subject to the risk that the other party to the swap will default on its contractual delivery obligations. A counterparty may be unwilling or unable to make timely payments to meet its contractual obligations or may fail to return holdings that are subject to the agreement with the counterparty. If the counterparty or its affiliate becomes insolvent, bankrupt or defaults on its payment obligations to the Fund, the value of an investment held by the Fund may decline. Additionally, if any collateral posted by the counterparty for the benefit of the Fund is insufficient or there are delays in the Fund’s ability to access such collateral, the Fund may not be able to achieve its leveraged investment objective.

In addition, the Fund may enter into swap agreements with a limited number of counterparties, which may increase the Fund’s exposure to counterparty credit risk. Further, there is a risk that no suitable counterparties will be willing to enter into, or continue to enter into, transactions with the Fund and, as a result, the Fund may not be able to achieve its leveraged investment objective or may decide to change its leveraged investment objective.

Equity Market Risk. The exposure of the Amplify ETF to investments in common stocks indirectly subjects the Fund to equity market risk. Common stocks are generally exposed to greater risk than other types of securities, such as preferred stock and debt obligations, because common stockholders generally have inferior rights to receive payment from specific issuers. Equity securities may experience sudden, unpredictable drops in value or long periods of decline in value. This may occur because of factors that affect securities markets generally or factors affecting specific issuers, industries, or sectors in which the Amplify ETF invests.

ETF Risks.

Authorized Participants, Market Makers, and Liquidity Providers Concentration Risk. The Fund has a limited number of financial institutions that are authorized to purchase and redeem Shares directly from the Fund (known as “Authorized Participants” or “APs”). In addition, there may be a limited number of market makers and/or liquidity providers in the marketplace. To the extent either of the following events occur, Shares may trade at a material discount to NAV and possibly face delisting: (i) APs exit the business or otherwise become unable to process creation and/or redemption orders and no other APs step forward to perform these services; or (ii) market makers and/or liquidity providers exit the business or significantly reduce their business activities and no other entities step forward to perform their functions.

Costs of Buying or Selling Shares. Due to the costs of buying or selling Shares, including brokerage commissions imposed by brokers and bid-ask spreads, frequent trading of Shares may significantly reduce investment results and an investment in Shares may not be advisable for investors who anticipate regularly making small investments.

Shares May Trade at Prices Other Than NAV. As with all ETFs, Shares may be bought and sold in the secondary market at market prices. Although it is expected that the market price of Shares will approximate the Fund’s NAV, there may be times when the market price of Shares is more than the NAV intra-day (premium) or less than the NAV intra-day (discount) due to supply and demand of Shares or during periods of market volatility. This risk is heightened in times of market volatility, periods of steep market declines, and periods when there is limited trading activity for Shares in the secondary market, in which case such premiums or discounts may be significant. Because securities held by the Fund may trade on foreign exchanges that are closed when the Fund’s primary listing exchange is open, the Fund is likely to experience premiums and discounts greater than those of ETFs holding only domestic securities.

Trading. Although Shares are listed on a national securities exchange, such as [ ] (the “Exchange”), and may be traded on U.S. exchanges other than the Exchange, there can be no assurance that Shares will trade with any volume, or at all, on any stock exchange. In stressed market conditions, the liquidity of Shares may begin to mirror the liquidity of the Fund’s underlying portfolio holdings, which can be significantly less liquid than Shares.

Cash Redemption Risk. The Fund’s investment strategy may require it to redeem Shares for cash or to otherwise include cash as part of its redemption proceeds. For example, the Fund may not be able to redeem in-kind certain securities held by the Fund (e.g., derivative instruments). In such a case, the Fund may be required to sell or unwind portfolio investments to obtain the cash needed to distribute redemption proceeds. This may cause the Fund to recognize a capital gain that it might not have recognized if it had made a redemption in-kind. As a result, the Fund may pay out higher annual capital gain distributions than if the in-kind redemption process was used.

High Portfolio Turnover Risk. The Fund may actively and frequently trade all or a significant portion of the Fund’s holdings. A high portfolio turnover rate increases transaction costs, which may increase the Fund’s expenses. Frequent trading may also cause adverse tax consequences for investors in the Fund due to an increase in short-term capital gains.

Liquidity Risk. Some securities held by the Fund, including swap agreements, may be difficult to sell or be illiquid, particularly during times of market turmoil. Markets for securities or financial instruments could be disrupted by a number of events, including, but not limited to, an economic crisis, natural disasters, epidemics/pandemics, new legislation or regulatory changes inside or outside the United States. Illiquid securities may be difficult to value, especially in changing or volatile markets. If the Fund is forced to sell an illiquid security at an unfavorable time or price, the Fund may be adversely impacted. Certain market conditions or restrictions, such as market rules related to short sales, may prevent the Fund from limiting losses, realizing gains or achieving a high correlation with the Amplify ETF. There is no assurance that a security that is deemed liquid when purchased will continue to be liquid. Market illiquidity may cause losses for the Fund.

Intra-Day Investment Risk. The Fund seeks leveraged investment results from the close of the market on a given trading day until the close of the market on the subsequent trading day. The exact exposure of an investment in the Fund intraday in the secondary market is a function of the difference between the value of the Amplify ETF at the market close on the first trading day and the value of the Amplify ETF at the time of purchase. If the Amplify ETF gains value, the Fund’s net assets will rise by the same amount as the Fund’s exposure. Conversely, if the Amplify ETF declines in value, the Fund’s net assets will decline by the same amount as the Fund’s exposure. Thus, an investor that purchases shares intra-day may experience performance that is greater than, or less than, the Fund’s stated multiple of the Amplify ETF.

If there is a significant intra-day market event and/or the securities of the Amplify ETF experience a significant decrease, the Fund may not meet its investment objective or rebalance its portfolio appropriately.

Leverage Risk. The Fund obtains investment exposure in excess of its net assets by utilizing leverage and may lose more money in market conditions that are adverse to its investment objective than a fund that does not utilize leverage. An investment in the Fund is exposed to the risk that a decline in the daily performance of the Amplify ETF will be magnified. This means that an investment in the Fund will be reduced by an amount equal to 2% for every 1% daily decline in the value of the Amplify ETF, not including the costs of financing leverage and other operating expenses, which would further reduce its value. The Fund could theoretically lose an amount greater than its net assets in the event the value of the Amplify ETF declines more than 50% in a single trading day. Leverage will also have the effect of magnifying any differences in the Fund’s correlation with the Amplify ETF.

interest on U.S. Government obligations may be backed by the full faith and credit of the United States or may be backed solely by the issuing or guaranteeing agency or instrumentality itself. In the latter case, the investor must look principally to the agency or instrumentality issuing or guaranteeing the obligation for ultimate repayment, which agency or instrumentality may be privately owned. There can be no assurance that the U.S. Government would provide financial support to its agencies or instrumentalities (including government-sponsored enterprises) where it is not obligated to do so.

New Fund Risk. The Fund is a recently organized management investment company with no operating history. As a result, prospective investors do not have a track record or history on which to base their investment decisions.

Non-Diversification Risk. Because the Fund is “non-diversified,” it may invest a greater percentage of its assets in the securities of a single issuer or a smaller number of issuers than if it was a diversified fund. As a result, a decline in the value of an investment in a single issuer or a smaller number of issuers could cause the Fund’s overall value to decline to a greater degree than if the Fund held a more diversified portfolio.

Money Market Instrument Risk. The Fund may use a variety of money market instruments for cash management purposes, including money market funds, depositary accounts and repurchase agreements. Repurchase agreements are contracts in which a seller of securities agrees to buy the securities back at a specified time and price. Repurchase agreements may be subject to market and credit risk related to the collateral securing the repurchase agreement. Money market instruments may lose money.

Other Investment Companies Risk. The Fund may invest directly in another investment company by purchasing shares of the investment company. By investing in another investment company, the Fund becomes a shareholder of that investment company and bears its proportionate share of the fees and expenses of the other investment company. There is also the risk that the Fund may suffer losses due to the investment practices of the underlying fund as the Fund will be subject to substantially the same risks as those associated with the direct ownership of securities held by such underlying fund. The Fund may be subject to statutory limits with respect to the amount it can invest in other ETFs, which may adversely affect the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective. ETFs may be less liquid than other investments, and thus their share values more volatile than the values of the investments they hold. Investments in ETFs are also subject to the “ETF Risk” described above.

Recent Market Events Risk. U.S. and international markets have experienced significant periods of volatility in recent years and months due to a number of economic, political and global macro factors including the impact of the novel coronavirus (COVID-19) as a global pandemic, which has resulted in public health issues, growth concerns in the U.S. and overseas, layoffs, rising unemployment claims, changed travel and social behaviors, and reduced consumer spending. The effects of COVID-19 may lead to a substantial economic downturn or recession in the U.S. and global economies, the recovery from which is uncertain and may last for an extended period of time. These developments as well as other events could result in further market volatility and negatively affect financial asset prices, the liquidity of certain securities and the normal operations of securities exchanges and other markets.

Daily Correlation/Tracking Risk. There is no guarantee that the Fund will achieve a high degree of correlation to the Amplify ETF and therefore achieve its daily leveraged investment objective. To achieve a high degree of correlation with the Amplify ETF, the Fund seeks to rebalance its portfolio daily to keep leverage consistent with its daily leveraged investment objective. In addition, the Fund’s exposure to the Amplify ETF is impacted by the Amplify ETF portfolio holding movement. Because of this, it is unlikely that the Fund will be perfectly exposed to the Amplify ETF at the end of each day. The possibility of the Fund being materially over- or under-exposed to the Amplify ETF increases on days when the Amplify ETF is volatile near the close of the trading day. Market disruptions, regulatory restrictions and extreme volatility will also adversely affect the Fund’s ability to adjust exposure to the required levels.

The Fund may have difficulty achieving its daily leveraged investment objective due to fees, expenses, transaction costs, financing costs related to the use of derivatives, investments in ETFs, directly or indirectly, income items, valuation methodology, accounting standards and disruptions or illiquidity in the markets for the securities or derivatives held by the Fund. The Fund may be subject to large movements of assets into and out of the Fund, potentially resulting in the Fund being over- or under-exposed to the Amplify ETF. The Fund may take or refrain from taking positions to improve the tax efficiency or to comply with various regulatory restrictions, either of which may negatively impact the Fund’s correlation to the Amplify ETF.

Blockchain Investments Risk. The exposure of the Amplify ETF to companies actively engaged in blockchain technology may subject the Fund to the following risks of companies engaged in blockchain technology:

•The technology is new and many of its uses may be untested. The mechanics of using distributed ledger technology to transact in other types of assets, such as securities or derivatives, is less clear. There is no assurance that widespread adoption will occur. A lack of expansion in the usage of blockchain technology could adversely affect an investment in the Fund.

•Theft, loss or destruction. Transacting on a blockchain depends in part specifically on the use of cryptographic keys that are required to access a user’s account (or “wallet”). The theft, loss or destruction of these keys impairs the value of ownership claims users have over the relevant assets being represented by the ledger (whether “smart contracts,” securities, currency or other digital assets). The theft, loss or destruction of private or public keys needed to transact on a blockchain could also adversely affect a company’s business or operations if it were dependent on the ledger.

•Competing platforms and technologies. The development and acceptance of competing platforms or technologies may cause consumers or investors to use an alternative to blockchains.

•Cyber security incidents. Cyber security incidents may compromise an issuer, its operations or its business. Cyber security incidents may also specifically target user’s transaction history, digital assets, or identity, thereby leading to privacy concerns. In addition, certain features of blockchain technology, such as decentralization, open source protocol, and reliance on peer-to-peer connectivity, may increase the risk of fraud or cyber-attack by potentially reducing the likelihood of a coordinated response.

•Developmental risk. Blockchain technology may never develop optimized transactional processes that lead to realized economic returns for any company in which the Amplify ETF invests. Companies that are developing applications of blockchain technology applications may not in fact do so or may not be able to capitalize on those blockchain technologies. The development of new or competing platforms may cause consumers and investors to use alternatives to blockchains.

•Intellectual property claims. A proliferation of recent startups attempting to apply blockchain technology in different contexts means the possibility of conflicting intellectual property claims could be a risk to an issuer, its operations or its business. This could also pose a risk to blockchain platforms that permit transactions in digital securities. Regardless of the merit of any intellectual property or other legal action, any threatened action that reduces confidence in the viability of blockchain may adversely affect an investment in the Fund.

•Lack of regulation. Digital commodities and their associated platforms are largely unregulated, and the regulatory environment is rapidly evolving. Because blockchain works by having every transaction build on every other transaction, participants can self-police any corruption, which can mitigate the need to depend on the current level of legal or government safeguards to monitor and control the flow of business transactions. As a result, companies engaged in such blockchain activities may be exposed to adverse regulatory action, fraudulent activity or even failure.

•Third party product defects or vulnerabilities. Where blockchain systems are built using third party products, those products may contain technical defects or vulnerabilities beyond a company’s control. Open-source technologies that are used to build a blockchain application, may also introduce defects and vulnerabilities.

•Reliance on the Internet. Blockchain functionality relies on the Internet. A significant disruption of Internet connectivity affecting large numbers of users or geographic areas could impede the functionality of blockchain technologies and adversely affect the Fund. In addition, certain features of blockchain technology, such as decentralization, open source protocol, and reliance on peer-to-peer connectivity, may increase the risk of fraud or cyber-attack by potentially reducing the likelihood of a coordinated response.

•Line of business risk. Some of the companies in which the Amplify ETF will invest are engaged in other lines of business unrelated to blockchain and these lines of business could adversely affect their operating results. The operating results of these companies may fluctuate as a result of these additional risks and events in the other lines of business. In addition, a company’s ability to engage in new activities may expose it to business risks with which it has less experience than it has with the business risks associated with its traditional businesses. Despite a company’s possible success in activities linked to its use of blockchain, there can be no assurance that the other lines of business in which these companies are engaged will not have an adverse effect on a company’s business or financial condition.

China Risk. The Amplify ETF invests significantly in the securities of Chinese issuers. Therefore, in addition to the risks associated with investments in non-U.S. securities generally, the Fund is indirectly subject to certain risks associated specifically with investments in securities of Chinese issuers, including those issuers with securities listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange. China is an emerging market and demonstrates significantly higher volatility from time to time in comparison to developed markets. The central government has historically exercised substantial control over virtually every sector of the Chinese economy through administrative regulation and/or state ownership and actions of the Chinese central and local government authorities continue to have a substantial effect on economic conditions in China. Export growth continues to be a major driver of China’s rapid economic growth. Reduction in spending on Chinese products and services, institution of tariffs or other trade barriers, or a downturn in any of the economies of China’s key trading partners may have an adverse impact on the Chinese economy. Recent developments in relations between the U.S. and China have heightened concerns of increased tariffs and restrictions on trade between the two countries. An increase in tariffs or trade restrictions, or even the threat of such developments, could lead to a significant reduction in international trade, which could have a negative impact on China’s export industry and a commensurately negative impact on the Fund. From time to time and as recently as January 2020, China has experienced outbreaks of infectious illnesses, and the country may be subject to other public health threats, infectious illnesses, diseases or similar issues in the future. Any spread of an infectious illness, public health threat or similar issue could reduce consumer demand or economic output, result in market closures, travel restrictions or quarantines, and generally have a significant impact on the Chinese economy, which in turn could adversely affect the Fund’s investments.

Emerging Markets Risk. The exposure of the Amplify ETF to investments in emerging markets indirectly subjects the Fund to emerging markets risk. Emerging market countries include, but are not limited to, those considered to be developing by the International Monetary Fund, the World Bank, the International Finance Corporation or one of the leading global investment banks. The majority of these countries are likely to be located in Asia, Latin America, the Middle East, Central and Eastern Europe, and Africa. Investments in emerging market issuers are subject to a greater risk of loss than investments in issuers located or operating in more developed markets. This is due to, among other things, the potential for greater market volatility, lower trading volume, higher levels of inflation, political and economic instability, greater risk of a market shutdown and more governmental limitations on foreign investments in emerging market countries than are typically found in more developed markets. Moreover, emerging markets often have less uniformity in accounting and reporting requirements, less reliable securities valuations and greater risks associated with custody of securities than developed markets. In addition, emerging markets often have greater risk of capital controls through such measures as taxes or interest rate control than developed markets. Certain emerging market countries may also lack the infrastructure necessary to attract large amounts of foreign trade and investment.

Information Technology Companies Risk. The exposure of the Amplify ETF to information technology companies indirectly subjects the Fund to the following risks of information technology companies: rapidly changing technologies; short product life cycles; fierce competition; aggressive pricing and reduced profit margins; the loss of patent, copyright and trademark protections; cyclical market patterns; evolving industry standards; and frequent new product introductions. Information technology companies may be smaller and less experienced companies, with limited product lines, markets or financial resources and fewer experienced management or marketing personnel. Information technology company stocks, especially those which are internet related, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that are often unrelated to their operating performance.

Performance

Performance information for the Fund is not included because the Fund has not completed a full calendar year of operations as of the date of this Prospectus. When such information is included, this section will provide some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund by showing changes in the Fund’s performance history from year to year and showing how the Fund’s average annual total returns compare with those of the Amplify ETF and a broad measure of market performance. Although past performance of the Fund is no guarantee of how it will perform in the future, historical performance may give you some indication of the risks of investing in the Fund. Updated performance information will be available on the Fund’s website at [website url].

Management

Investment Adviser: Toroso Investments, LLC serves as investment adviser to the Fund.

Portfolio Managers

The following individuals are jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund.

Michael Venuto, Chief Investment Officer for Toroso, has been a portfolio manager of the Fund since its inception in [ ] 2021.

Charles A. Ragauss, CFA, Portfolio Manager for Toroso, has been a portfolio manager of the Fund since its inception in [ ] 2021.

Purchase and Sale of Shares

The Fund issues and redeems Shares at NAV only in large blocks known as “Creation Units,” which only APs (typically, broker-dealers) may purchase or redeem. The Fund generally issues and redeems Creation Units in exchange for a portfolio of securities (the “Deposit Securities”) and/or a designated amount of U.S. cash.

Shares are listed on a national securities exchange, such as the Exchange, and individual Shares may only be bought and sold in the secondary market through brokers at market prices, rather than NAV. Because Shares trade at market prices rather than NAV, Shares may trade at a price greater than NAV (premium) or less than NAV (discount).

An investor may incur costs attributable to the difference between the highest price a buyer is willing to pay to purchase Shares (the “bid” price) and the lowest price a seller is willing to accept for Shares (the “ask” price) when buying or selling Shares in the secondary market. This difference in bid and ask prices is often referred to as the “bid-ask spread.”

When available, information regarding the Fund’s NAV, market price, how often Shares traded on the Exchange at a premium or discount, and bid-ask spreads can be found on the Fund’s website at [website url].

Tax Information

Fund distributions are generally taxable as ordinary income, qualified dividend income, or capital gains (or a combination), unless an investment is in an individual retirement account (“IRA”) or other tax-advantaged account. Distributions on investments made through tax-deferred arrangements may be taxed later upon withdrawal of assets from those accounts.

Financial Intermediary Compensation

If you purchase Shares through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank) (an “Intermediary”), the Adviser or its affiliates may pay Intermediaries for certain activities related to the Fund, including participation in activities that are designed to make Intermediaries more knowledgeable about exchange-traded products, including the Fund, or for other activities, such as marketing, educational training, or other initiatives related to the sale or promotion of Shares. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the Intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Fund over another investment. Any such arrangements do not result in increased Fund expenses. Ask your salesperson or visit the Intermediary’s website for more information.

Elevate Shares Inverse Daily Blockchain ETF - FUND SUMMARY

Important Information About the Fund

The Elevate Shares Inverse Daily Blockchain ETF (the “Fund”) seeks daily investment results, before fees and expenses, that correspond to the inverse (or opposite) of the performance of the Amplify Transformational Data Sharing ETF (the “Amplify ETF”). The pursuit of daily inverse investment goals means that the Fund may be riskier than alternatives that do not seek inverse performance. The return of the Fund for periods longer than a single day will be the result of its return for each day compounded over the period. The Fund’s returns for periods longer than a single day will very likely differ in amount, and possibly even direction, from -100% of the return of the Amplify ETF for the same period. As a consequence, longer holding periods and higher volatility of the Amplify ETF increase the impact of compounding on an investor’s returns. During periods of higher Amplify ETF volatility, the volatility of the Amplify ETF may affect the Fund’s return as much as, or more than, the return of the Amplify ETF. Further, the return for investors that invest for periods longer or shorter than a trading day should not be expected to be -100% of the performance of the Amplify ETF for the trading day.

The Fund presents different risks than other types of funds. The Fund is not suitable for all investors. The Fund is designed to be utilized only by knowledgeable investors who understand the potential consequences of seeking daily inverse (-1X) investment results, understand the risks associated with the use of shorting, and are willing to monitor their portfolios frequently. The Fund is not intended to be used by, and is not appropriate for, investors who do not intend to actively monitor and manage their portfolios. For periods longer than a single day, the Fund will lose money if the Amplify ETF’s performance is flat, and it is possible that the Fund will lose money even if the Amplify ETF’s performance decreases over a period longer than a single day. An investor could lose the full principal value of his/her investment within a single day.

Investment Objective

The Fund seeks to provide daily investment results, before fees and expenses, that correspond to 100% of the inverse (or opposite) of the daily performance of the Amplify ETF. The Fund does not seek to achieve its stated investment objective over a period of time greater than a single day.

Fees and Expenses of the Fund


Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)
Management Fee			[ ]
Distribution and Service (12b-1) Fees			None
Other Expenses1			[ ]
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses			[ ]

1 Based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal year.

Expense Example


1 Year						3 Years
[ ]						[ ]

Portfolio Turnover

Principal Investment Strategies

The Fund is an actively-managed exchange-traded fund (“ETF”) that seeks to achieve its investment objective, under normal circumstances, by investing in swap agreements and short positions on the Amplify ETF that provide inverse (opposite) or short exposure to the value of the Amplify ETF equal to at least 80% of the Fund’s assets (plus borrowing for investment purposes).

The Fund will enter into one or more swap agreements with major global financial institutions for a specified period whereby the Fund and the global financial institution will agree to exchange the return (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized by the Amplify ETF. The gross return to be exchanged or “swapped” between the parties is calculated with respect to a “notional amount,” for example, the return on or change in value of a particular dollar amount representing the returns of the Amplify ETF.

The Fund will gain inverse exposure to the Amplify ETF by investing in a combination of swaps and short positions that provide short exposure on the Amplify ETF. The Fund invests in derivatives as a substitute for directly shorting securities in order to gain inverse exposure to the Amplify ETF. When the Fund shorts the Amplify ETF, it borrows shares of the Amplify ETF, which it then sells. The Fund closes out a short sale by purchasing the same number of shares of the Amplify ETF the Fund borrowed and returning those shares to the entity that lent the Fund the Amplify ETF shares initially.

The Fund seeks daily investment results, before fees and expenses, that correspond to the inverse (-1X) of the performance of the Amplify ETF. The Amplify ETF is an actively-managed ETF that seeks to provide total return by investing at least 80% of its net assets (including investment borrowings) in the equity securities of companies actively involved in the development and utilization of “transformational data sharing technologies,” otherwise known as blockchain technologies.

The Fund seeks to remain fully invested at all times consistent with its stated inverse investment objective.

The Fund will attempt to achieve its investment objective without regard to overall market movement or the increase or decrease of the value of the securities of the Amplify ETF. At the close of the markets each trading day, the Adviser positions the Fund’s portfolio so that its exposure to the Amplify ETF is consistent with the Fund’s inverse investment objective. For

example, if the value of the Amplify ETF has fallen on a given day, net assets of the Fund should rise, meaning that the Fund’s exposure will need to be increased. Conversely, if the value of the Amplify ETF has risen on a given day, net assets of the Fund should fall, meaning the Fund’s exposure will need to be reduced. This re-positioning strategy may result in high portfolio turnover.

The terms “daily,” “day,” and “trading day” refer to the period from the close of the markets on one trading day to the close of the markets on the next trading day.

Because of daily rebalancing and the compounding of each day’s return over time, the return of the Fund for periods longer than a single day will be the result of each day’s returns compounded over the period, which will very likely differ from -100% of the return of the Amplify ETF over the same period. The Fund will lose money if the Amplify ETF’s performance is flat over time, and as a result of daily rebalancing, the Amplify ETF’s volatility and the effects of compounding, it is even possible that the Fund will lose money over time while the Amplify ETF's performance decreases over a period longer than a single day.

Principal Investment Risks

Each risk summarized below is considered a “principal risk” of investing in the Fund, regardless of the order in which it appears. Because the Fund seeks daily investment results that correspond to the inverse of the performance of the Amplify ETF, the Fund is subject to many of the same risks as the Amplify ETF.

Compounding and Market Volatility Risk. The Fund has a daily inverse investment objective and the Fund’s performance for periods greater than a trading day will be the result of each day’s returns compounded over the period, which is very likely to differ from -100% of the Amplify ETF’s performance, before fees and expenses. Compounding affects all investments, but has a more significant impact on funds that are inverse and that rebalance daily. For an inverse fund, if adverse daily performance of the reference asset reduces the amount of a shareholder’s investment, any further adverse daily performance will lead to a smaller dollar loss because the shareholder’s investment had already been reduced by the prior adverse performance. Equally, however, if favorable daily performance of the reference assets increases the amount of a shareholder’s investment, the dollar amount lost due to future adverse performance will increase because the shareholder’s investment has increased.

The effect of compounding becomes more pronounced as the Amplify ETF’s volatility and the holding period increase. The impact of compounding will impact each shareholder differently depending on the period of time an investment in the Fund is held and the volatility of the Amplify ETF during shareholder’s holding period of an investment in the Fund.

The chart below provides examples of how the Amplify ETF’s volatility could affect the Fund’s performance. Fund performance for periods greater than one single day can be estimated given any set of assumptions for the following factors: a) Amplify ETF volatility; b) Amplify ETF performance; c) period of time; d) financing rates associated with inverse exposure; e) other Fund expenses; and f) dividends or interest paid with respect to portfolio securities held by the Amplify ETF. The chart below illustrates the impact of two principal factors – Amplify ETF volatility and Amplify ETF performance – on Fund performance. The chart shows estimated Fund returns for a number of combinations of the Amplify ETF’s volatility and the Amplify ETF’s performance over a one-year period. Performance shown in the chart assumes that: (i) no dividends were paid with respect to the portfolio securities held by the Amplify ETF; (ii) there were no Fund expenses; and (iii) borrowing/lending rates (to obtain inverse exposure) of 0%. If Fund expenses and/or actual borrowing/lending rates were reflected, the estimated returns would be different than those shown.

As shown in the chart below, the Fund would be expected to lose -6.1% if the Amplify ETF provided no return over a one year period during which the Amplify ETF experienced annualized volatility of 25%. If the Amplify ETF annualized volatility were to rise to 75%, the hypothetical loss for a one year period widens to approximately -43.0%. At higher ranges of volatility, there is a chance of a significant loss of value in the Fund. For instance, if the Amplify ETF’s annualized volatility is 100%, the Fund would be expected to lose approximately -63.2% of its value, even if the cumulative return of the

Amplify ETF for the year was 0%. The volatility of the instruments that reflect the value of the Amplify ETF such as swaps, may differ from the volatility of the Amplify ETF.

Areas shaded dark gray represent those scenarios where the Fund can be expected to return less than -100% of the performance of the Amplify ETF and those shaded light gray represent those scenarios where the Fund can be expected to return more than -100% of the performance of the Amplify ETF. The Fund’s actual returns may be significantly better or worse than the returns shown below as a result of any of the factors discussed above or in “Daily Inverse Correlation/Tracking Risk” below.


Estimated Returns of -1X Amplify ETF

Amplify ETF Performance		One Year Volatility Rate
One Year Amplify ETF	Inverse (-1X) of the One Year	10%	25%	50%	75%	100%

-60%	60%	147.5%	134.9%	94.7%	42.4%	-8.0%
-50%	50%	98.0%	87.9%	55.8%	14.0%	-26.4%
-40%	40%	65.0%	56.6%	29.8%	-5.0%	-38.7%
-30%	30%	41.4%	34.2%	11.3%	-18.6%	-47.4%
-20%	20%	23.8%	17.4%	-2.6%	-28.8%	-54.0%
-10%	10.0%	10.0%	4.4%	-13.5%	-36.7%	-59.1%
0%	0%	-1.0%	-6.1%	-22.1%	-43.0%	-63.2%
10%	-10%	-10.0%	-14.6%	-29.2%	-48.2%	-66.6%
20%	-20%	-17.5%	-21.7%	-35.1%	-52.5%	-69.3%
30%	-30%	-23.8%	-27.7%	-40.1%	-56.2%	-71.7%
40%	-40%	-29.3%	-32.9%	-44.4%	-59.3%	-73.7%
50%	-50%	-34.0%	-37.4%	-48.1%	-62.0%	-75.5%
60%	-60%	-38.1%	-41.3%	-51.3%	-64.4%	-77.0%

The Amplify ETF’s annualized historical volatility rate for the period from January 16, 2018 (the inception date of the Amplify ETF) to December 31, 2020 was 22.85%. The Amplify ETF’ highest volatility rate for any one calendar year for the period from January 16, 2018 (the inception date of the Amplify ETF) through December 31, 2020 was 30.47% and volatility for a shorter period of time may have been substantially higher. The Amplify ETF’ annualized performance for the period from January 16, 2018 (the inception date of the Amplify ETF) to December 31, 2020 was 20.31%. Historical Amplify ETF volatility and performance are not indications of what the Amplify ETF volatility and performance will be in the future.

For information regarding the effects of volatility and Amplify ETF performance on the long-term performance of the Fund, see “Understanding the Risks and Long-Term Performance of Daily Objective Funds – the Impact of Compounding” in the Fund’s statutory prospectus, and “Special Note Regarding the Correlation Risks of the Fund” in the Fund’s Statement of Additional Information.

In addition, the Fund’s investments in derivatives are subject to the following risks:

Swap Agreements. The use of swap transactions is a highly specialized activity, which involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. Whether the Fund will be successful in using swap agreements to achieve its investment goal depends on the ability of the Adviser to structure swap agreements in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective and to identify counterparties for those swap agreements. If the Adviser is unable to enter into swap agreements that provide inverse exposure to the Amplify ETF, the Fund may not meet its investment objective.

Shorting Risk. A short position is a financial arrangement in which the short position appreciates in value when a reference asset falls in value and depreciates in value when the reference asset rises in value. Over the long term, most assets are expected to rise in value and short positions are expected to depreciate in value. Short positions therefore may be riskier and more speculative than traditional investments.

Obtaining inverse or “short” exposure through the use of derivatives such as swap agreements may expose the Fund to certain risks such as an increase in volatility or decrease in the liquidity of the securities of the underlying short position. If the Fund were to experience this volatility or decreased liquidity, the Fund’s return may be lower, the Fund’s ability to obtain inverse exposure through the use of derivatives may be limited or the Fund may be required to obtain inverse exposure through alternative investment strategies that may be less desirable or more costly to implement. If the securities underlying the short positions are thinly traded or have a limited market due to various factors, including regulatory action, the Fund may be unable to meet its investment objective due to a lack of available securities or counterparties. The Fund may not be able to issue additional Creation Units during period when it cannot meet its investment objective due to these factors. Any income, dividends or payments by the assets underlying the Fund’s short positions will negatively impact the Fund.

ETF Risk.

Cash Redemption Risk. The Fund’s investment strategy may require it to redeem Shares for cash or to otherwise include cash as part of its redemption proceeds. For example, the Fund may not be able to redeem in-kind certain securities held by the Fund (e.g., derivative instruments and bonds that cannot be broken up beyond certain minimum sizes needed for transfer and settlement). In such a case, the Fund may be required to sell or unwind portfolio investments to obtain the cash needed to distribute redemption proceeds. This may cause the Fund to recognize a capital gain that it might not have recognized if it had made a redemption in-kind. As a result, the Fund may pay out higher annual capital gain distributions than if the in-kind redemption process was used.

Liquidity Risk. Some securities held by the Fund, including derivatives, may be difficult to sell or be illiquid, particularly during times of market turmoil. Markets for securities or financial instruments could be disrupted by a number of events, including, but not limited to, an economic crisis, natural disasters, epidemics/pandemics, new legislation or regulatory changes inside or outside the United States. Illiquid securities may be difficult to value, especially in changing or volatile markets. If the Fund is forced to sell an illiquid security at an unfavorable time or price, the Fund may be adversely impacted. Certain market conditions or restrictions, such as market rules related to short sales, may prevent the Fund from limiting losses, realizing gains or achieving a high correlation with the Amplify ETF. There is no assurance that a security that is deemed liquid when purchased will continue to be liquid. Market illiquidity may cause losses for the Fund.

Intra-Day Investment Risk. The Fund seeks investment results from the close of the market on a given trading day until the close of the market on the subsequent trading day. The exact exposure of an investment in the Fund intraday in the secondary market is a function of the difference between the value of the Amplify ETF at the market close on the first trading day and the value of the Amplify ETF at the time of purchase. If the Amplify ETF loses value, the Fund’s net assets will rise by the same amount as the Fund’s exposure. Conversely, if the Amplify ETF rises, the Fund’s net assets will decline by the same amount as the Fund’s exposure. Thus, an investor that purchases shares intra-day may experience performance that is greater than, or less than, the inverse of the performance of the Amplify ETF.

If there is a significant intra-day market event and/or the securities of the Amplify ETF experiences a significant decrease, the Fund may not meet its investment objective or rebalance its portfolio appropriately.

U.S. Government and U.S. Agency Obligations Risk. The Fund may invest in securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities. U.S. Government obligations include securities issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, such as the U.S. Treasury. Payment of principal and interest on U.S. Government obligations may be backed by the full faith and credit of the United States or may be backed solely by the issuing or guaranteeing agency or instrumentality itself. In the latter case, the investor must look principally to the agency or instrumentality issuing or guaranteeing the obligation for ultimate repayment, which agency or instrumentality may be privately owned. There can be no assurance that the U.S. Government would provide financial support to its agencies or instrumentalities (including government-sponsored enterprises) where it is not obligated to do so,

Daily Inverse Correlation/Tracking Risk. Investors will lose money when the Amplify ETF appreciates in value. There is no guarantee that the Fund will achieve a high degree of inverse correlation to the Amplify ETF and therefore achieve its daily inverse investment objective. The Fund’s exposure to the Amplify ETF is impacted by the Amplify ETF’s portfolio holdings movement. Because of this, it is unlikely that the Fund will be perfectly exposed to the Amplify ETF at the end of each day. The possibility of the Fund being materially over- or under-exposed to the Amplify ETF increases on days when the Amplify ETF is volatile near the close of the trading day. Market disruptions, regulatory restrictions and high volatility will also adversely affect the Fund’s ability to adjust exposure to the required levels. Due to the inverse nature of the Fund’s investment strategy, the occurrence of some of these events or market conditions discussed below may be favorable to the Fund’s returns; however, nonoccurrence of these events below could have no effect on the Fund’s returns, or could cause the value of the Fund’s assets to decrease.

The Fund may have difficulty achieving its daily inverse investment objective due to fees, expenses, transaction costs, financing costs related to the use of derivatives, income items, valuation methodology, accounting standards and disruptions or illiquidity in the markets for the securities or derivatives held by the Fund. The Fund may be subject to large movements of assets into and out of the Fund, potentially resulting in the Fund being over- or under-exposed to the Amplify ETF. The Fund may take or refrain from taking positions to improve tax efficiency or to comply with various regulatory restrictions, which may negatively impact the Fund’s inverse correlation to the Amplify ETF. Any of these factors could decrease correlation between the performance of the Fund and the Amplify ETF and may hinder the Fund’s ability to meet its daily inverse investment objective.

Blockchain Investments Risk. The exposure of the Amplify ETF to companies actively engaged in blockchain technology may subject the Fund to the following risks:

•Competing platforms and technologies. The development and acceptance of competing platforms or technologies may cause consumers or investors to use an alternative to blockchains.

•Developmental risk. Blockchain technology may never develop optimized transactional processes. Companies that are developing applications of blockchain technology applications may not in fact do so or may not be able to capitalize on those blockchain technologies. The development of new or competing platforms may cause consumers and investors to use alternatives to blockchains.

concerns of increased tariffs and restrictions on trade between the two countries. An increase in tariffs or trade restrictions, or even the threat of such developments, could lead to a significant reduction in international trade, which could have a negative impact on China’s export industry and a commensurately negative impact on the Fund. From time to time and as recently as January 2020, China has experienced outbreaks of infectious illnesses, and the country may be subject to other public health threats, infectious illnesses, diseases or similar issues in the future. Any spread of an infectious illness, public health threat or similar issue could reduce consumer demand or economic output, result in market closures, travel restrictions or quarantines, and generally have a significant impact on the Chinese economy, which in turn could adversely affect the Fund’s investments.

Performance

Management

Investment Adviser: Toroso Investments, LLC serves as investment adviser to the Fund.

Portfolio Managers

The following individuals are jointly and primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund.

Michael Venuto, Chief Investment Officer for Toroso, has been a portfolio manager of the Fund since its inception in [ ] 2021.

Charles A. Ragauss, CFA, Portfolio Manager for Toroso, has been a portfolio manager of the Fund since its inception in [ ] 2021.

Purchase and Sale of Shares

Tax Information

Financial Intermediary Compensation

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE FUNDS

Investment Objectives

Elevate Shares 2X Daily Blockchain ETF. The Elevate Shares 2X Daily Blockchain ETF (the “2X ETF”) is designed to seek daily investment results, before fees and expenses, that correspond to two times (2X) the performance of the Amplify ETF. If, on a given day, the Amplify ETF gains 1%, the 2X ETF is designed to gain approximately 2% (which is equal to two times 1%), Conversely, if the Amplify ETF loses 1% on a given day, the 2X ETF is designed to lose approximately 2%. The 2X ETF seeks leveraged investment results on a daily basis – from the close of regular trading on one trading day to the close on the next trading day – which should not be equated with seeking a leveraged (2X ETF) investment objective for any other period.

The 2X ETF seeks to provide a return which is two times the daily performance of the Amplify ETF. The 2X ETF does not attempt to, and should not be expected to, provide returns which are two times the return of the Amplify ETF for periods other than a single day. The 2X ETF rebalances its portfolio on a daily basis, increasing exposure in response to that day’s gains or reducing exposure in response to that day’s losses.

The exposure to the Amplify ETF received by an investor who purchases the 2X ETF intra-day will differ from the 2X ETF’s stated daily leveraged investment objective by an amount determined by the movement of the Amplify ETF from its value at the end of the prior day. If the Amplify ETF moves in a direction favorable to the 2X ETF between the close of the market on one trading day through the time on the next trading day when the investor purchases Fund shares, the investor will receive less exposure to the Amplify ETF than the 2X ETF’s stated daily leveraged investment objective. Conversely, if the Amplify ETF moves in a direction adverse to the 2X ETF, the investor will receive more exposure to the Amplify ETF than the 2X ETF’s stated daily leveraged investment objective.

Elevate Shares Inverse Daily Blockchain ETF. The Elevate Shares Inverse Daily Blockchain ETF (the “Inverse ETF”) seeks investment results that correspond to the inverse (-100%) of the performance of the Amplify ETF, before fees and expenses. If, on a given day, the Amplify ETF gains 1%, the Inverse ETF is designed to lose approximately 1% (which is equal to -100% of 1%). Conversely, if the Amplify ETF loses 1% on a given day, the Inverse ETF is designed to gain approximately 1%. The Inverse ETF seeks inverse investment results on a daily basis — from the close of regular trading on one trading day to the close on the next trading day — which should not be equated with seeking an inverse investment objective for any other period.

The Inverse ETF seeks to provide a return which is an inverse (-100%) of the daily performance of the Amplify ETF. The Inverse Fund does not attempt to, and should not be expected to, provide returns which are not the inverse (-100%) of the return of the Amplify ETF for periods other than a single day. The Inverse ETF rebalances its portfolio on a daily basis, increasing exposure in response to that day’s gains or reducing exposure in response to that day’s losses.

The exposure to the Amplify ETF received by an investor who purchases the Inverse ETF intra-day will differ from the Inverse ETF’s stated daily inverse investment objective by an amount determined by the movement of the Amplify ETF from its value at the end of the prior day. If the Amplify ETF moves in a direction favorable to the Inverse ETF between the close of the market on one trading day through the time on the next trading day when the investor purchases Fund shares, the investor will receive less exposure to the Amplify ETF than the Inverse ETF’s stated daily inverse investment objective. Conversely, if Amplify ETF moves in a direction adverse to the Inverse ETF, the investor will receive more exposure to the Amplify ETF than the Inverse ETF’s stated daily inverse investment objective.

As used in this Prospectus, the terms “daily,” “day,” and “trading day,” refer to the period from the regular close of the markets on one trading day to the regular close of the markets on the next trading day.

Each Fund is designed as a short-term trading vehicle. Each Fund is intended to be used by investors who intend to actively monitor and manage their portfolios.

Shares of each Fund (“Shares”) upon commencement of operations will be listed and traded on the [ ] (the “Exchange”), where the market prices for the Shares may be different from the intra-day value of the Shares disseminated by the Exchange and from their net asset value (“NAV”). Unlike conventional mutual funds, Shares are not individually redeemable directly with a Fund. Rather, each Fund issues and redeems Shares on a continuous basis at NAV only in large blocks of Shares called “Creation Units.” Creation Units of the Funds are issued and redeemed for cash. As a result, retail investors generally will not be able to purchase or redeem Shares directly from, or with, each Fund. Most retail investors will purchase or sell Shares in the secondary market through a broker.

The Funds are not suitable for all investors. The Funds are designed to be utilized only by sophisticated investors, such as traders and active investors employing dynamic strategies. Such investors are expected to monitor and manage their portfolios frequently. Investors in the 2X ETF should: (a) understand the risks associated with the use of leverage; and (b) understand the consequences of seeking daily leveraged investment results. Investors in the Inverse ETF should: (a) understand the consequences of seeking daily inverse investment results; and (b) understand the risk of shorting. Investors in each Fund should intend to actively monitor and manage their investments. Investors who do not understand the Funds or do not intend to actively manage their funds and monitor their investments should not buy the Funds.

There is no assurance that the Funds will achieve their investment objectives and an investment in a Fund could lose money. No single Fund is a complete investment program.

An investment objective is fundamental if it cannot be changed without the consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares. Each Fund’s investment objective has not been adopted as fundamental investment policies and therefore may be changed without the consent of a Fund’s shareholders upon approval by the Board of Trustees (the “Board”) of Tidal ETF Trust (the “Trust”) and written notice to shareholders.

Principal Investment Strategies

Elevate Shares 2X Daily Blockchain ETF. The 2X ETF seeks two times (2X) the performance of the Amplify ETF on a given day. The Adviser attempts to provide the returns of the Amplify ETF for a one-day period consistent with the 2X ETF’s stated investment objective. To do this, the Adviser creates net “long” positions for the 2X ETF. Long positions move in the same direction as the Amplify ETF, advancing when the Amplify ETF advances and declining when the Amplify ETF declines.

At the close of the markets each trading day, the Adviser adjusts the Fund’s exposure to the Amplify ETF consistent with the 2X ETF’s daily leveraged investment objective. The impact of market movements during the day determines whether a portfolio needs to be repositioned. If the Amplify ETF has risen on a given day, the Fund’s net assets should rise, meaning its exposure will typically need to be increased. Conversely, if the Amplify ETF has fallen on a given day, the Fund’s net assets should fall, meaning its exposure will typically need to be reduced.

The 2X ETF has a clearly articulated daily leveraged investment objective which requires the 2X ETF to seek economic exposure in excess of its net assets (i.e., economic leverage). To meet its investment objective, the 2X ETF invests in swap agreements so that it generates economic exposure consistent with its investment objective.

The 2X ETF invests in swap agreements to obtain economic “leverage.” Leveraging allows the Adviser to generate a greater positive or negative return for the 2X ETF than what would be generated on the invested capital without leverage, thus changing small market movements into larger changes in the value of the investments of the 2X ETF.

The Effects of Fees and Expenses on the Return of the 2X ETF for a Single Trading Day

To create the necessary exposure, the 2X ETF uses leveraged investment techniques, which necessarily incur brokerage and financing charges. In light of these charges and the 2X ETF’s operating expenses, the expected return of the 2X ETF over one trading day is equal to the gross expected return, which is the daily Amplify ETF return multiplied by the 2X ETF’s daily leveraged investment objective, minus (i) financing charges incurred by the portfolio and (ii) daily operating expenses. For instance, if the Amplify ETF returns 2% on a given day, the gross expected return of the 2X ETF would be 4%, but the net expected return, which factors in the cost of financing the portfolio and the impact of operating expenses, would be lower. The 2X ETF will reposition its portfolio at the end of every trading day. Therefore, if an investor purchases 2X ETF shares at the close of the markets on a given trading day, the investor’s exposure to the Amply ETF would reflect 200% of the performance of the Amplify ETF during the following trading day, subject to the charges and expenses noted above.

The 2X ETF may have difficulty in achieving its daily leveraged investment objective due to fees, expenses, transaction costs, income items, accounting standards, significant purchase and redemption activity by Fund shareholders and/or disruptions or a temporary lack of liquidity in the markets for the securities held by the 2X ETF.

An exchange or market may close or issue trading halts on specific securities, or the ability to buy or sell certain securities or financial instruments may be restricted, which may result in the 2X ETF being unable to buy or sell certain securities or financial instruments. In such circumstances, a Fund may be unable to rebalance its portfolio, may be unable to accurately price its investments and/or may incur substantial trading losses.

If the 2X ETF is unable to obtain sufficient leveraged exposure to the Amplify ETF due to the limited availability of necessary investments or financial instruments, the 2X ETF could, among other things, fail to meet its daily investment objective, increase transaction fees, or limit or suspend creation units until the Adviser determines that the requisite exposure to the Amplify ETF is obtainable. Under such circumstances, the 2X ETF could trade at significant bid-ask spreads, premiums or discounts to its NAV and could experience substantial redemptions.

A Cautionary Note to Investors Regarding Dramatic Amplify ETF Performance

The 2X ETF seeks daily exposure to the Amplify ETF equal to 200% of its net assets. As a consequence, the 2X ETF could lose an amount greater than its net assets in the event of a decline in the value of the Amplify ETF in excess of 50% of the value of the Amplify ETF in a single trading day. The Adviser will attempt to position the 2X ETF’s portfolio to ensure that it does not gain or lose more than 90% of its NAV on a given day. If the Adviser successfully positions the 2X ETF’s portfolio to provide such limits, the 2X ETF’s portfolio and NAV will not be responsive to movements in the Amplify ETF beyond 45% in a given day, whether that movement is favorable or adverse to the 2X ETF. For example, if the Amplify ETF were to gain 55%, the 2X ETF would be limited to a daily gain of 90%, which corresponds to two times the Amplify ETF’s gain of 45%, rather than 110%, which is two times the Amplify ETF gain of 55%. It may not be possible to limit the 2X ETF’s losses, and shareholders should not expect such protection. The risk of total loss exists.

If the Amplify ETF has a dramatic adverse move that causes a material decline in the 2X ETF’s net assets, the terms of the 2X ETF’s swap agreements may permit the counterparty to immediately close out the swap transaction. In that event, the 2X ETF may be unable to enter into another swap agreement to achieve exposure consistent with the 2X ETF’s investment objective. This may prevent the 2X ETF from achieving its leveraged investment objective, even if the Amplify ETF later reverses all or a portion of the move.

Examples of the Impact of Daily Leverage and Compounding. Because the 2X ETF’s exposure to the Amplify ETF is repositioned on a daily basis, for a holding period longer than one day, the pursuit of the daily investment objective will result in daily leveraged compounding for the 2X ETF. This means that the return of the Amplify ETF over a period of time greater than one day multiplied by the 2X ETF’s daily leveraged investment objective (e.g., 200%) generally will not equal the 2X ETF’s performance over that same period. As a consequence, investors should not plan to hold the Funds unmonitored for periods longer than a single trading day. This deviation increases with higher volatility in the Amplify ETF and longer holding periods. Further, the return for investors that invest for periods less than a full trading day or for a period different than a trading day will not be the product of the return of the 2X ETF’s stated daily leveraged investment objective and the

performance of the Amplify ETF for the full trading day. The actual exposure will largely be a function of the performance of the Amplify ETF from the end of the prior trading day.

Consider the following examples:

Amy is considering investments in two funds, Funds A and B. Fund A is an actively-managed ETF (the “Reference Fund”). Similar to the 2X ETF, Fund B is an ETF that seeks daily leveraged investment results (before fees and expenses) that correspond to 200% of the daily performance of the Reference Fund (the “Hypothetical 2X Fund”).

On Day 1, the Reference Fund’s NAV increases in value from $100 to $105, a gain of 5%. On Day 2, the Reference Fund’s NAV declines from $105 back to $100, a loss of 4.76%. In the aggregate, the value of the Reference Fund has not moved.

An investment in the Reference Fund would be expected to gain 5% on Day 1 and lose 4.76% on Day 2, returning the investment to its original value. The same $100 investment in the Hypothetical 2X Fund would be expected to gain 10% on Day 1 (200% of 5%) but decline 9.52% on Day 2.


Day	Reference Fund Performance	Hypothetical 2X Fund Performance	Value of Hypothetical 2X Fund Investment
			$100.00
1	5.00%	10.0%	$110.00
2	-4.76%	-9.52%	$99.52

Although the percentage decline in the Hypothetical 2X Fund is smaller on Day 2 than the percentage gain on Day 1, the loss is applied to a higher principal amount, so the investment in the Hypothetical 2X Fund experiences a loss even when the aggregate value of the Reference Fund for the two-day period has not declined. (These calculations do not include the charges for fund fees and expenses.)

As you can see, an investment in the Hypothetical 2X Fund has additional risks due to the effects of leverage and compounding.

An investor who purchases shares of a fund intra-day will generally receive more, or less, than 200% exposure to the Reference Fund from that point until the end of the trading day. The actual exposure will be largely a function of the performance of the Reference Fund from the end of the prior trading day. If a fund’s shares are held for a period longer than a single trading day, the 2X ETF’s performance is likely to deviate from 200% of the return of the Reference Fund’s performance for the longer period. This deviation will increase with higher Reference Fund volatility and longer holding periods.

Examples of the Impact of Amplify ETF Volatility. The 2X ETF rebalances its portfolio on a daily basis, increasing exposure in response to that day’s gains or reducing exposure in response to that day’s losses. Daily rebalancing will typically cause the 2X ETF to lose money if the Amplify ETF experiences volatility. Volatility rate is a statistical measure of the magnitude of fluctuations in returns over a defined period. For periods longer than a trading day, volatility in the performance of the Amplify ETF from day to day is the primary cause of any disparity between the 2X ETF’s actual returns and two times the returns of the Amplify ETF for such period. Volatility causes such disparity because it exacerbates the effects of compounding on the 2X ETF’s returns. In addition, the effects of volatility are magnified in the 2X ETF due to leverage. Consider the following three examples that demonstrate the effect of volatility on a hypothetical fund:

Example 1 – Reference Fund Experiences Volatility with Trend

The example below shows the impact of an investment in the Hypothetical 2X Fund that seeks leveraged investment results on a daily basis of 200% of the Reference Fund. Amy invests $10.00 in the Hypothetical 2X Fund at the close of trading on Day 1. During Day 2, the Reference Fund’s NAV increases by 2%. Amy’s investment in the Hypothetical 2X Fund rises 4% to $10.40. Amy holds her investment through the close of trading on Day 3, during which the Reference Fund’s NAV rises an additional 1.96%. The value of Amy’s investment in the Hypothetical 2X Fund rises to $10.81, a gain during Day 3 of 3.92%. For the two day period since Amy invested in the Hypothetical 2X Fund, the Reference Fund’s NAV gained 4% although Amy’s investment increased by 8.1%. Because the Reference Fund continued to trend upwards, Amy’s return on her investment in the Hypothetical 2X Fund closely correlates to 200% of the return of the Reference Fund for the period.

Example 2 – Reference Fund Experiences Volatility with Trend Reversal

Amy invests $10.00 in the Hypothetical 2X Fund after the close of trading on Day 1. During Day 2, the Reference Fund’s NAV increases by 2%, and Amy’s investment in the Hypothetical 2X Fund rises 4% to $10.40. Amy continues to hold her investment through the end of Day 3, during which the Reference Fund’s NAV declines by 3.92%. The value of Amy’s

investment in the Hypothetical 2X Fund declines by 7.84%, from $10.40 to $9.58. For the two day period since Amy invested in the Hypothetical 2X Fund, the Reference Fund lost 2% while Amy’s investment in the Hypothetical 2X Fund decreased from $10 to $9.58, a 4.2% loss. The volatility of the Reference Fund and the trend reversal affected the correlation between the Reference Fund’s return for the two day period and Amy’s return. In this situation, Amy lost more than two times the return of the Reference Fund.

Example 3 – Intra-day Investment with Volatility and Trend Reversal

The examples above assumed that Amy purchased the Hypothetical 2X Fund at the close of trading on Day 1 and sold her investment at the close of trading on a subsequent day. However, if she made an investment intra-day, she would have received notional exposure to the Reference Fund determined by the performance of the Reference Fund from the end of the prior trading day until her time of purchase on the next trading day.

Consider the following example.

Amy invests $10.00 in the Hypothetical 2X Fund at 11 a.m. on Day 2. From the close of trading on Day 1 until 11 a.m. on Day 2, the NAV of the Reference Fund increased by 2%. In light of that gain, the Hypothetical 2X Fund’s notional exposure to the Reference Fund at the point at which Amy invests is 196%. During the remainder of Day 2, the Reference Fund’s NAV gains 7.84%, and Amy’s investment in the Hypothetical 2X Fund rises 15.4% (which is the Reference Fund’s gain of 7.84% multiplied by the 196% notional exposure to the Reference Fund that she received) to $11.54. Amy continues to hold her investment through the close of trading on Day 3, during which the Reference Fund’s NAV declines by 18.18%. Amy’s investment in the Hypothetical 2X Fund declines by 36.36%, from $11.54 to $7.34. For the period of Amy’s investment, the Reference Fund’s NAV declined by 11.76%, while Amy’s investment in the Hypothetical 2X Fund decreased from $10.00 to $7.34, a 26.58% loss. The volatility and trend reversal of the Reference Fund affected the correlation between the Reference Fund’s return for the period and Amy’s return. In this situation, Amy lost more than two times the return of the Reference Fund. Amy’s performance was also impacted because she missed the first 2% move of the Reference Fund and had a notional exposure to the Reference Fund of 196% for the remainder of Day 2.

Market Volatility. The 2X ETF seeks to provide a return which is two times the daily performance of the Amplify ETF. The 2X ETF does not attempt to, and should not be expected to, provide returns which are two times the return of the Amplify ETF for periods other than a single day. The 2X ETF rebalances its portfolio on a daily basis, increasing exposure in response to that day’s gains or reducing exposure in response to that day’s losses.

Daily rebalancing will impair the 2X ETF’s performance if the Amplify ETF experiences volatility. For instance, the 2X ETF would be expected to lose 4% (as shown in Table 1 below) if the Amplify ETF provided no return over a one year period and experienced annualized volatility of 20%. If the Amplify ETF’s annualized volatility were to rise to 40%, the hypothetical loss for a one year period for a 2X ETF widens to approximately -18%.


Table 1
Volatility			2X ETF
Range			Loss
10%			-1%
20%			-4%
30%			-11%
40%			-18%
50%			-22%
60%			-32%
70%			-39%
80%			-47%
90%			-54%
100%			-63%

Note that at higher volatility levels, there is a chance of a complete loss of 2X ETF assets even if the value of the Amplify ETF is flat. For instance, if annualized volatility of the Amplify ETF were 90%, the 2X ETF would be expected to lose -54%, even if the Reference Fund returned 0% for the year.

Table 2 shows the annualized historical volatility rate for the Amplify ETF for the period since its inception on January 16, 2018.

Since market volatility has negative implications for the 2X ETF which rebalances daily, investors should be sure to monitor and manage their investments in the 2X ETF particularly in volatile markets. The negative implications of volatility in Table 1 can be combined with the recent volatility ranges of the Amplify ETF in Table 2 to give investors some sense of the risks of holding the 2X ETF for longer periods. Historical volatility and performance for the Amplify ETF are not likely indicative of future volatility and performance.

Table 2 – Historic Volatility of the Amplify ETF


			Historical Volatility Rate
Amplify ETF			[ ]

The Projected Returns of the 2X ETF for Intra-Day Purchases. Because the 2X ETF rebalances its portfolio once daily, an investor who purchases shares during a day will likely have more, or less, than 200% leveraged investment exposure to the Amplify ETF. The exposure to the Amplify ETF received by an investor who purchases the 2X ETF intra-day will differ from the 2X ETF’s stated daily leveraged investment objective (e.g., 200%) by an amount determined by the movement of the Amplify ETF from its value at the end of the prior day. If the Amplify ETF moves in a direction favorable to the 2X ETF between the close of the market on one trading day through the time on the next trading day when the investor purchases 2X ETF shares, the investor will receive less exposure to the Amplify ETF than the stated fund daily leveraged investment objective (e.g., 200%). Conversely, if the Amplify ETF moves in a direction adverse to the 2X ETF, the investor will receive more exposure to the Amplify ETF than the stated fund daily leveraged investment objective (e.g., 200%).

Table 3 below indicates the hypothetical exposure to the Reference Fund that an intra-day purchase of the Hypothetical 2X Fund would be expected to provide based upon the movement in the value of the Reference Fund from the close of the market on the prior trading day. Such exposure holds until a subsequent sale on that same trading day or until the close of the market on that trading day. For instance, if the Reference Fund has moved 5% in a direction favorable to a 2X Hypothetical Fund, the investor would receive exposure to the performance of the Reference Fund from that point until the investor sells later that day or the end of the day equal to approximately 191% of the investor’s investment.

Conversely, if the Reference Fund moves 5% in a direction unfavorable to a 2X ETF, an investor at that point would receive exposure to the performance of the Reference Fund from that point until the investor sells later that day or the end of the day equal to approximately 211% of the investor’s investment.

The table below includes a range of hypothetical Reference Fund moves from 20% to -20% and the corresponding exposure for the Hypothetical 2X Fund. Movement of the Reference Fund beyond the range noted below will result in exposure further from the Hypothetical 2X Fund’s daily leveraged investment objective.

Table 3


Reference Fund Move			Resulting Exposure for 2X Hypothetical Fund
-20%			267%
-15%			243%
-10%			225%
-5%			211%
0%			200%
5%			191%
10%			183%
15%			177%
20%			171%

The Projected Returns of the 2X ETF for Periods Other Than a Single Trading Day. The 2X ETF seeks leveraged investment results on a daily basis — from the close of regular trading on one trading day to the close on the next trading day — which should not be equated with seeking a leveraged investment objective for any other period. For instance, if the Amplify ETF gains 10% for a week, the 2X ETF should not be expected to provide a return of 20% for the week even if it meets its daily leveraged investment objective throughout the week. This is true because of the financing charges noted above but also because the pursuit of daily goals may result in daily leveraged compounding, which means that the return of the

Amplify ETF over a period of time greater than one day multiplied by the 2X ETF’s daily leveraged investment objective (e.g., 200%) will not generally equal the 2X ETF’s performance over that same period. In addition, the effects of compounding become greater the longer Shares are held beyond a single trading day.

The following tables set out a range of hypothetical daily performances during a given 10 trading days of the Hypothetical 2X Fund compared to the Reference Fund and demonstrate how changes in the Reference Fund’s hypothetical performance would compare to the performance of the Hypothetical 2X Fund for a trading day and cumulatively up to, and including, the entire 10 trading day period. The charts are based on a hypothetical $100 investment in hypothetical funds over a 10 trading day period and do not reflect fees or expenses of any kind.

Table 4 – The Reference Fund Lacks a Clear Trend


Reference Fund				Hypothetical 2X Fund
	NAV	Daily Performance	Cumulative Performance	NAV	Daily Performance	Cumulative Performance
	$100.00			$100.00
Day 1	$105.00	5.00%	5.00%	$110.00	10.00%	10.00%
Day 2	$110.00	4.76%	10.00%	$120.48	9.52%	20.47%
Day 3	$100.00	-9.09%	0.00%	$ 98.5	-18.18%	-1.43%
Day 4	$90.00	-10.00%	-10.00%	$ 78.8	-20.00%	-21.14%
Day 5	$85.00	-5.56%	-15.00%	$ 70.1	-11.12%	-29.91%
Day 6	$100.00	17.65%	0.00%	$ 94.8	35.30%	-5.17%
Day 7	$95.00	-5.00%	-5.00%	$ 85.3	-10.00%	-14.65%
Day 8	$100.00	5.26%	0.00%	$ 94.3	10.52%	-5.68%
Day 9	$105.00	5.00%	5.00%	$103.77	10.00%	3.76%
Day 10	$100.00	-4.76%	0.00%	$ 93.8	-9.52%	-6.12%

The cumulative performance of the hypothetical Reference Fund in Table 5 is 0% for 10 trading days. The return of the Hypothetical 2X Fund for the 10 trading day period is -6.12%. The volatility of the Reference Fund’s performance and lack of a clear trend results in performance for the Hypothetical 2X Fund for the period which bears little relationship to the performance of the Reference Fund for the 10 trading day period.

Table 5 – The Reference Fund Rises in a Clear Trend


Reference Fund				Hypothetical 2X Fund
	NAV	Daily Performance	Cumulative Performance	NAV	Daily Performance	Cumulative Performance
	$100.00			$100.00
Day 1	$102.00	2.00%	2.00%	$104.00	4.00%	4.00%
Day 2	$104.00	1.96%	4.00%	$108.08	3.92%	8.08%
Day 3	$106.00	1.92%	6.00%	$112.24	3.84%	12.23%
Day 4	$108.00	1.89%	8.00%	$116.47	3.78%	16.47%
Day 5	$110.00	1.85%	10.00%	$120.78	3.70%	20.78%
Day 6	$112.00	1.82%	12.00%	$125.18	3.64%	25.17%
Day 7	$114.00	1.79%	14.00%	$129.65	3.58%	29.66%
Day 8	$116.00	1.75%	16.00%	$134.20	3.50%	34.19%
Day 9	$118.00	1.72%	18.00%	$138.82	3.44%	38.81%
Day 10	$120.00	1.69%	20.00%	$143.53	3.38%	43.50%

The cumulative performance of the Reference Fund in Table 5 is 20% for 10 trading days. The return of the Hypothetical 2X Fund for the 10 trading day period is 43.50%. In this case, because of the positive Reference Fund trend, the Hypothetical 2X Fund’s gain is greater than 200% of the Reference Fund’s gain for the 10 trading day period.

Table 6 – The Reference Fund Declines in a Clear Trend


Reference Fund				Hypothetical 2X Fund
	NAV	Daily Performance	Cumulative Performance	NAV	Daily Performance	Cumulative Performance
	$100.00			$100.00
Day 1	$98.00	-2.00%	-2.00%	$ 96.0	-4.00%	-4.00%
Day 2	$96.00	-2.04%	-4.00%	$ 92.0	-4.08%	-7.92%
Day 3	$94.00	-2.08%	-6.00%	$ 88.2	-4.16%	-11.75%
Day 4	$92.00	-2.13%	-8.00%	$ 84.4	-4.26%	-15.51%
Day 5	$90.00	-2.17%	-10.00%	$ 80.8	-4.34%	-19.17%
Day 6	$88.00	-2.22%	-12.00%	$ 77.2	-4.44%	-22.76%
Day 7	$86.00	-2.27%	-14.00%	$ 73.7	-4.54%	-26.27%
Day 8	$84.00	-2.33%	-16.00%	$ 70.2	-4.66%	-29.71%
Day 9	$82.00	-2.38%	-18.00%	$ 66.9	-4.76%	-33.05%
Day 10	$80.00	-2.44%	-20.00%	$ 63.6	-4.88%	-36.32%

The cumulative performance of the Reference Fund in Table 6 is -20% for 10 trading days. The return of the Hypothetical 2X Fund for the 10 trading day period is -36.32%. In this case, because of the negative hypothetical Reference Fund trend, the Hypothetical 2X Fund’s decline is less than 200% of the hypothetical Reference Fund decline for the 10 trading day period.

Elevate Shares Inverse Daily Blockchain ETF. The Inverse ETF seeks the inverse (-1X) (or opposite) of the performance of the Amplify ETF on a given day. The Adviser creates net “short” positions for the Fund by holding swaps and short positions on the Amplify ETF. Short positions move in the opposite direction of the Amplify ETF, advancing when the Amplify ETF declines and declining when the Amplify ETF advances.

At the close of the markets each trading day, the Adviser positions the Fund’s portfolio so that its exposure to the Amplify ETF is consistent with the Inverse ETF’s daily inverse investment objective. The impact of market movements during the day determines whether a portfolio needs to be repositioned. If the value of the Amplify ETF has risen on a given day, the Inverse ETF’s assets (i.e., net assets plus borrowing for investment purposes, if any) should fall, meaning its exposure will typically need to be decreased. Conversely, if the value of the Amplify ETF has fallen on a given day, the Inverse ETF’s net assets should rise, meaning its exposure will typically need to be increased. The Adviser increases the Inverse ETF’s exposure when its assets rise and reduces Inverse ETF’s exposure when its assets fall.

If the Inverse ETF is unable to obtain sufficient leveraged exposure to the Amplify ETF due to the limited availability of necessary investments or financial instruments, the Inverse ETF could, among other things, limit or suspend creation units until the Adviser determines that the requisite exposure to the Amplify ETF is obtainable. During the period that creation units are suspended, the Fund could trade at a significant premium or discount to its NAV and could experience substantial redemptions.

The Effects of Fees and Expenses on the Return of the Inverse ETF for a Single Trading Day.

The Inverse ETF seeks to provide a daily return which is the inverse (or opposite) of the daily return of the Amplify ETF. To create the necessary exposure, the Inverse ETF engages in short selling — borrowing and selling securities it does not own. The money that the Inverse ETF receives from short sales — the short sale proceeds — is an asset of the Inverse ETF that can generate income to help offset the Inverse ETF’s operating expenses. However, the costs of creating short exposure, which may require the Inverse ETF’s counterparties to borrow and sell certain securities, may offset or outweigh such income. As the holder of a short position, the Inverse ETF also is responsible for paying the dividends and interest accruing on the short position, which is an expense to the Fund that could cause the Inverse ETF to lose money on the short sale and may adversely affect its performance. The Inverse ETF will reposition its portfolio at the end of every trading day. Therefore, if an investor purchases Inverse ETF shares at close of the markets on a given trading day, the investor’s exposure to the Amplify ETF would reflect 100% of the inverse performance of the Amplify ETF during the following trading day, subject to the charges and expenses noted above.

The Inverse ETF may have difficulty in achieving its daily inverse investment objective due to fees, expenses, transaction costs, income items, accounting standards, significant purchase and redemption activity by Fund shareholders and/or disruptions or a temporary lack of liquidity in the markets for the securities held by the Inverse ETF.

The Inverse ETF seeks daily returns while repositioning exposure daily. Therefore, for a period longer than one day, the pursuit of a daily investment objective will result in daily compounding. This means that the return of the Amplify ETF over a period of time greater than one day multiplied by the Inverse ETF’s daily target (i.e., -100%) generally will not equal the Inverse ETF’s performance over that same period. As a consequence, investors should not plan to hold the Inverse ETF unmonitored for periods longer than a single trading day. Further, the return for investors that invest for periods less than a full trading day or for a period different than a trading day will not be the product of the return of the Inverse ETF’s daily inverse investment objective and the performance of the Amplify ETF for the full trading day. The Inverse ETF is not suitable for all investors.

Consider the following examples:

Amy is considering investments in two funds, Funds A and B. Fund A is an actively-managed ETF (the “Reference Fund”). Similar to the Inverse ETF, Fund B is an ETF that seeks daily investment results (before fees and expenses) that correspond to -100% of the daily performance of the Reference Fund (the “Hypothetical Inverse Fund”).

On Day 1, the Reference Fund’s NAV increases in value from $100 to $105, a gain of 5%. On Day 2, the Reference Fund’s NAV decreases in value from $105 back to $100, a loss of 4.76%. In the aggregate, the value of the Reference Fund has not moved.

An investment in the Reference Fund would be expected to gain 5% on Day 1 and lose 4.76% on Day 2, returning the investment to its original value. The same $100 investment in the Hypothetical Inverse Fund would be expected to lose 5% on Day 1 (-100% of 5%) but gain 4.76% on Day 2.


Day	Reference Fund Performance	Hypothetical Inverse Fund Performance	Value of Hypothetical Inverse Fund Investment
			$100.00
1	5.00%	-5.00%	$95.00
2	-4.76%	4.76%	$99.52

In the case of the Hypothetical Inverse Fund, although the percentage decrease on Day 2 is sufficient to bring the value of the Reference Fund back to its starting point, because the inverse of that percentage is applied to a lower principal amount on Day 2, the Hypothetical Inverse Fund has a loss.

(These calculations do not include the charges for fund fees and expenses.) As you can see, an investment in the Hypothetical Inverse Fund has additional risks than the Reference Fund due to the effects of compounding on the Hypothetical Inverse Fund.

An investor who purchases shares of the Hypothetical Inverse Fund intra-day will generally receive more, or less, than -100% exposure to the Reference Fund from that point until the end of the trading day. The actual exposure will be largely a function of the performance of the Reference Fund from the end of the prior trading day. If the Hypothetical Inverse Fund shares are held for a period longer than a single trading day, the Hypothetical Inverse Fund’s performance is likely to deviate from -100% of the return of the Reference Fund’s performance for the longer period. This deviation will increase with higher Reference Fund volatility and longer holding periods.

Examples of the Impact of Amplify ETF Volatility. The Inverse ETF rebalances its portfolio on a daily basis, increasing exposure in response to that day’s gains or reducing exposure in response to that day’s losses. Daily rebalancing will typically cause the Inverse ETF to lose money if the Amplify ETF experiences volatility. Volatility rate is a statistical measure of the magnitude of fluctuations in returns over a defined period. For periods longer than a trading day, volatility in the performance of the Amplify ETF from day to day is the primary cause of any disparity between the Inverse ETF’s actual returns and the returns of the Amplify ETF for such period. Volatility causes such disparity because it exacerbates the effects of compounding on the Inverse ETF’s returns.

Consider the following three examples that demonstrate the effect of volatility on a hypothetical fund seeking an -100% correlation with a hypothetical fund:

Example 1 – Reference Fund Experiences Volatility with Trend

Amy invests $10.00 in the Hypothetical Inverse Fund at the close of trading on Day 1. During Day 2, the Reference Fund’s NAV decrease by 2%. Amy’s investment in the Hypothetical Inverse Fund rises 2% to $10.20. Amy holds her investment through the close of trading on Day 3, during which the Reference Fund’s NAV decrease an additional 2.04%. The NAV of Amy’s investment in the Hypothetical Inverse Fund rises to $10.41, a gain during Day 3 of 2.04%. For the two day period since Amy invested in the Hypothetical Reference Fund, the Reference Fund’s NAV lost 4% although Amy’s investment in

the Hypothetical Inverse Fund increased by 4.1%. Because the Reference Fund continued to trend downwards, Amy’s return closely correlates to -100% of the return of the Reference Fund for the period.

Example 2 – Reference Fund Experiences Volatility with Trend Reversal

Amy invests $10.00 in the Hypothetical Inverse Fund after the close of trading on Day 1. During Day 2, the Reference Fund’s NAV decreases by 2%, and Amy’s investment in the Hypothetical Inverse Fund rises by 2% to $10.20. Amy continues to hold her investment in the Hypothetical Inverse Fund through the end of Day 3, during which the Reference Fund’s NAV increases by 4.08%. Amy’s investment in the Hypothetical Inverse Fund declines by 4.08%, from $10.20 to $9.78. For the two day period since Amy invested in the Hypothetical Inverse Fund, the Reference Fund’s NAV gained 2% while Amy’s investment in the Hypothetical Inverse Fund decreased from $10 to $9.78, a 2.20% loss. The volatility of the Reference Fund and the trend reversal affected the correlation between the Reference Fund’s return for the two day period and Amy’s return. In this situation, Amy lost more than -100% the return of the Reference Fund.

Example 3 – Intra-day Investment with Volatility and Trend Reversal

The examples above assumed that Amy purchased the Hypothetical Inverse Fund at the close of trading on Day 1 and sold her investment at the close of trading on a subsequent day. However, if she made an investment intra-day, she would have received a notional exposure to the Reference Fund determined by the performance of the Reference Fund from the end of the prior trading day until her time of purchase on the next trading day.

Consider the following example.

Amy invests $10.00 in the Hypothetical Inverse Fund at 11 a.m. on Day 2. From the close of trading on Day 1 until 11 a.m. on Day 2, the Reference Fund’s NAV decreased by 2%. In light of that loss, the Hypothetical Inverse Fund’s notional exposure to the Reference Fund at the point at which Amy invests is -96%. From 11 a.m. when Amy purchased the Hypothetical Inverse Fund to 2 p.m. on Day 2, the Reference Fund’s NAV decreases by 8.16%, and Amy’s investment in the Hypothetical Inverse Fund rises 7.83% (which is the Reference Fund gain of 8.16% multiplied by the 96% notional exposure to the Reference Fund that she received) to $10.78. Amy continues to hold her investment in the Hypothetical Inverse Fund through the close of trading on Day 2, during which the Reference Fund’s NAV increases by 22.22%. Amy’s investment in the Hypothetical Inverse Fund declines by 18.2%, from $10.78 to $8.82. For the period of Amy’s investment in the Hypothetical Inverse Fund, the Reference Fund’s NAV increased by 12.25%, while Amy’s investment in the Hypothetical Inverse Fund decreased from $10.00 to $8.82, an 11.8% loss. The volatility of the Reference Fund affected the correlation between the Reference Fund’s return for the period and Amy’s return. In this situation, Amy lost less than -100% of the return of the Reference Fund. Amy’s investment was also affected because she missed the first 2% move of the Reference Fund and had a notional exposure to the Reference Fund of -96% for the remainder of Day 2.

The Inverse ETF is designed to be utilized only by sophisticated investors, such as traders and active investors employing dynamic strategies. Such investors are expected to monitor and manage their portfolios frequently. Investors in the Inverse ETF should: (a) understand the consequences of seeking daily investment results, (b) understand the risks of shorting and investing in swap agreements, and (c) intend to actively monitor and manage their investments. Investors who do not understand the Inverse ETF or do not intend to actively manage their funds and monitor their investments should not buy the Inverse ETF. There is no assurance that the Inverse ETF will achieve its investment objective and an investment in the Inverse ETF could lose money. No single Fund is a complete investment program.

Market Volatility. The Inverse ETF seeks to provide a return which is -100% of the daily performance of the Amplify ETF. The Inverse ETF does not attempt to, and should not be expected to, provide returns which are -100% of the return of the Amplify ETF for periods other than a single day. The Inverse ETF rebalances its portfolio on a daily basis, increasing exposure in response to that day’s gains or reducing exposure in response to that day’s losses.

Daily rebalancing will impair the Inverse ETF’s performance if the Amplify ETF experiences volatility. For instance, the Inverse ETF would be expected to lose 4% (as shown in Table 1 below) if the Amplify ETF provided no return over a one year period and experienced annualized volatility of 20%. If the Amplify ETF’s annualized volatility were to rise to 40%, the hypothetical loss for a one year period for the Inverse Fund widens to approximately 18%.

Table 7


Amplify ETF Volatility Range			Inverse ETF Loss
10%			-1%
20%			-4%
30%			-11%
40%			-18%
50%			-22%
60%			-32%
70%			-39%
80%			-47%
90%			-54%
100%			-63%

Note that at higher volatility levels, there is a chance of a significant loss of Inverse ETF assets even if the value of the Amplify ETF is flat. For instance, if annualized volatility of the Amplify ETF were 100%, the Inverse ETF would be expected to lose more than 60% of its value, even if the Amplify ETF returned 0% for the year. Volatility rate is a statistical measure of the magnitude of fluctuations in returns.

Table 8 shows the annualized historical volatility rate for the Amplify ETF since its inception on January 16, 2018.

Since market volatility has negative implications for the Inverse ETF which rebalances daily, investors should be sure to monitor and manage their investments in the Inverse ETF particularly in volatile markets. The negative implications of volatility in Table 1 can be combined with the recent volatility ranges in Table 2 to give investors some sense of the risks of holding the Inverse ETF for longer periods over the period since inception of the Amplify ETF. Historical volatility and performance for the Amplify ETF are not likely indicative of future volatility and performance.

Table 8 – Historic Volatility of the Amplify ETF


			Historical Volatility Rate
Amplify ETF			[ ]

The Projected Returns of the Inverse ETF for Intra-Day Purchases. Because the Inverse ETF rebalances its portfolio once daily, an investor who purchases shares during a day will likely have more, or less, than -100% investment exposure to the Amplify ETF. The exposure to the Amplify ETF received by an investor who purchases the Inverse ETF intra-day will differ from the Inverse ETF’s stated daily investment objective (i.e., -100%) by an amount determined by the movement of the Amplify ETF from its value at the end of the prior day. If the Amplify ETF moves in a direction favorable to the Inverse ETF between the close of the market on one trading day through the time on the next trading day when the investor purchases Inverse ETF shares, the investor will receive less inverse exposure to the Amplify ETF than the stated fund daily investment objective (i.e., -100%).

Conversely, if the Amplify ETF moves in a direction adverse to the Inverse ETF, the investor will receive more inverse exposure to the Amplify ETF than the stated fund daily inverse investment objective (i.e., -100%).

Table 9 below indicates the hypothetical exposure to the Reference Fund that an intra-day purchase of the Hypothetical Inverse Fund would be expected to provide based upon the movement in the value of the Reference Fund from the close of the market on the prior trading day. Such exposure holds until a subsequent sale on that same trading day or until the close of the market on that trading day. For instance, if the Reference Fund has moved 2% in a direction favorable to the Hypothetical Inverse Fund, the investor would receive inverse exposure to the performance of the Reference Fund from that point until the investor sells later that day or the end of the day equal to approximately 96% of the investor’s investment.

Conversely, if the Reference Fund has moved 2% in a direction unfavorable to the Hypothetical Inverse Fund, an investor at that point would receive inverse exposure to the performance of the Reference Fund from that point until the investor sells later that day or the end of the day equal to approximately -104% of the investor’s investment.

The table below includes a range of hypothetical Reference Fund moves from 5% to – 5% and the corresponding exposure for the Hypothetical Inverse Fund. Movement of the Reference Fund beyond the range noted below will result in exposure further from the Hypothetical Inverse Fund’s daily investment objective

Table 9


Reference Fund Move			Resulting Exposure for the Hypothetical Inverse Fund
-5%			-90%
-4%			-92%
-3%			-94%
-2%			-96%
-1%			-98%
0%			-100%
1%			-102%
2%			-104%
3%			-106%
4%			-108%
5%			-110%

The Projected Returns of the Inverse ETF for Periods Other Than a Single Trading Day. The Inverse ETF seeks investment results on a daily basis — from the close of regular trading on one trading day to the close on the next trading day — which should not be equated with seeking an investment objective for any other period. For instance, if the Amplify ETF gains 10% for a week, the Inverse ETF should not be expected to provide a return of -10% for the week even if it meets its daily investment objective throughout the week. This is true because of the financing charges noted above but also because the pursuit of daily investment objectives may result in daily compounding, which means that the return of the Amplify ETF over a period of time greater than one day multiplied by the Inverse ETF’s daily inverse investment objective (-100%) will not generally equal the Inverse ETF’s performance over that same period. In addition, the effects of compounding become greater the longer Shares are held beyond a single trading day.

The following tables set out a range of hypothetical daily performances during a given 10 trading days of the Hypothetical Inverse Fund compared to the Reference Fund and demonstrate how changes in the Reference Fund’s hypothetical performance would compare to the performance of the Hypothetical Inverse Fund for a trading day and cumulatively up to, and including, the entire 10 trading day period. The charts are based on a hypothetical $100 investment in the hypothetical funds over a 10 trading day period and do not reflect fees or expenses of any kind.

Table 10 – The Reference Fund Lacks a Clear Trend


Reference Fund				Hypothetical Inverse Fund
	NAV	Daily Performance	Cumulative Performance	NAV	Daily Performance	Cumulative Performance
	$100.00			$100.00
Day 1	$105.00	5.00%	5.00%	$ 95.0	-5.00%	-5.00%
Day 2	$110.00	4.76%	10.00%	$ 90.4	-4.76%	-9.53%
Day 3	$100.00	-9.09%	0.00%	$ 98.6	9.09%	-1.31%
Day 4	$90.00	-10.00%	-10.00%	$108.55	10.00%	8.55%
Day 5	$85.00	-5.56%	-15.00%	$114.58	5.56%	14.58%
Day 6	$100.00	17.65%	0.00%	$ 94.3	-17.65%	-5.65%
Day 7	$95.00	-5.00%	-5.00%	$ 99.0	5.00%	-0.94%
Day 8	$100.00	5.26%	0.00%	$ 93.8	-5.26%	-6.16%
Day 9	$105.00	5.00%	5.00%	$ 89.1	-5.00%	-10.86%
Day 10	$100.00	-4.76%	0.00%	$ 93.3	4.76%	-6.62%

The cumulative performance of the hypothetical Reference Fund in Table 10 is 0% for 10 trading days. The return of the Hypothetical Inverse Fund for the 10 trading day period is -6.62%. The volatility of the Reference Fund’s performance and lack of a clear trend results in performance for the Hypothetical Inverse Fund for the period which bears little relationship to the performance of the Reference Fund for the 10 trading day period.

Table 11 – The Reference Fund Rises in a Clear Trend


Reference Fund				Hypothetical Inverse Fund
	NAV	Daily Performance	Cumulative Performance	NAV	Daily Performance	Cumulative Performance
	$100.00			$100.00
Day 1	$102.00	2.00%	2.00%	$ 98.0	-2.00%	-2.00%
Day 2	$104.00	1.96%	4.00%	$ 96.0	-1.96%	-3.93%
Day 3	$106.00	1.92%	6.00%	$ 94.2	-1.92%	-5.78%
Day 4	$108.00	1.89%	8.00%	$ 92.4	-1.89%	-7.57%
Day 5	$110.00	1.85%	10.00%	$ 90.7	-1.85%	-9.28%
Day 6	$112.00	1.82%	12.00%	$ 89.0	-1.82%	-10.94%
Day 7	$114.00	1.79%	14.00%	$ 87.4	-1.79%	-12.54%
Day 8	$116.00	1.75%	16.00%	$ 85.9	-1.75%	-14.08%
Day 9	$118.00	1.72%	18.00%	$ 84.4	-1.72%	-15.56%
Day 10	$120.00	1.69%	20.00%	$ 83.0	-1.69%	-16.91%

The cumulative performance of the hypothetical Reference Fund in Table 11 is 20% for 10 trading days. The return of the Hypothetical Inverse Fund for the 10 trading day period is -16.91%. In this case, because of the positive hypothetical Reference Fund trend, the Hypothetical Inverse Fund’s decline is less than -100% of the hypothetical Reference Fund gain for the 10 trading day period.

Table 12 – The Reference Fund Declines in a Clear Trend


Reference Fund				Hypothetical Inverse Fund
	NAV	Daily Performance	Cumulative Performance	NAV	Daily Performance	Cumulative Performance
	$100.00			$100.00
Day 1	$98.00	-2.00%	-2.00%	$102.00	2.00%	2.00%
Day 2	$96.00	-2.04%	-4.00%	$104.08	2.04%	4.08%
Day 3	$94.00	-2.08%	-6.00%	$106.24	2.08%	6.24%
Day 4	$92.00	-2.13%	-8.00%	$108.50	2.13%	8.50%
Day 5	$90.00	-2.17%	-10.00%	$110.85	2.17%	10.85%
Day 6	$88.00	-2.22%	-12.00%	$113.31	2.22%	13.31%
Day 7	$86.00	-2.27%	-14.00%	$115.88	2.27%	15.88%
Day 8	$84.00	-2.33%	-16.00%	$118.58	2.33%	18.58%
Day 9	$82.00	-2.38%	-18.00%	$121.40	2.38%	21.40%
Day 10	$80.00	-2.44%	-20.00%	$124.36	2.44%	24.36%

The cumulative performance of the hypothetical Reference Fund in Table 12 is -20% for 10 trading days. The return of the Hypothetical Inverse Fund for the 10 trading day period is 24.36%. In this case, because of the negative Reference Fund trend, the Hypothetical Inverse Fund’s gain is greater than 100% of the hypothetical Reference Fund decline for the 10 trading day period.

Temporary Defensive Strategies

For temporary defensive purposes during adverse market, economic, political or other conditions, the Funds may invest in cash or cash equivalents or short-term instruments such as commercial paper, money market mutual funds, or short-term U.S. government securities. Taking a temporary defensive position may result in the Funds not achieving their investment objectives.

Manager of Managers Structure

Although the Funds are not currently sub-advised, the Funds and the Adviser have received exemptive relief from the SEC permitting the Adviser (subject to certain conditions and the approval of the Board) to change or select new unaffiliated sub-advisers without obtaining shareholder approval. The relief also permits the Adviser to materially amend the terms of agreements with an unaffiliated sub-adviser (including an increase in the fee paid by the Adviser to the unaffiliated sub-adviser (and not paid by the Funds)) or to continue the employment of an unaffiliated sub-adviser after an event that would otherwise cause the automatic termination of services with Board approval, but without shareholder approval. Shareholders

will be notified of any unaffiliated sub-adviser changes. The Adviser has the ultimate responsibility, subject to oversight by the Board, to oversee a sub-adviser and recommend their hiring, termination and replacement.

Investments by Registered Investment Companies

Section 12(d)(1) of the 1940 Act restricts investments by investment companies in the securities of other investment companies, including the Amplify ETF. However, registered investment companies are permitted to invest in other investment companies beyond the limits set forth in Section 12(d)(1) in recently adopted rules under the 1940 Act, subject to certain conditions. Each Fund may rely on Rule 12d1-4 of the 1940 Act, which provides an exemption from Section 12(d)(1) that allows the Funds to invest beyond the limits set forth in Section 12(d)(1) if the Fund satisfies certain conditions specified in the Rule, including, among other conditions, that the Fund and its advisory group will not control (individually or in the aggregate) an acquired fund (e.g., hold more than 25% of the outstanding voting securities of an acquired fund that is a registered open-end management investment company). The 2X ETF may invest in the Amplify ETF beyond the limits of Section 12(d)(1) of the 1940 Act.

Principal Risks of Investing in each Fund

There can be no assurance that a Fund will achieve its investment objective. The following information is in addition to, and should be read along with, the description of each Fund’s principal investment risks in the section titled “Fund Summary— Principal Investment Risks” above. The principal risks are presented in alphabetical order to facilitate finding particular risks and comparing them with those of other funds. Each risk summarized below is considered a “principal risk” of investing in the Funds, regardless of the order in which it appears.

Compounding and Market Volatility Risk.

Each Fund has a daily investment objective and a Fund’s performance for periods greater than a trading day will be the result of each day’s returns compounded over the period, which is very likely to differ from the Amplify ETF’s performance times the stated multiple in a Fund’s investment objective, before fees and expenses. Compounding affects all investments, but has a more significant impact on leveraged funds and funds that rebalance daily.

2X ETF. Over time, the cumulative percentage increase or decrease in the value of the 2X ETF’s portfolio may diverge significantly from the cumulative percentage increase or decrease in 200% of the return of the Amplify ETF due to the compounding effect of losses and gains on the returns of the 2X ETF. It also is expected that the 2X ETF’s use of leverage will cause the 2X ETF to underperform the return of 200% of the performance of the Amplify ETF in a trendless or flat market.

The chart below provides examples of how Amplify ETF volatility could affect the 2X ETF’s performance. The chart illustrates the impact of two factors that affect the 2X ETF’s performance: Amplify ETF volatility and Amplify ETF return. Amplify ETF returns show the percentage change in the value of the Amplify ETF over the specified time period, while Amplify ETF volatility is a statistical measure of the magnitude of fluctuations in the returns during that time period. As illustrated below, even if the Amplify ETF return over two equal time periods is identical, different Amplify ETF volatility (i.e., fluctuations in the rates of return) during the two time periods could result in drastically different performance of the 2X ETF for the two time periods due to the effects of compounding daily returns during the time periods.

Performance of the 2X ETF for periods greater than one single day can be estimated given any set of assumptions for the following factors: a) Amplify ETF volatility; b) Amplify ETF performance; c) period of time; d) financing rates associated with leveraged exposure; e) other Fund expenses; and f) dividends or interest paid with respect to portfolio securities held by the Amplify ETF. The chart below illustrates the impact of two principal factors – Amplify ETF volatility and Amplify ETF performance – on 2X ETF performance. The chart shows estimated 2X ETF returns for a number of combinations of Amplify ETF volatility and Amplify ETF performance over a one-year period. Performance shown in the chart assumes that: (i) no dividends were paid with respect to the portfolio securities held by the Amplify ETF; (ii) there were no Fund expenses; and (iii) borrowing/lending rates (to obtain leveraged exposure) of 0%. If Fund expenses and/or actual borrowing/lending rates were reflected, the estimated returns would be different than those shown. Particularly during periods of higher Amplify ETF volatility, compounding will cause results for periods longer than a trading day to vary from two times (2X) the performance of the Amplify ETF.

As shown in the chart below, the 2X ETF would be expected to lose -6.1% if the Amplify ETF provided no return over a one year period during which the Amplify ETF experienced annualized volatility of 25%. If the Amplify ETF’s annualized volatility were to rise to 75%, the hypothetical loss for a one year period widens to approximately -43.0%. At higher ranges of volatility, there is a chance of a significant loss of value in the 2X ETF, even if the Amplify ETF’s return is flat. For instance, if the Amplify ETF’s annualized volatility is 100%, the 2X ETF would be expected to lose -63.2% of its value, even

if the cumulative Amplify ETF return for the year was 0%. The volatility of the instruments that reflect the value of the Amplify ETF such as swaps, may differ from the volatility of the Amplify ETF.

Areas shaded dark gray represent those scenarios where the 2X ETF can be expected to return less than two times (2X) the performance of the Amplify ETF and those shaded light gray represent those scenarios where the 2X ETF can be expected to return more than two times (2X) the performance of the Amplify ETF. The 2X ETF’s actual returns may be significantly better or worse than the returns shown below as a result of any of the factors discussed above or in “Daily Correlation/Tracking Risk” below.


Estimated Returns of 2X Amplify ETF

Amplify ETF Performance		One Year Volatility Rate
One Year Amplify ETF	Double (2X) of the One Year	10%	25%	50%	75%	100%

-60%	-120%	-84.2%	-85.0%	-87.5%	-90.9%	-94.1%
-50%	-100%	-75.2%	-76.5%	-80.5%	-85.8%	-90.8%
-40%	-80%	-64.4%	-66.2%	-72.0%	-79.5%	-86.8%
-30%	-60%	-51.5%	-54.0%	-61.8%	-72.1%	-82.0%
-20%	-40%	-36.6%	-39.9%	-50.2%	-63.5%	-76.5%
-10%	-20%	-19.8%	-23.9%	-36.9%	-53.8%	-70.2%
0%	0%	-1.0%	-6.1%	-22.1%	-43.0%	-63.2%
10%	20%	19.8%	13.7%	-5.8%	-31.1%	-55.5%
20%	40%	42.6%	35.3%	12.1%	-18.0%	-47.0%
30%	60%	67.3%	58.8%	31.6%	-3.7%	-37.8%
40%	80%	94.0%	84.1%	52.6%	11.7%	-27.9%
50%	100%	122.8%	111.4%	75.2%	28.2%	-17.2%
60%	120%	153.5%	140.5%	99.4%	45.9%	-5.8%

Inverse ETF. Over time, the cumulative percentage increase or decrease in the value of the Inverse ETF’s portfolio may diverge significantly from the cumulative percentage increase or decrease in 100% of the return of the Amplify ETF due to the compounding effect of losses and gains on the returns of the Inverse ETF. It also is expected that the Inverse ETF will underperform the return of 100% of the Amplify ETF in a trendless or flat market.

The chart below provides examples of how the Amplify ETF’s volatility could affect the Inverse ETF’s performance. The Amplify ETF’s volatility rate is a statistical measure of the magnitude of fluctuations in the returns of the Amplify ETF. The Inverse ETF’s performance for periods greater than one single day can be estimated given any set of assumptions for the following factors: a) index volatility; b) index performance; c) period of time; d) financing rates associated with inverse exposure; e) other Fund expenses; and f) dividends or interest paid with respect to securities in the Amplify ETF. The chart below illustrates the impact of two principal factors – Amplify ETF volatility and Amplify ETF performance – on the Inverse ETF’s performance. The chart shows estimated Inverse ETF returns for a number of combinations of Amplify ETF volatility and Amplify ETF performance over a one-year period. Performance shown in the chart assumes that: (i) no dividends were paid with respect to the portfolio securities held by the Amplify ETF; (ii) there were no Fund expenses; and (iii) borrowing/lending rates (to obtain inverse exposure) of 0%. If the Inverse ETF’s expenses and/or actual borrowing/lending rates were reflected, the estimated returns would be worse than those shown. Particularly during periods of higher Amplify ETF volatility, compounding will cause results for periods longer than a trading day to vary from 100% of the performance of the Amplify ETF.

As shown in the chart below, the Inverse ETF would be expected to lose -6.1% if the Amplify ETF provided no return over a one year period during which the Amplify ETF experienced annualized volatility of 25%. If the Amplify ETF annualized volatility were to rise to 75%, the hypothetical loss for a one year period widens to approximately -43.0%. At higher ranges of volatility, there is a chance of a significant loss of value in the Inverse ETF. For instance, if the Amplify ETF’s annualized volatility is 100%, the Inverse ETF would be expected to lose approximately -63.2% of its value, even if the cumulative return of the Amplify ETF for the year was 0%. The volatility of the instruments that reflect the value of the Amplify ETF such as swaps, may differ from the volatility of the Amplify ETF.

Areas shaded dark gray represent those scenarios where the Inverse ETF can be expected to return less than -100% of the performance of the Amplify ETF and those shaded light gray represent those scenarios where the Fund can be expected to return more than -100% of the performance of the Amplify ETF. The Inverse ETF’s actual returns may be significantly better or worse than the returns shown below as a result of any of the factors discussed above or in “Daily Inverse Correlation/Tracking Risk” below.


Estimated Returns of -1X Amplify ETF

Amplify ETF Performance		One Year Volatility Rate
One Year Amplify ETF	Inverse (-1X) of the One Year	10%	25%	50%	75%	100%

-60%	60%	147.5%	134.9%	94.7%	42.4%	-8.0%
-50%	50%	98.0%	87.9%	55.8%	14.0%	-26.4%
-40%	40%	65.0%	56.6%	29.8%	-5.0%	-38.7%
-30%	30%	41.4%	34.2%	11.3%	-18.6%	-47.4%
-20%	20%	23.8%	17.4%	-2.6%	-28.8%	-54.0%
-10%	10.0%	10.0%	4.4%	-13.5%	-36.7%	-59.1%
0%	0%	-1.0%	-6.1%	-22.1%	-43.0%	-63.2%
10%	-10%	-10.0%	-14.6%	-29.2%	-48.2%	-66.6%
20%	-20%	-17.5%	-21.7%	-35.1%	-52.5%	-69.3%
30%	-30%	-23.8%	-27.7%	-40.1%	-56.2%	-71.7%
40%	-40%	-29.3%	-32.9%	-44.4%	-59.3%	-73.7%
50%	-50%	-34.0%	-37.4%	-48.1%	-62.0%	-75.5%
60%	-60%	-38.1%	-41.3%	-51.3%	-64.4%	-77.0%

The Amplify ETF’s annualized historical volatility rate for the period from January 16, 2018 (the inception date of the Amplify ETF) to December 31, 2020 was 22.85%. The Amplify ETF’ highest volatility rate for any one calendar year for the period from January 16, 2018 (the inception date of the Amplify ETF) through December 31, 2020 was 30.47% and volatility for a shorter period of time may have been substantially higher. The Amplify ETF’ annualized performance for the period from January 16, 2018 (the inception date of the Amplify ETF) to December 31, 2020 was 20.31%. Historical Amplify ETF volatility and performance are not indications of what the Amplify ETF volatility and performance will be in the future.

Derivatives Risk. The Fund’s derivative investments have risks, including the imperfect correlation between the value of such instruments and the underlying assets; the loss of principal, including the potential loss of amounts greater than the initial amount invested in the derivative instrument; the possible default of the other party to the transaction; and illiquidity of the derivative investments. Use of derivatives could also result in a loss if the counterparty to the transaction does not perform as promised, including because of such counterparty’s bankruptcy or insolvency. This risk is heightened with respect to over-the-counter (“OTC”) swap agreements, and may be greater during volatile market conditions. Other risks include the inability to close out a position because the trading market becomes illiquid (particularly in the OTC markets) or the availability of counterparties becomes limited for a period of time. In addition, the presence of speculators in a particular market could lead to price distortions.

Certain of the Fund’s transactions in derivatives could also affect the amount, timing, and character of distributions to shareholders, which may result in the Fund realizing more short-term capital gain and ordinary income subject to tax at ordinary income tax rates than it would if it did not engage in such transactions, which may adversely impact the Fund’s after-tax returns.

In addition, the Fund’s investments in derivatives are subject to the following risks:

Shorting Risk - Inverse ETF. A short position is a financial arrangement in which the short position appreciates in value when a reference asset falls in value and depreciates in value when the reference asset rises in value. Over the long term, most assets are expected to rise in value and short positions are expected to depreciate in value. Short positions therefore may be riskier and more speculative than traditional investments.

Swap Agreements. The use of swap transactions is a highly specialized activity, which involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. Whether the Fund will be successful in using swap agreements to achieve its investment goal depends on the ability the Adviser to structure swap agreements in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective and to identify counterparties for those swap agreements. If the Adviser is unable to enter into swap agreements that provide inverse or leveraged exposure to the Amplify ETF, the Funds may not meet their investment objectives.

The swap agreements transactions in which a Fund invests are generally traded in the over-the-counter market, which generally has less transparency than exchange-traded derivatives instruments. In a standard swap transaction, two parties agree to exchange the return (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on particular predetermined reference assets or underlying securities or instruments. The gross return to be exchanged or swapped between the parties is calculated based on a notional amount or the return on or change in value of a particular dollar amount invested in a basket of securities.

Counterparty Risk. The risk of loss to a Fund for swap transactions that are entered into on a net basis depends on which party is obligated to pay the net amount to the other party. If the counterparty is obligated to pay the net amount to a Fund, the risk of loss to a Fund is loss of the entire amount that the Fund is entitled to receive. If a Fund is obligated to pay the net amount, the Fund’s risk of loss is generally limited to that net amount. If a swap agreement involves the exchange of the entire principal value of a security, the entire principal value of that security is subject to the risk that the other party to the swap will default on its contractual delivery obligations. A counterparty may be unwilling or unable to make timely payments to meet its contractual obligations or may fail to return holdings that are subject to the agreement with the counterparty. If the counterparty or its affiliate becomes insolvent, bankrupt or defaults on its payment obligations toa Fund, the value of an investment held by the Fund may decline. Additionally, if any collateral posted by the counterparty for the benefit of a Fund is insufficient or there are delays in the Fund’s ability to access such collateral, the Fund may not be able to achieve its leveraged investment objective. In addition, a Fund may enter into swap agreements with a limited number of counterparties, which may increase the Fund’s exposure to counterparty credit risk. Further, there is a risk that no suitable counterparties will be willing to enter into, or continue to enter into, transactions with a Fund and, as a result, a Fund may not be able to achieve its leveraged investment objective or may decide to change its leveraged investment objective.

Equity Market Risk. The exposure of the Amplify ETF to investments in common stocks indirectly subjects a Fund to equity market risk. Common stocks are generally exposed to greater risk that other types of securities, such as preferred stock and debt obligations, because common stockholders generally have inferior rights to receive payment from specific issuers. Equity securities may experience sudden, unpredictable drops in value or long periods of decline in value. This may occur because of factors that affect securities markets generally or factors affecting specific issuers, industries, or sectors in which the Amplify ETF invests.

ETF Risk.

Authorized Participants, Market Makers, and Liquidity Providers Concentration Risk. The Funds have a limited number of financial institutions that are authorized to purchase and redeem Shares directly from the Funds (known as “Authorized Participants” or “APs”). In addition, there may be a limited number of market makers and/or liquidity providers in the marketplace. To the extent either of the following events occur, Shares may trade at a material discount to NAV and possibly face delisting: (i) APs exit the business or otherwise become unable to process creation and/or redemption orders and no other APs step forward to perform these services; or (ii) market makers and/or liquidity providers exit the business or significantly reduce their business activities and no other entities step forward to perform their functions.

Trading. Although Shares are listed on a national securities exchange, such as the Exchange, and may be traded on U.S. exchanges other than the Exchange, there can be no assurance that Shares will trade with any volume, or at all, on any stock exchange. In stressed market conditions, the liquidity of Shares may begin to mirror the liquidity of a Fund’s underlying portfolio holdings, which can be significantly less liquid than Shares.

Cash Redemption Risk. A Fund’s investment strategy may require it to redeem Shares for cash or to otherwise include cash as part of its redemption proceeds. For example, a Fund may not be able to redeem in-kind certain securities held by the Fund (e.g., derivative instruments and bonds that cannot be broken up beyond certain minimum sizes needed for transfer and settlement). In such a case, a Fund may be required to sell or unwind portfolio investments to obtain the cash needed to distribute redemption proceeds. This may cause a Fund to recognize a capital gain that it might not have recognized if it had made a redemption in-kind. As a result, a Fund may pay out higher annual capital gain distributions than if the in-kind redemption process was used.

High Portfolio Turnover Risk. A Fund may actively and frequently trade all or a significant portion of the securities in its portfolio. A high portfolio turnover rate increases transaction costs, which may increase a Fund’s expenses. Frequent trading may also cause adverse tax consequences for investors in the Fund due to an increase in short-term capital gains.

Intra-Day Investment Risk. 2X ETF. The Fund seeks leveraged investment results from the close of the market on a given trading day until the close of the market on the subsequent trading day. The exact exposure of an investment in the Fund intraday in the secondary market is a function of the difference between the value of the Amplify ETF at the market close on the first trading day and the value of the Amplify ETF at the time of purchase. If the Amplify ETF gain value, the Fund’s net assets will rise by the same amount as the Fund’s exposure. Conversely, if the Amplify ETF decline, the Fund’s net assets will decline by the same amount as the Fund’s exposure. Thus, an investor that purchases shares intra-day may experience performance that is greater than, or less than, 200% of the Amplify ETF’s performance.

Intra-Day Investment Risk. Inverse ETF. The Fund seeks inverse investment results from the close of the market on a given trading day until the close of the market on the subsequent trading day. The exact exposure of an investment in the Fund intraday in the secondary market is a function of the difference between the value of the Amplify ETF at the market close on the first trading day and the value of the Amplify ETF at the time of purchase. If the Amplify ETF loses value, the Fund’s net assets will rise by the same amount as the Fund’s exposure. Conversely, if the Amplify ETF appreciates in value, the Fund’s net assets will decline by the same amount as the Fund’s exposure. Thus, an investor that purchases shares intra-day may experience performance that is greater than, or less than, the inverse of the Amplify ETF.

If there is a significant intra-day market event and/or the securities of the Index experience a significant increase, the Fund may not meet its investment objective, be able to rebalance its portfolio appropriately, or may experience significant premiums or discounts, or widened bid-ask spreads.

Leverage Risk. The 2X ETF obtains investment exposure in excess of its net assets by utilizing leverage and may lose more money in market conditions that are adverse to its investment objective than a fund that does not utilize leverage. An investment in the Fund is exposed to the risk that a decline in the daily performance of the Amplify ETF will be magnified. This means that an investment in the Fund will be reduced by an amount equal to 2% for every 1% daily decline in the Amplify ETF, not including the costs of financing leverage and other operating expenses, which would further reduce its value. The Fund could theoretically lose an amount greater than its net assets in the event of a Amplify ETF decline of more than 50% in a single trading day. Leverage will also have the effect of magnifying any differences in the Fund’s correlation with the Amplify ETF.

Money Market Instrument Risk. The Funds may use a variety of money market instruments for cash management purposes, including money market funds, depositary accounts and repurchase agreements. Repurchase agreements are contracts in which a seller of securities agrees to buy the securities back at a specified time and price. Repurchase agreements may be subject to market and credit risk related to the collateral securing the repurchase agreement. Money market instruments may lose money.

U.S. Government and U.S. Agency Obligations Risk. The Funds may invest in securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities. U.S. Government obligations include securities issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, such as the U.S. Treasury. Payment of principal and interest on U.S. Government obligations may be backed by the full faith and credit of the United States or may be backed solely by the issuing or guaranteeing agency or instrumentality itself. In the latter case, the investor must look principally to the agency or instrumentality issuing or guaranteeing the obligation for ultimate repayment, which agency or instrumentality may be privately owned. There can be no assurance that the U.S. Government would provide financial support to its agencies or instrumentalities (including government-sponsored enterprises) where it is not obligated to do so.

New Fund Risk. The Funds are recently organized management investment company with no operating history. As a result, prospective investors do not have a track record or history on which to base their investment decisions.

Non-Diversification Risk. Because the Funds are “non-diversified,” they may invest a greater percentage of its assets in the securities of a single issuer or a smaller number of issuers than if it was a diversified fund. As a result, a decline in the value of an investment in a single issuer or a smaller number of issuers could cause a Fund’s overall value to decline to a greater degree than if the Fund held a more diversified portfolio.

Other Investment Companies Risk. 2X ETF. The Fund may invest directly in another investment company by purchasing shares of the investment company. By investing in another investment company, the Fund becomes a shareholder of that investment company and bears its proportionate share of the fees and expenses of the other investment company. There is also the risk that the Fund may suffer losses due to the investment practices of the underlying funds as the Fund will be subject to substantially the same risks as those associated with the direct ownership of securities held by such investment companies. The Fund may be subject to statutory limits with respect to the amount it can invest in other ETFs, which may adversely affect the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective. ETFs may be less liquid than other investments, and thus their share values more volatile than the values of the investments they hold. Investments in ETFs are also subject to the “ETF Risk” described above.

Significant market volatility and market downturns may limit the Fund’s ability to sell securities and obtain long exposure to securities, and the Fund’s sales and long exposures may exacerbate the market volatility and downturn. Under such circumstances, the Fund may have difficulty achieving its investment objective for one or more trading days, which may adversely impact the Fund’s returns on those days and periods inclusive of those days. Alternatively, the Fund may incur higher costs (including swap financing costs) in order to achieve its investment objective and may be forced to purchase and sell securities (including other ETFs’ shares) at market prices that do not represent their fair value (including in the case of an ETF, its net asset value) or at times that result in differences between the price the Fund receives for the security or the value of the swap exposure and the market closing price of the security or the market closing value of the swap exposure. Under those circumstances, the Fund’s ability to track the Amplify ETF is likely to be adversely affected, the market price of Fund

shares may reflect a greater premium or discount to net asset value and bid-ask spreads in the Fund’s shares may widen, resulting in increased transaction costs for secondary market purchasers and sellers.

Daily Correlation/Tracking Risk. 2X ETF. There is no guarantee that the Fund will achieve a high degree of correlation to the Amplify ETF and therefore achieve its daily leveraged investment objective. To achieve a high degree of correlation with the Amplify ETF, the Fund seeks to rebalance its portfolio daily to keep leverage consistent with its daily leveraged investment objective. In addition, the Fund’s exposure to the Amplify ETF is impacted by the Amplify ETF movement. Because of this, it is unlikely that the Fund will be perfectly exposed to the Amplify ETF at the end of each day. The possibility of the Fund being materially over- or under-exposed to the Amplify ETF increases on days when the Amplify ETF are volatile near the close of the trading day. Market disruptions, regulatory restrictions and extreme volatility will also adversely affect the Fund’s ability to adjust exposure to the required levels.

Daily Inverse Correlation/Tracking Risk. Inverse ETF. Investors will lose money when the Amplify ETF rises, which is a result that is the opposite from traditional index funds. There is no guarantee that the Fund will achieve a high degree of inverse correlation to the Amplify ETF and therefore achieve its daily inverse investment objective. The Fund’s exposure to the Amplify ETF is impacted by the Amplify ETF’s portfolio holdings movement. Because of this, it is unlikely that the Fund will be perfectly exposed to the Amplify ETF at the end of each day. The possibility of the Fund being materially over- or under-exposed to the Amplify ETF increases on days when the Amplify ETF is volatile near the close of the trading day. Market disruptions, regulatory restrictions and high volatility will also adversely affect the Fund’s ability to adjust exposure to the required levels. Due to the inverse nature of the Fund’s investment strategy, the occurrence of some of these events or market conditions discussed below may be favorable to the Fund’s returns; however, nonoccurrence of these events below could have no effect on the Fund’s returns, or could cause the value of the Fund’s assets to decrease.

Blockchain Investments Risk. Each Fund’s indirect exposure to companies actively engaged in blockchain technology may be subject to the following risks:

•Competing platforms and technologies. The development and acceptance of competing platforms or technologies may cause consumers or investors to use an alternative to blockchains.

protocol, and reliance on peer-to-peer connectivity, may increase the risk of fraud or cyber-attack by potentially reducing the likelihood of a coordinated response.

•Lack of liquid markets, and possible manipulation of blockchain-based assets. Digital assets that are represented and trade on a blockchain may not necessarily benefit from viable trading markets. Stock exchanges have listing requirements and vet issuers, and perhaps users. These conditions may not necessarily be replicated on a blockchain, depending on the platform’s controls and other policies. The more lenient a blockchain is about vetting issuers of digital assets or users that transact on the platform, the higher the potential risk for fraud or the manipulation of digital assets. These factors may decrease liquidity or volume, or increase volatility of digital securities or other assets trading on a blockchain.

•Reliance on the Internet. Blockchain functionality relies on the Internet. A significant disruption of Internet connectivity affecting large numbers of users or geographic areas could impede the functionality of blockchain technologies and affect the Fund. In addition, certain features of blockchain technology, such as decentralization, open source protocol, and reliance on peer-to-peer connectivity, may increase the risk of fraud or cyber-attack by potentially reducing the likelihood of a coordinated response.

•Line of Business Risk. Some of the companies in which the Amplify ETF will invest are engaged in other lines of business unrelated to blockchain and these lines of business could adversely affect their operating results. The operating results of these companies may fluctuate as a result of these additional risks and events in the other lines of business. In addition, a company’s ability to engage in new activities may expose it to business risks with which it has less experience than it has with the business risks associated with its traditional businesses. Despite a company’s possible success in activities linked to its use of blockchain, there can be no assurance that the other lines of business in which these companies are engaged will not have an adverse effect on a company’s business or financial condition.

Reduction in spending on Chinese products and services, institution of tariffs or other trade barriers, or a downturn in any of the economies of China’s key trading partners may have an adverse impact on the Chinese economy. Recent developments in relations between the U.S. and China have heightened concerns of increased tariffs and restrictions on trade between the two countries. An increase in tariffs or trade restrictions, or even the threat of such developments, could lead to a significant reduction in international trade, which could have a negative impact on China’s export industry and a commensurately negative impact on the Amplify ETF. From time to time and as recently as January 2020, China has experienced outbreaks of infectious illnesses, and the country may be subject to other public health threats, infectious illnesses, diseases or similar issues in the future. Any spread of an infectious illness, public health threat or similar issue could reduce consumer demand or economic output, result in market closures, travel restrictions or quarantines, and generally have a significant impact on the Chinese economy, which in turn could affect the Fund’s investments.

Emerging Markets Risk. The exposure of the Amplify ETF to investments in emerging markets indirectly subjects the Funds to emerging markets risk. Emerging market countries include, but are not limited to, those considered to be developing by the International Monetary Fund, the World Bank, the International Finance Corporation or one of the leading global investment banks. The majority of these countries are likely to be located in Asia, Latin America, the Middle East, Central and Eastern Europe, and Africa. Investments in emerging market issuers are subject to a greater risk of loss than investments in issuers located or operating in more developed markets. This is due to, among other things, the potential for greater market volatility, lower trading volume, higher levels of inflation, political and economic instability, greater risk of a market shutdown and more governmental limitations on foreign investments in emerging market countries than are typically found in more developed markets. Moreover, emerging markets often have less uniformity in accounting and reporting requirements, less reliable securities valuations and greater risks associated with custody of securities than developed markets. In addition, emerging markets often have greater risk of capital controls through such measures as taxes or interest rate control than developed markets. Certain emerging market countries may also lack the infrastructure necessary to attract large amounts of foreign trade and investment.

Information Technology Companies Risk. The exposure of the Amplify ETF to information technology companies indirectly subjects the Funds to the following risks of information technology companies: rapidly changing technologies; short product life cycles; fierce competition; aggressive pricing and reduced profit margins; the loss of patent, copyright and trademark protections; cyclical market patterns; evolving industry standards; and frequent new product introductions. Information technology companies may be smaller and less experienced companies, with limited product lines, markets or financial resources and fewer experienced management or marketing personnel. Information technology company stocks, especially those which are internet related, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that are often unrelated to their operating performance

PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

Information about the Funds’ daily portfolio holdings will be available on the Funds’ website at [website url].

A complete description of the Funds’ policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Funds’ portfolio holdings is available in the Funds’ SAI.

MANAGEMENT

Investment Adviser

Toroso Investments, LLC, 898 N. Broadway, Suite 2, Massapequa, New York 11758, serves as investment adviser to the Funds and has overall responsibility for the general management and administration of the Funds pursuant to an investment advisory agreement with the Trust, on behalf of the Funds (the “Advisory Agreement”). The Adviser also arranges for sub-advisory, transfer agency, custody, fund administration, and all other related services necessary for the Funds to operate. Toroso is a Delaware limited liability company founded in March 2012 that is dedicated to understanding, researching and managing assets within the expanding ETF universe. As of [ ], 2021, Toroso had assets under management of approximately $[ ] billion.

For the services provided to the Funds, each Fund pays the Adviser a unified management fee, which is calculated daily and paid monthly, at an annual rate based on the applicable Fund’s average daily net assets as set forth in the table below.


Name of Fund			Management Fee
2X ETF			[ ]
Inverse ETF			[ ]

Under the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser has agreed to pay all expenses incurred by the Funds except for interest charges on any borrowings, dividends and other expenses on securities sold short, taxes, brokerage commissions and other expenses incurred in placing orders for the purchase and sale of securities and other investment instruments, acquired fund fees and expenses, accrued deferred tax liability, extraordinary expenses, distribution fees and expenses paid by the Funds under any distribution plan adopted pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act, and the unified management fee payable to the Adviser (collectively, the “Excluded Expenses”).

A discussion regarding the basis for the Board’s approval of the Funds’ Investment Advisory Agreement will be available in the Funds’ next annual or semi-annual report to shareholders.

Portfolio Managers

The Funds are managed jointly and primarily by Michael Venuto and Charles A. Ragauss, CFA.

Michael Venuto, Chief Investment Officer for the Adviser

Mr. Venuto is a co-founder and has been the Chief Investment Officer of the Adviser since 2012. Mr. Venuto is an ETF industry veteran with over a decade of experience in the design and implementation of ETF-based investment strategies. Previously, he was Head of Investments at Global X Funds where he provided portfolio optimization services to institutional clients. Before that, he was Senior Vice President at Horizon Kinetics where his responsibilities included new business development, investment strategy and client and strategic initiatives.

Charles A. Ragauss, CFA, Portfolio Manager for the Adviser

Mr. Ragauss serves as Portfolio Manager at the Adviser, having joined the Adviser in September 2020. Through the Adviser, Mr. Ragauss also provides support services to CSat Investment Advisory, L.P., doing business as Exponential ETFs (“Exponential”). Mr. Ragauss previously served as Chief Operating Officer and in other roles at Exponential from April 2016 to September 2020. Previously, Mr. Ragauss was Assistant Vice President at Huntington National Bank (“Huntington”), where he was Product Manager for the Huntington Funds and Huntington Strategy Shares ETFs, a combined fund complex of almost $4 billion in assets under management. At Huntington, he led ETF development bringing to market some of the first actively managed ETFs. Mr. Ragauss joined Huntington in 2010. Mr. Ragauss attended Grand Valley State University where he received his Bachelor of Business Administration in Finance and International Business, as well as a minor in French. He is a member of both the National and West Michigan CFA societies and holds the CFA designation.

The Fund’s SAI provides additional information about each Portfolio Manager’s compensation structure, other accounts that each Portfolio Manager manages, and each Portfolio Manager’s ownership of Shares.

CFA® is a registered trademark owned by the CFA Institute.

HOW TO BUY AND SELL SHARES

Each Fund issues and redeems Shares only in Creation Units at the NAV per share next determined after receipt of an order from an AP. Only APs may acquire Shares directly from a Fund, and only APs may tender their Shares for redemption directly to a Fund, at NAV. APs must be a member or participant of a clearing agency registered with the SEC and must execute a Participant Agreement that has been agreed to by the Distributor (defined below), and that has been accepted by the Funds’ transfer agent, with respect to purchases and redemptions of Creation Units. Once created, Shares trade in the secondary market in quantities less than a Creation Unit.

Most investors buy and sell Shares in secondary market transactions through brokers. Individual Shares are listed for trading on the secondary market on the Exchange and can be bought and sold throughout the trading day like other publicly traded securities.

When buying or selling Shares through a broker, you will incur customary brokerage commissions and charges, and you may pay some or all of the spread between the bid and the offer price in the secondary market on each leg of a round trip (purchase and sale) transaction. In addition, because secondary market transactions occur at market prices, you may pay more than NAV when you buy Shares, and receive less than NAV when you sell those Shares.

Book Entry

Shares are held in book-entry form, which means that no stock certificates are issued. Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) or its nominee is the record owner of all outstanding Shares.

Investors owning Shares are beneficial owners as shown on the records of DTC or its participants. DTC serves as the securities depository for all Shares. DTC’s participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and other institutions that directly or indirectly maintain a custodial relationship with DTC. As a

beneficial owner of Shares, you are not entitled to receive physical delivery of stock certificates or to have Shares registered in your name, and you are not considered a registered owner of Shares. Therefore, to exercise any right as an owner of Shares, you must rely upon the procedures of DTC and its participants. These procedures are the same as those that apply to any other securities that you hold in book-entry or “street name” through your brokerage account.

Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Shares

The Funds impose no restrictions on the frequency of purchases and redemptions of Shares. In determining not to approve a written, established policy, the Board evaluated the risks of market timing activities by Fund shareholders. Purchases and redemptions by APs, who are the only parties that may purchase or redeem Shares directly with the Funds, are an essential part of the ETF process and help keep Share trading prices in line with the NAV. As such, the Funds accommodate frequent purchases and redemptions by APs. However, the Board has also determined that frequent purchases and redemptions for cash may increase tracking error and portfolio transaction costs and may lead to the realization of capital gains. To minimize these potential consequences of frequent purchases and redemptions, the Funds employ fair value pricing and may impose transaction fees on purchases and redemptions of Creation Units to cover the custodial and other costs incurred by the Funds in effecting trades. In addition, the Funds and the Adviser reserve the right to reject any purchase order at any time.

Determination of Net Asset Value

Each Fund’s NAV is calculated as of the scheduled close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time, each day the NYSE is open for business. The NAV for each Fund is calculated by dividing the Fund’s net assets by its Shares outstanding.

In calculating its NAV, each Fund generally values its assets on the basis of market quotations, last sale prices, or estimates of value furnished by a pricing service or brokers who make markets in such instruments. If such information is not available for a security held by a Fund or is determined to be unreliable, the security will be valued at fair value estimates under guidelines established by the Board (as described below).

Fair Value Pricing

The Board has adopted procedures and methodologies to fair value Fund securities whose market prices are not “readily available” or are deemed to be unreliable. For example, such circumstances may arise when: (i) a security has been delisted or has had its trading halted or suspended; (ii) a security’s primary pricing source is unable or unwilling to provide a price; (iii) a security’s primary trading market is closed during regular market hours; or (iv) a security’s value is materially affected by events occurring after the close of the security’s primary trading market. Generally, when fair valuing a security, the Funds will take into account all reasonably available information that may be relevant to a particular valuation including, but not limited to, fundamental analytical data regarding the issuer, information relating to the issuer’s business, recent trades or offers of the security, general and/or specific market conditions, and the specific facts giving rise to the need to fair value the security. Fair value determinations are made in good faith and in accordance with the fair value methodologies included in the Board-adopted valuation procedures. Due to the subjective and variable nature of fair value pricing, there can be no assurance that a Fund will be able to obtain the fair value assigned to the security upon the sale of such security.

Delivery of Shareholder Documents – Householding

Householding is an option available to certain investors of the Funds. Householding is a method of delivery, based on the preference of the individual investor, in which a single copy of certain shareholder documents can be delivered to investors who share the same address, even if their accounts are registered under different names. Householding for the Funds is available through certain broker-dealers. If you are interested in enrolling in householding and receiving a single copy of prospectuses and other shareholder documents, please contact your broker-dealer. If you are currently enrolled in householding and wish to change your householding status, please contact your broker-dealer.

DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS, AND TAXES

Dividends and Distributions

Each Fund intends to pay out dividends and interest income, if any, [ ], and distribute any net realized capital gains to its shareholders at least [annually].

Each Fund will declare and pay income and capital gain distributions, if any, in cash. Distributions in cash may be reinvested automatically in additional whole Shares only if the broker through whom you purchased Shares makes such option available. Your broker is responsible for distributing the income and capital gain distributions to you.

Taxes

The following discussion is a summary of some important U.S. federal income tax considerations generally applicable to investments in the Funds. Your investment in a Fund may have other tax implications. Please consult your tax advisor about the tax consequences of an investment in Shares, including the possible application of foreign, state, and local tax laws.

Each Fund intends to qualify each year for treatment as a regulated investment company (a “RIC”) under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. If it meets certain minimum distribution requirements, a RIC is not subject to tax at the fund level on income and gains from investments that are timely distributed to shareholders. However, a Fund’s failure to qualify as a RIC or to meet minimum distribution requirements would result (if certain relief provisions were not available) in fund-level taxation and, consequently, a reduction in income available for distribution to shareholders.

Unless your investment in Shares is made through a tax-exempt entity or tax-advantaged account, such as an IRA plan, you need to be aware of the possible tax consequences when a Fund makes distributions, when you sell your Shares listed on the Exchange, and when you purchase or redeem Creation Units (institutional investors only).

The tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”) made significant changes to the U.S. federal income tax rules for taxation of individuals and corporations, generally effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017. Many of the changes applicable to individuals are temporary and would apply only to taxable years before January 1, 2026. There were only minor changes with respect to the specific rules only applicable to RICs, such as the Funds. The Tax Act, however, also made numerous other changes to the tax rules that may affect shareholders and the Funds. Subsequent legislation has modified certain changes to the U.S. federal income tax rules made by the Tax Act which may, in addition, affect shareholders and the Funds. You are urged to consult with your own tax advisor regarding how this legislation affects your investment in a Fund.

Taxes on Distributions

Each Fund intends to pay out dividends and interest income, if any, [ ], and distribute any net realized capital gains to its shareholders at least [annually]. For federal income tax purposes, distributions of net investment income are generally taxable as ordinary income or qualified dividend income. Taxes on distributions of net capital gains (if any) are determined by how long a Fund owned the investments that generated them, rather than how long a shareholder has owned their Shares. Sales of assets held by a Fund for more than one year generally result in long-term capital gains and losses, and sales of assets held by such Fund for one year or less generally result in short-term capital gains and losses. Distributions of a Fund’s net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses) that are reported by such Fund as capital gain dividends (“Capital Gain Dividends”) will be taxable as long-term capital gains. Distributions of short-term capital gain will generally be taxable as ordinary income. Dividends and distributions are generally taxable to you whether you receive them in cash or reinvest them in additional Shares.

Distributions reported by a Fund as “qualified dividend income” are generally taxed to non-corporate shareholders at rates applicable to long-term capital gains, provided certain holding period and other requirements are met. “Qualified dividend income” generally is income derived from dividends paid by U.S. corporations or certain foreign corporations that are either incorporated in a U.S. possession or eligible for tax benefits under certain U.S. income tax treaties. In addition, dividends that a Fund receives in respect of stock of certain foreign corporations may be qualified dividend income if that stock is readily tradable on an established U.S. securities market. Corporate shareholders may be entitled to a dividends-received deduction for the portion of dividends they receive from a Fund that are attributable to dividends received by the Fund from U.S. corporations, subject to certain limitations.

Shortly after the close of each calendar year, you will be informed of the character of any distributions received from a Fund.

In addition to the federal income tax, certain individuals, trusts, and estates may be subject to a Net Investment Income (“NII”) tax of 3.8%. The NII tax is imposed on the lesser of: (i) a taxpayer’s investment income, net of deductions properly allocable to such income; or (ii) the amount by which such taxpayer’s modified adjusted gross income exceeds certain thresholds ($250,000 for married individuals filing jointly, $200,000 for unmarried individuals and $125,000 for married individuals filing separately). A Fund’s distributions are includable in a shareholder’s investment income for purposes of this NII tax. In addition, any capital gain realized by a shareholder upon a sale or redemption of Fund shares is includable in such shareholder’s investment income for purposes of this NII tax.

In general, your distributions are subject to federal income tax for the year in which they are paid. Certain distributions paid in January, however, may be treated as paid on December 31 of the prior year. Distributions are generally taxable even if they are paid from income or gains earned by a Fund before your investment (and thus were included in the Shares’ NAV when you purchased your Shares).

You may wish to avoid investing in a Fund shortly before a dividend or other distribution, because such a distribution will generally be taxable even though it may economically represent a return of a portion of your investment.

If you are neither a resident nor a citizen of the United States or if you are a foreign entity, distributions (other than Capital Gain Dividends) paid to you by a Fund will generally be subject to a U.S. withholding tax at the rate of 30%, unless a lower treaty rate applies. A Fund may, under certain circumstances, report all or a portion of a dividend as an “interest-related dividend” or a “short-term capital gain dividend,” which would generally be exempt from this 30% U.S. withholding tax, provided certain other requirements are met.

Under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”), a Fund may be required to withhold a generally nonrefundable 30% tax on (i) distributions of investment company taxable income and (ii) distributions of net capital gain and the gross proceeds of a sale or redemption of Fund shares paid to (A) certain “foreign financial institutions” unless such foreign financial institution agrees to verify, monitor, and report to the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) the identity of certain of its account-holders, among other items (or unless such entity is otherwise deemed compliant under the terms of an intergovernmental agreement between the United States and the foreign financial institution’s country of residence), and (B) certain “non-financial foreign entities” unless such entity certifies to the Fund that it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or provides the name, address, and taxpayer identification number of each substantial U.S. owner, among other items. In December 2018, the IRS and Treasury Department released proposed Treasury Regulations that would eliminate FATCA withholding on Fund distributions of net capital gain and the gross proceeds from a sale or redemption of Fund shares. Although taxpayers are entitled to rely on these proposed Treasury Regulations until final Treasury Regulations are issued, these proposed Treasury Regulations have not been finalized, may not be finalized in their proposed form, and are potentially subject to change. This FATCA withholding tax could also affect a Fund’s return on its investments in foreign securities or affect a shareholder’s return if the shareholder holds its Fund shares through a foreign intermediary. You are urged to consult your tax adviser regarding the application of this FATCA withholding tax to your investment in a Fund and the potential certification, compliance, due diligence, reporting, and withholding obligations to which you may become subject in order to avoid this withholding tax.

Each Fund (or a financial intermediary, such as a broker, through which a shareholder owns Shares) generally is required to withhold and remit to the U.S. Treasury a percentage of the taxable distributions and sale or redemption proceeds paid to any shareholder who fails to properly furnish a correct taxpayer identification number, who has underreported dividend or interest income, or who fails to certify that they are not subject to such withholding.

Taxes When Shares are Sold on the Exchange

Any capital gain or loss realized upon a sale of Shares generally is treated as a long-term capital gain or loss if Shares have been held for more than one year and as a short-term capital gain or loss if Shares have been held for one year or less. However, any capital loss on a sale of Shares held for six months or less is treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of Capital Gain Dividends paid with respect to such Shares. Any loss realized on a sale will be disallowed to the extent Shares of a Fund are acquired, including through reinvestment of dividends, within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the sale of Shares.

Taxes on Purchases and Redemptions of Creation Units

An AP having the U.S. dollar as its functional currency for U.S. federal income tax purposes who exchanges securities for Creation Units generally recognizes a gain or a loss. The gain or loss will be equal to the difference between the value of the Creation Units at the time of the exchange and the exchanging AP’s aggregate basis in the securities delivered plus the amount of any cash paid for the Creation Units. An AP who exchanges Creation Units for securities will generally recognize a gain or loss equal to the difference between the exchanging AP’s basis in the Creation Units and the aggregate U.S. dollar market value of the securities received, plus any cash received for such Creation Units. The IRS may assert, however, that a loss that is realized upon an exchange of securities for Creation Units may not be currently deducted under the rules governing “wash sales” (for an AP who does not mark-to-market their holdings) or on the basis that there has been no significant change in economic position. Persons exchanging securities should consult their own tax advisor with respect to whether wash sale rules apply and when a loss might be deductible.

Any capital gain or loss realized upon redemption of Creation Units is generally treated as long-term capital gain or loss if Shares comprising the Creation Units have been held for more than one year and as a short-term capital gain or loss if such Shares have been held for one year or less.

A Fund may include a payment of cash in addition to, or in place of, the delivery of a basket of securities upon the redemption of Creation Units. A Fund may sell portfolio securities to obtain the cash needed to distribute redemption proceeds. This may cause a Fund to recognize investment income and/or capital gains or losses that it might not have

recognized if it had completely satisfied the redemption in-kind. As a result, a Fund may be less tax efficient if it includes such a cash payment in the proceeds paid upon the redemption of Creation Units.

Foreign Investments by a Fund

Interest and other income received by a Fund with respect to foreign securities may give rise to withholding and other taxes imposed by foreign countries. Tax treaties or conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes. If as of the close of a taxable year more than 50% of the value of a Fund’s assets consists of certain foreign stock or securities, each such Fund will be eligible to elect to “pass through” to investors the amount of foreign income and similar taxes (including withholding taxes) paid by such Fund during that taxable year. This means that investors would be considered to have received as additional income their respective shares of such foreign taxes, but may be entitled to either a corresponding tax deduction in calculating taxable income, or, subject to certain limitations, a credit in calculating federal income tax. If a Fund does not so elect, each such Fund will be entitled to claim a deduction for certain foreign taxes incurred by such Fund. A Fund (or its administrative agent) will notify you if it makes such an election and provide you with the information necessary to reflect foreign taxes paid on your income tax return.

The foregoing discussion summarizes some of the possible consequences under current federal tax law of an investment in each Fund. It is not a substitute for personal tax advice. You also may be subject to foreign, state and local tax on Fund distributions and sales of Shares. Consult your personal tax advisor about the potential tax consequences of an investment in Shares under all applicable tax laws. For more information, please see the section entitled “Federal Income Taxes” in the SAI.

DISTRIBUTION

Foreside Fund Services, LLC (the “Distributor”), the Funds’ distributor, is a broker-dealer registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. The Distributor distributes Creation Units for the Funds on an agency basis and does not maintain a secondary market in Shares. The Distributor has no role in determining the policies of the Funds or the securities that are purchased or sold by the Funds. The Distributor’s principal address is Three Canal Plaza, Suite 100, Portland, Maine 04101.

The Board has adopted a Distribution (Rule 12b-1) Plan (the “Plan”) pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act. In accordance with the Plan, each Fund is authorized to pay an amount up to 0.25% of its average daily net assets each year for certain distribution-related activities and shareholder services.

No Rule 12b-1 fees are currently paid by the Funds, and there are no plans to impose these fees. However, in the event Rule 12b-1 fees are charged in the future, because the fees are paid out of Fund assets, over time these fees will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than certain other types of sales charges.

PREMIUM/DISCOUNT INFORMATION

When available, information regarding how often Shares of a Fund traded on the Exchange at a price above (i.e., at a premium) or below (i.e., at a discount) the NAV of the applicable Fund can be found on the Funds’ website at [website url].

ADDITIONAL NOTICES

Shares are not sponsored, endorsed, or promoted by the Exchange. The Exchange is not responsible for, nor has it participated in the determination of, the timing, prices, or quantities of Shares to be issued, nor in the determination or calculation of the equation by which Shares are redeemable. The Exchange has no obligation or liability to owners of Shares in connection with the administration, marketing, or trading of Shares.

Without limiting any of the foregoing, in no event shall the Exchange have any liability for any lost profits or indirect, punitive, special, or consequential damages even if notified of the possibility thereof.

The Adviser and the Funds make no representation or warranty, express or implied, to the owners of Shares or any member of the public regarding the advisability of investing in securities generally or in the Funds particularly.

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

This section would ordinarily include Financial Highlights. The Financial Highlights table is intended to help you understand each Fund’s performance for the applicable Fund’s periods of operations. Because the Funds have not yet commenced operations as of the date of this Prospectus, no Financial Highlights are shown.

Elevate Shares

Elevate Shares 2X Daily Blockchain ETF

Elevate Shares Inverse Daily Blockchain ETF


Adviser	Toroso Investments, LLC 898 N. Broadway, Suite 2 Massapequa, New York 11758	Administrator	Tidal ETF Services LLC 898 N. Broadway, Suite 2 Massapequa, New York 11758
Distributor	Foreside Fund Services, LLC Three Canal Plaza, Suite 100 Portland, Maine 04101	Sub-Administrator, Fund Accountant, and Transfer Agent	U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, doing business as U.S. Bank Global Fund Services 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202
Legal Counsel	Godfrey & Kahn, S.C. 833 East Michigan Street, Suite 1800 Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202	Custodian	U.S. Bank National Association 1555 N. Rivercenter Dr. Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53212
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	[ ]

Investors may find more information about the Funds in the following documents:

Statement of Additional Information: The Funds’ SAI provides additional details about the investments of the Funds and certain other additional information. A current SAI dated [ ], 2021, as supplemented from time to time, is on file with the SEC and is herein incorporated by reference into this Prospectus. It is legally considered a part of this Prospectus.

Annual/Semi-Annual Reports: Additional information about each Fund’s investments will be available in the Funds’ annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders. In the annual report you will find a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected each Fund’s performance after the first fiscal year the Funds are in operation.

You can obtain free copies of these documents, when available, request other information or make general inquiries about the Funds by contacting the Funds at [ ], c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services, P.O. Box 701, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201-0701 or calling [ ].

Shareholder reports and other information about the Funds are also available:

•Free of charge from the SEC’s EDGAR database on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov; or

•Free of charge from the Funds’ Internet website at [website url]; or

•For a fee, by e-mail request to publicinfo@sec.gov.

(SEC Investment Company Act File No. 811-23377)

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION

Dated September 28, 2021

THE INFORMATION HEREIN IS NOT COMPLETE AND MAY BE CHANGED. WE MAY NOT SELL THESE SECURITIES UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED WITH THE U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IS EFFECTIVE. THIS STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL THESE SECURITIES AND IS NOT SOLICITING AN OFFER TO BUY THESE SECURITIES IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH THE OFFER OR SALE IS NOT PERMITTED.

Elevate Shares 2X Daily Blockchain ETF

Elevate Shares Inverse Daily Blockchain ETF

Each listed on [ ]

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

[ ], 2021

This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) is not a prospectus and should be read in conjunction with the Prospectus for the Elevate Shares 2X Daily Blockchain ETF and the Elevate Shares Inverse Daily Blockchain ETF (each, a “Fund”, and collectively, the “Funds”), each a series of Tidal ETF Trust (the “Trust”), dated [ ], 2021, as may be supplemented from time to time (the “Prospectus”). Capitalized terms used in this SAI that are not defined have the same meaning as in the Prospectus, unless otherwise noted. A copy of the Prospectus may be obtained without charge, by calling the Funds at [Elevate Shares], visiting [website url], or writing to the [Elevate Shares], c/o U.S. Bank Global Fund Services, P.O. Box 701, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201-0701.

The Funds’ audited financial statements for the most recent fiscal year (when available) will be incorporated into this SAI by reference to the Funds’ most recent annual report to shareholders (File No. 811-23377). When available, a copy of the Funds’ annual report to shareholders may be obtained at no charge by contacting the Funds at the address or phone number noted above.

TABLE OF CONTENTS


General Information about the Trust			1
Additional Information about Investment Objectives, Policies, and Related Risks			1
Description of Permitted Investments			5
Investment Restrictions			22
Exchange Listing and Trading			23
Management of the Trust			23
Principal Shareholders, Control Persons and Management Ownership			29
Codes of Ethics			29
Proxy Voting Policies			29
Investment Adviser			30
Portfolio Managers			30
The Distributor			31
Administrator			33
Sub-Administrator and Transfer Agent			33
Custodian			33
Compliance Services Administrator			33
Legal Counsel			33
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm			34
Portfolio Holdings Disclosure Policies and Procedures			34
Description of Shares			34
Limitation of Trustees’ Liability			34
Brokerage Transactions			34
Portfolio Turnover Rate			36
Book Entry Only System			36
Purchase and Redemption of Shares in Creation Units			37
Determination of NAV			42
Dividends and Distributions			43
Federal Income Taxes			43
Financial Statements			48

GENERAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE TRUST

The Trust is an open-end management investment company consisting of multiple series, including the Funds. This SAI relates to the Elevate Shares 2X Daily Blockchain ETF (the “2X ETF”) and the Elevate Shares Inverse Daily Blockchain ETF (the “Inverse ETF”). The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on June 4, 2018. The Trust is registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (together with the rules and regulations adopted thereunder, as amended, the “1940 Act”), as an open-end management investment company and the offering of the Funds’ shares (“Shares”) is registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). The Trust is governed by its Board of Trustees (the “Board”). Toroso Investments, LLC (“Toroso” or the “Adviser”) serves as investment adviser to the Funds.

Each Fund offers and issues Shares at their net asset value (“NAV”) only in aggregations of a specified number of Shares (each, a “Creation Unit”). Each Fund generally offers and issues Shares in exchange for a basket of securities (“Deposit Securities”) together with the deposit of a specified cash payment (“Cash Component”). The Trust reserves the right to permit or require the substitution of a “cash in lieu” amount (“Deposit Cash”) to be added to the Cash Component to replace any Deposit Security. Shares of the Funds are listed on [ ] (the “Exchange”). Shares of each Fund trade on the Exchange at market prices that may differ from the Shares’ NAV. Shares are also redeemable only in Creation Unit aggregations, primarily for a basket of Deposit Securities together with a Cash Component. As a practical matter, only institutions or large investors, known as “Authorized Participants” or “APs,” purchase or redeem Creation Units. Except when aggregated in Creation Units, Shares are not individually redeemable.

Shares may be issued in advance of receipt of Deposit Securities subject to various conditions, including a requirement to maintain on deposit with the Trust cash at least equal to a specified percentage of the value of the missing Deposit Securities, as set forth in the Participant Agreement (as defined below). The Trust may impose a transaction fee for each creation or redemption. In all cases, such fees will be limited in accordance with the requirements of the SEC applicable to management investment companies offering redeemable securities. As in the case of other publicly traded securities, brokers’ commissions on transactions in the secondary market will be based on negotiated commission rates at customary levels.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES, POLICIES, AND RELATED RISKS

Each Fund’s investment objective and principal investment strategies are described in the Prospectus. The following information supplements, and should be read in conjunction with, the Prospectus. For a description of certain permitted investments, see “Description of Permitted Investments” in this SAI.

With respect to each Fund’s investments, unless otherwise noted, if a percentage limitation on investment is adhered to at the time of investment or contract, a subsequent increase or decrease as a result of market movement or redemption will not result in a violation of such investment limitation.

Non-Diversification

Each Fund is classified as a non-diversified investment company under the 1940 Act. A “non-diversified” classification means that a Fund is not limited by the 1940 Act with regard to the percentage of its assets that may be invested in the securities of a single issuer. This means that a Fund may invest a greater portion of its assets in the securities of a single issuer or a small number of issuers than if it was a diversified fund. This may have an adverse effect on a Fund’s performance or subject a Fund’s Shares to greater price volatility than more diversified investment companies. Moreover, in pursuing its objective, a Fund may hold the securities of a single issuer in an amount exceeding 10% of the value of the outstanding securities of the issuer, subject to restrictions imposed by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

Although the Funds are non-diversified for purposes of the 1940 Act, each Fund intends to maintain the required level of diversification and otherwise conduct its operations so as to qualify as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) for purposes of the Code, and to relieve the Funds of any liability for federal income tax to the extent that their earnings are distributed to shareholders. Compliance with the diversification requirements of the Code may limit the investment flexibility of a Fund and may make it less likely that a Fund will meet its investment objectives. See “Federal Income Taxes” in this SAI for further discussion.

General Risks

The value of a Fund’s portfolio securities may fluctuate with changes in the financial condition of an issuer or counterparty, changes in specific economic or political conditions that affect a particular security or issuer and changes in general economic or political conditions. An investor in a Fund could lose money over short or long periods of time.

There can be no guarantee that a liquid market for the securities held by a Fund will be maintained. The existence of a liquid trading market for certain securities may depend on whether dealers will make a market in such securities. There can be no assurance that a market will be made or maintained or that any such market will be or remain liquid. The price at which securities may be sold and the value of Shares will be adversely affected if trading markets for a Fund’s portfolio securities are limited or absent, or if bid-ask spreads are wide.

Financial markets, both domestic and foreign, have recently experienced an unusually high degree of volatility. Continuing events and possible continuing market turbulence may have an adverse effect on Fund performance.

Cyber Security Risk. Investment companies, such as the Funds, and their service providers may be subject to operational and information security risks resulting from cyber attacks. Cyber attacks include, among other behaviors, stealing or corrupting data maintained online or digitally, denial of service attacks on websites, the unauthorized release of confidential information or various other forms of cyber security breaches. Cyber attacks affecting the Funds or the Adviser, a sub-adviser, Custodian (defined below), Transfer Agent (defined below), intermediaries and other third-party service providers may adversely impact a Fund. For instance, cyber attacks may interfere with the processing of shareholder transactions, impact a Fund’s ability to calculate its NAV, cause the release of private shareholder information or confidential company information, impede trading, subject a Fund to regulatory fines or financial losses, and cause reputational damage. A Fund may also incur additional costs for cyber security risk management purposes. Similar types of cyber security risks are also present for issuers of securities in which a Fund invests, which could result in material adverse consequences for such issuers, and may cause a Fund’s investment in such portfolio companies to lose value.

Special Considerations and Risks

The 2X ETF seeks to provide daily investment results that, before fees and expenses, correspond to two times (2X) the daily performance of the Amplify Transformational Data Sharing ETF, a series of Amplify ETF Trust (the “Amplify ETF”).

The Inverse ETF seeks to provide daily investment results that, before fees and expenses, correspond to the inverse (or opposite) of the daily performance of the Amplify ETF.

The Amplify ETF is an actively managed ETF that seeks to provide total return by investing at least 80% of its net assets (including investment borrowings) in the equity securities of companies actively involved in the development and utilization of “transformational data sharing technologies”, otherwise known as blockchain technologies.

Correlation and Tracking Risk

Several factors may affect the 2X ETF’s ability to obtain its daily leveraged investment objective, and the Inverse ETF’s ability to obtain its daily inverse investment objective. Among these factors are: (1) Fund expenses, including brokerage expenses and commissions and financing costs related to derivatives (which may be increased by high portfolio turnover); (2) securities other than the Amplify ETF being held by a Fund; (3) an imperfect correlation between the performance of instruments held by a Fund and the Amplify ETF; (4) bid-ask spreads; (5) a Fund holding instruments that are illiquid or the market for which becomes disrupted; (6) the need to conform a Fund’s portfolio holdings to comply with such Fund’s investment restrictions or policies, or regulatory or tax law requirements; (7) market movements that run counter to a Fund’s investments (which will cause divergence between a Fund and the Amplify ETF over time due to the mathematical effects of leveraging for the 2X ETF, and due to the mathematical effects of seeking an inverse return, for the Inverse ETF); and (8) disruptions and illiquidity in the markets for securities or derivatives held by a Fund.

Each Fund may use swaps on the Amplify ETF to achieve its investment objective. Any financing, borrowing or other costs associated with using derivatives may also reduce the Fund’s return.

2X ETF. Even if there is a perfect correlation between the 2X ETF and the leveraged return of the Amplify ETF on a daily basis, the symmetry between the changes in the Amplify ETF and the changes in the 2X ETF’s NAV can be altered significantly over time by a compounding effect. For example, if the 2X ETF achieved a perfect leveraged correlation with the Amplify ETF on every trading day over an extended period and the level of returns of the Amplify ETF significantly increased during that period, a compounding effect for that period would result, causing an increase in the 2X ETF’s NAV by a percentage that is somewhat greater than two times the the percentage that the Amplify ETF’s returns increased.

Inverse ETF. Even if there is a perfect correlation between the Inverse ETF and the inverse return of the Amplify ETF on a daily basis, the symmetry between the changes in the Amplify ETF and the changes in the Inverse ETF’s NAV can be altered significantly over time by a compounding effect. For example, if the Inverse ETF achieved a perfect inverse correlation with the Amplify ETF on every trading day over an extended period and the level of returns of the Amplify ETF significantly decreased during that period, a compounding effect for that period would result, causing an increase in the Inverse ETF’s NAV by a percentage that is somewhat greater than the percentage that the Amplify ETF’s returns decreased. Conversely, if

the Inverse ETF maintained a perfect inverse correlation with the Amplify ETF over an extended period and if the level of returns of the Amplify ETF significantly increased over that period, a compounding effect would result, causing a decrease of the Inverse ETF’s NAV by a percentage that would be somewhat less than the percentage that the Amplify ETF returns increased.

Special Note Regarding the Correlation Risks of the Funds. As discussed in the Prospectus, the 2X ETF is “leveraged” in the sense that it has an investment objective to match 200% of the performance of the Amplify ETF on a given day. The Inverse ETF has an investment objective to match the inverse of the performance of the Amplify ETF on a given day. Each Fund is subject to all of the correlation risks described in the Prospectus.

In addition, there is a special form of correlation risk that derives from the 2X ETF’s use of leverage, which is that for periods greater than one day, the use of leverage tends to cause the performance of the Fund to be either greater than, or less than, 200% of the performance of the Amplify ETF.

For the Inverse ETF, there is a special form of correlation risk that derives from the Inverse ETF’s daily investment objective. For periods longer than one day, the pursuit of daily investment returns tends to cause the performance of the Inverse ETF to be either greater than, or less than, -100% times the performance of the Amplify ETF.

A Fund’s return for periods longer than one day is primarily (but not solely) a function of the following:

a.Amplify ETF performance;

b.Amplify ETF volatility;

c.Financing rates associated with leverage;

d.Other fund expenses;

e.Dividends paid by companies in the Amplify ETF; and

f.Period of time.

The performance for each Fund can be estimated given any set of assumptions for the factors described above. Illustrated below is the impact of two factors, the Amplify ETF volatility and the Amplify ETF performance, on each Fund. The Amplify ETF volatility is a statistical measure of the magnitude of fluctuations in the returns of the Amplify ETF and is calculated as the standard deviation of the natural logarithms of one plus the Amplify ETF return (calculated daily), multiplied by the square root of the number of trading days per year (assumed to be 252). The illustration estimates each Fund’s returns for a number of combinations of the Amplify ETF’s performance and the Amplify ETF’s volatility over a one year period and assumes: a) no dividends paid by the companies included in the Amplify ETF; b) no fund expenses; and c) borrowing/lending rates (to obtain leverage) of zero percent. If fund expenses were included, each Fund’s performance would be lower than shown.

2X ETF. As shown below, the Fund would be expected to lose -6.1% if the Amplify ETF provided no return over a one year period during which the Amplify ETF experienced annualized volatility of 25%. If the Amplify ETF’s annualized volatility were to rise to 75%, the hypothetical loss for a one year period widens to approximately -43.0% for the Fund. At higher ranges of volatility, there is a chance of a significant loss of value in the Fund, even if the Amplify ETF’s return is flat. For instance, if the Amplify ETF’s annualized volatility is 100%, the Fund would be expected to lose approximately -63.2% of its value, even if the Amplify ETF’s cumulative return for the year was only 0%. The volatility of the instruments that reflect the value of the Amplify ETF such as swaps, may differ from the volatility of the Amplify ETF.

In the tables below, areas shaded light gray represent those scenarios where the 2X ETF will outperform (i.e., return more than) 200% of the Amplify ETF performance; conversely areas shaded dark gray represent those scenarios where the Fund will underperform (i.e., return less than) 200% of the Amplify ETF performance.

The table below is intended to underscore the fact that the 2X ETF is designed as a short-term trading vehicle for investors who intend to actively monitor and manage their portfolios. It is not intended to be used by, and is not appropriate for, investors who do not intend to actively monitor and manage their portfolios. For additional information regarding correlation and volatility risk for the 2X ETF, see “Compounding and Market Volatility Risk” in the Prospectus.


Estimated Returns of 2X Amplify ETF

Amplify ETF Performance		One Year Volatility Rate
One Year Amplify ETF	Double (2X) of the One Year	10%	25%	50%	75%	100%

-60%	-120%	-84.2%	-85.0%	-87.5%	-90.9%	-94.1%
-50%	-100%	-75.2%	-76.5%	-80.5%	-85.8%	-90.8%
-40%	-80%	-64.4%	-66.2%	-72.0%	-79.5%	-86.8%
-30%	-60%	-51.5%	-54.0%	-61.8%	-72.1%	-82.0%
-20%	-40%	-36.6%	-39.9%	-50.2%	-63.5%	-76.5%
-10%	-20%	-19.8%	-23.9%	-36.9%	-53.8%	-70.2%
0%	0%	-1.0%	-6.1%	-22.1%	-43.0%	-63.2%
10%	20%	19.8%	13.7%	-5.8%	-31.1%	-55.5%
20%	40%	42.6%	35.3%	12.1%	-18.0%	-47.0%
30%	60%	67.3%	58.8%	31.6%	-3.7%	-37.8%
40%	80%	94.0%	84.1%	52.6%	11.7%	-27.9%
50%	100%	122.8%	111.4%	75.2%	28.2%	-17.2%
60%	120%	153.5%	140.5%	99.4%	45.9%	-5.8%

Inverse ETF. As shown below, the Inverse ETF would be expected to lose -6.1% if the Amplify ETF provided no return over a one year period during which the Amplify ETF experienced annualized volatility of 25%. If the Amplify ETF annualized volatility were to rise to 75%, the hypothetical loss for a one year period widens to approximately -43.0%. At higher ranges of volatility, there is a chance of a significant loss of value in the Inverse ETF. For instance, if the Amplify ETF’s annualized volatility is 100%, the Inverse ETF would be expected to lose approximately -63.2 of its value, even if the cumulative return of the Amplify ETF for the year was 0%. The volatility of the instruments that reflect the value of the Amplify ETF such as swaps, may differ from the volatility of the Amplify ETF.

In the table below, areas shaded light gray represents those scenarios where the Inverse ETF with the investment objective described will outperform (i.e., return more than) -100% of the performance of the Amplify ETF; conversely, areas shaded dark gray represent those scenarios where the Inverse ETF will underperform (i.e., return less than) -100% of the performance of the Amplify ETF.

The table below is intended to underscore the fact that the Inverse ETF is designed as a short-term trading vehicle for investors who intend to actively monitor and manage their portfolios. The Inverse ETF is not intended to be used by, and is not appropriate for, investors who do not intend to actively monitor and manage their portfolios. For additional information regarding correlation and volatility risk for the Inverse ETF, see “Compounding and Market Volatility Risk” in the Prospectus.


Estimated Returns of -1X Amplify ETF

Amplify ETF Performance		One Year Volatility Rate
One Year Amplify ETF	Inverse (-1X) of the One Year	10%	25%	50%	75%	100%

-60%	60%	147.5%	134.9%	94.7%	42.4%	-8.0%
-50%	50%	98.0%	87.9%	55.8%	14.0%	-26.4%
-40%	40%	65.0%	56.6%	29.8%	-5.0%	-38.7%
-30%	30%	41.4%	34.2%	11.3%	-18.6%	-47.4%
-20%	20%	23.8%	17.4%	-2.6%	-28.8%	-54.0%
-10%	10.0%	10.0%	4.4%	-13.5%	-36.7%	-59.1%
0%	0%	-1.0%	-6.1%	-22.1%	-43.0%	-63.2%
10%	-10%	-10.0%	-14.6%	-29.2%	-48.2%	-66.6%
20%	-20%	-17.5%	-21.7%	-35.1%	-52.5%	-69.3%
30%	-30%	-23.8%	-27.7%	-40.1%	-56.2%	-71.7%
40%	-40%	-29.3%	-32.9%	-44.4%	-59.3%	-73.7%
50%	-50%	-34.0%	-37.4%	-48.1%	-62.0%	-75.5%
60%	-60%	-38.1%	-41.3%	-51.3%	-64.4%	-77.0%

The foregoing tables are intended to isolate the effect of Amplify ETF volatility and Amplify ETF performance on the return of a Fund. A Fund’s actual returns may be significantly greater or less than the returns shown above as a result of any of factors discussed above or under “Compounding and Market Volatility Risk” in the Prospectus.

DESCRIPTION OF PERMITTED INVESTMENTS

The following are descriptions of the permitted investments and investment practices and the associated risk factors. A Fund will only invest in any of the following instruments or engage in any of the following investment practices if such investment or activity is consistent with such Fund’s investment objective and permitted by such Fund’s stated investment policies. Each of the permitted investments described below applies to each Fund unless otherwise noted.

Borrowing

Although the Funds do not intend to borrow money, a Fund may do so to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. Under the 1940 Act, a Fund may borrow up to one-third (1/3) of its total assets. A Fund will borrow money only for short-term or emergency purposes. Such borrowing is not for investment purposes and will be repaid by the Fund promptly. Borrowing will tend to exaggerate the effect on NAV of any increase or decrease in the market value of a Fund’s portfolio. Money borrowed will be subject to interest costs that may or may not be recovered by earnings on the securities purchased. A Fund also may be required to maintain minimum average balances in connection with a borrowing or to pay a commitment or other fee to maintain a line of credit; either of these requirements would increase the cost of borrowing over the stated interest rate.

Equity Securities

Equity securities, such as the common stocks of an issuer, are subject to stock market fluctuations and therefore may experience volatile changes in value as market conditions, consumer sentiment or the financial condition of the issuers change. A decrease in value of the equity securities in a Fund’s portfolio may also cause the value of the Fund’s Shares to decline.

An investment in a Fund should be made with an understanding of the risks inherent in an investment in equity securities, including the risk that the financial condition of issuers may become impaired or that the general condition of the stock market may deteriorate (either of which may cause a decrease in the value of a Fund’s portfolio securities and therefore a decrease in the value of Shares of the Fund). Common stocks are susceptible to general stock market fluctuations and to volatile increases and decreases in value as market confidence and perceptions change. These investor perceptions are based on various and unpredictable factors, including expectations regarding government, economic, monetary and fiscal policies; inflation and interest rates; economic expansion or contraction; and global or regional political, economic or banking crises.

Holders of common stocks incur more risk than holders of preferred stocks and debt obligations because common stockholders, as owners of the issuer, generally have inferior rights to receive payments from the issuer in comparison with the rights of creditors or holders of debt obligations or preferred stocks. Further, unlike debt securities, which typically have a stated principal amount payable at maturity (whose value, however, is subject to market fluctuations prior thereto), or preferred stocks, which typically have a liquidation preference and which may have stated optional or mandatory redemption provisions, common stocks have neither a fixed principal amount nor a maturity. Common stock values are subject to market fluctuations as long as the common stock remains outstanding.

Types of Equity Securities:

Common Stocks. Common stocks represent units of ownership in a company. Common stocks usually carry voting rights and earn dividends. Unlike preferred stocks, which are described below, dividends on common stocks are not fixed but are declared at the discretion of the company’s board of directors.

Preferred Stocks. Preferred stocks are also units of ownership in a company. Preferred stocks normally have preference over common stock in the payment of dividends and the liquidation of the company. However, in all other respects, preferred stocks are subordinated to the liabilities of the issuer. Unlike common stocks, preferred stocks are generally not entitled to vote on corporate matters. Types of preferred stocks include adjustable-rate preferred stock, fixed dividend preferred stock, perpetual preferred stock, and sinking fund preferred stock.

Generally, the market values of preferred stock with a fixed dividend rate and no conversion element vary inversely with interest rates and perceived credit risk.

Rights and Warrants. A right is a privilege granted to existing shareholders of a corporation to subscribe to shares of a new issue of common stock before it is issued. Rights normally have a short life of usually two to four weeks, are freely transferable and entitle the holder to buy the new common stock at a lower price than the public offering price. Warrants are securities that are usually issued together with a debt security or preferred stock and that give the holder the right to buy proportionate amount of common stock at a specified price. Warrants are freely transferable and are traded on major exchanges. Unlike rights, warrants normally have a life that is measured in years and entitles the holder to buy common stock of a company at a price that is usually higher than the market price at the time the warrant is issued. Corporations often issue warrants to make the accompanying debt security more attractive.

An investment in warrants and rights may entail greater risks than certain other types of investments. Generally, rights and warrants do not carry the right to receive dividends or exercise voting rights with respect to the underlying securities, and they do not represent any rights in the assets of the issuer. In addition, their value does not necessarily change with the value of the underlying securities, and they cease to have value if they are not exercised on or before their expiration date. Investing in rights and warrants increases the potential profit or loss to be realized from the investment as compared with investing the same amount in the underlying securities.

Smaller Companies. The securities of small- and mid-capitalization companies may be more vulnerable to adverse issuer, market, political, or economic developments than securities of larger-capitalization companies. The securities of small- and mid-capitalization companies generally trade in lower volumes and are subject to greater and more unpredictable price changes than larger capitalization stocks or the stock market as a whole. Some small- or mid-capitalization companies have limited product lines, markets, and financial and managerial resources and tend to concentrate on fewer geographical markets relative to larger capitalization companies. There is typically less publicly available information concerning small- and mid-capitalization companies than for larger, more established companies. Small- and mid-capitalization companies also may be particularly sensitive to changes in interest rates, government regulation, borrowing costs, and earnings.

Tracking Stocks. The Funds may invest in tracking stocks. A tracking stock is a separate class of common stock whose value is linked to a specific business unit or operating division within a larger company and which is designed to “track” the performance of such business unit or division. The tracking stock may pay dividends to shareholders independent of the parent company. The parent company, rather than the business unit or division, generally is the issuer of tracking stock. However, holders of the tracking stock may not have the same rights as holders of the company’s common stock.

When-Issued Securities. A when-issued security is one whose terms are available and for which a market exists, but which has not been issued. When a Fund engages in when-issued transactions, it relies on the other party to consummate the sale. If the other party fails to complete the sale, the Fund may miss the opportunity to obtain the security at a favorable price or yield.

When purchasing a security on a when-issued basis, the Funds assume the rights and risks of ownership of the security, including the risk of price and yield changes. At the time of settlement, the value of the security may be more or less than the purchase price. The yield available in the market when the delivery takes place also may be higher than those obtained in the

transaction itself. Because the Funds do not pay for the security until the delivery date, these risks are in addition to the risks associated with its other investments.

Decisions to enter into “when-issued” transactions will be considered on a case-by-case basis when necessary to maintain continuity in a company’s index membership. The Funds will segregate cash or liquid securities equal in value to commitments for the when-issued transactions. The Funds will segregate additional liquid assets daily so that the value of such assets is equal to the amount of the commitments.

Depositary Receipts

To the extent a Fund invests in stocks of foreign corporations, the Fund’s investment in securities of foreign companies may be in the form of depositary receipts or other securities convertible into securities of foreign issuers. American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) are dollar-denominated receipts representing interests in the securities of a foreign issuer, which securities may not necessarily be denominated in the same currency as the securities into which they may be converted. ADRs are receipts typically issued by U.S. banks and trust companies which evidence ownership of underlying securities issued by a foreign corporation. Generally, ADRs in registered form are designed for use in domestic securities markets and are traded on exchanges or over-the-counter in the United States.

Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”), and International Depositary Receipts (“IDRs”) are similar to ADRs in that they are certificates evidencing ownership of shares of a foreign issuer; however, GDRs, EDRs, and IDRs may be issued in bearer form and denominated in other currencies and are generally designed for use in specific or multiple securities markets outside the U.S. EDRs, for example, are designed for use in European securities markets, while GDRs are designed for use throughout the world. Depositary receipts will not necessarily be denominated in the same currency as their underlying securities.

The Funds will not invest in any unlisted depositary receipts or any depositary receipt that is deemed to be illiquid or for which pricing information is not readily available. In addition, all depositary receipts generally must be sponsored. However, a Fund may invest in unsponsored depositary receipts under certain limited circumstances. The issuers of unsponsored depositary receipts are not obligated to disclose material information in the United States and, therefore, there may be less information available regarding such issuers and there may not be a correlation between such information and the value of the depositary receipts.

Foreign Securities

The Funds may invest directly in foreign securities or have indirect exposure to foreign securities through exposure to the Amplify ETF. Investing in securities of foreign companies and countries involves certain considerations and risks that are not typically associated with investing in U.S. government securities and securities of domestic companies. There may be less publicly available information about a foreign issuer than a domestic one, and foreign companies are not generally subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial standards, and requirements comparable to those applicable to U.S. companies. There may also be less government supervision and regulation of foreign securities exchanges, brokers, and listed companies than exists in the United States. Interest and dividends paid by foreign issuers as well as gains or proceeds realized from the sale or other disposition of foreign securities may be subject to withholding and other foreign taxes, which may decrease the net return on such investments as compared to dividends and interest paid to the Funds by domestic companies or the U.S. government. There may be the possibility of expropriations, seizure or nationalization of foreign deposits, the imposition of economic sanctions, confiscatory taxation, political, economic or social instability, or diplomatic developments that could affect assets of the Funds held in foreign countries. The establishment of exchange controls or other foreign governmental laws or restrictions could adversely affect the payment of obligations. In addition, investing in foreign securities will generally result in higher commissions than investing in similar domestic securities.

Decreases in the value of currencies of the foreign countries in which the Funds will invest relative to the U.S. dollar will result in a corresponding decrease in the U.S. dollar value of a Fund’s assets denominated in those currencies (and possibly a corresponding increase in the amount of securities required to be liquidated to meet distribution requirements). Conversely, increases in the value of currencies of the foreign countries in which a Fund invests relative to the U.S. dollar will result in a corresponding increase in the U.S. dollar value of such Fund’s assets (and possibly a corresponding decrease in the amount of securities to be liquidated).

Investing in emerging markets can have more risk than investing in developed foreign markets. The risks of investing in these markets may be exacerbated relative to investments in foreign markets. Governments of developing and emerging market countries may be more unstable as compared to more developed countries. Developing and emerging market countries may have less developed securities markets or exchanges, and legal and accounting systems. It may be more difficult to sell securities at acceptable prices and security prices may be more volatile than in countries with more mature markets. Currency

values may fluctuate more in developing or emerging markets. Developing or emerging market countries may be more likely to impose government restrictions, including confiscatory taxation, expropriation or nationalization of a company’s assets, and restrictions on foreign ownership of local companies. In addition, emerging markets may impose restrictions on the Funds’ ability to repatriate investment income or capital and, thus, may adversely affect the operations of the Funds. Certain emerging markets may impose constraints on currency exchange and some currencies in emerging markets may have been devalued significantly against the U.S. dollar. For these and other reasons, the prices of securities in emerging markets can fluctuate more significantly than the prices of securities of companies in developed countries. The less developed the country, the greater effect these risks may have on the Funds.

Foreign Currencies

Although the Funds intend to only hold investments denominated in U.S. dollars, the Funds may have indirect exposure to foreign currency fluctuations through exposure to the Amplify ETF which may hold securities denominated in foreign currencies. A Fund’s net asset value could decline if a relevant foreign currency depreciates against the U.S. dollar or if there are delays or limits on the repatriation of such currency. Currency exchange rates can be very volatile and can change quickly and unpredictably. As a result, a Fund’s net asset value may change without warning, which could have a significant negative impact on the Fund.

Illiquid Securities and Restricted Securities

The Funds may invest in illiquid securities (i.e., securities that are not readily marketable). Illiquid securities include, but are not limited to, restricted securities (securities the disposition of which is restricted under the federal securities laws), securities that may only be resold pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, but that are deemed to be illiquid; and repurchase agreements with maturities in excess of seven days. However, a Fund will not acquire illiquid securities if, immediately after the acquisition, such securities would comprise more than 15% of the value of the Fund’s net assets. Determinations of liquidity are made pursuant to guidelines contained in the liquidity risk management program of the Trust applicable to the Funds. The Adviser determines and monitors the liquidity of the portfolio securities and reports periodically on its decisions to the Board. In making such determinations it takes into account a number of factors in reaching liquidity decisions, including but not limited to: (1) the frequency of trades and quotations for the security; (2) the number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the security and the number of other potential buyers; (3) the willingness of dealers to undertake to make a market in the security; and (4) the nature of the marketplace trades, including the time needed to dispose of the security, the method of soliciting offers and the mechanics of the transfer. The term “illiquid security” is defined as a security that a Fund reasonably expects cannot be sold or disposed of in current market conditions in seven calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the security.

An institutional market has developed for certain restricted securities. Accordingly, contractual or legal restrictions on the resale of a security may not be indicative of the liquidity of the security. If such securities are eligible for purchase by institutional buyers in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act or other exemptions, the Adviser may determine that the securities are liquid.

Restricted securities may be sold only in privately negotiated transactions or in a public offering with respect to which a registration statement is in effect under the Securities Act. Where registration is required, a Fund may be obligated to pay all or part of the registration expenses and a considerable period may elapse between the time of the decision to sell and the time the Fund may be permitted to sell a security under an effective registration statement. If, during such a period, adverse market conditions were to develop, the Funds might obtain a less favorable price than that which prevailed when it decided to sell.

Illiquid securities will be priced at fair value as determined in good faith under procedures adopted by the Board. If, through the appreciation of illiquid securities or the depreciation of liquid securities, a Fund should be in a position where more than 15% of the value of its net assets are invested in illiquid securities, including restricted securities which are not readily marketable, the Fund will take such steps as set forth in its procedures as adopted by the Board.

Investment Company Securities

The Funds may invest in the securities of other investment companies, including money market funds and ETFs, subject to applicable limitations under Section 12(d)(1) of the 1940 Act. Investing in another pooled vehicle exposes the Funds to all the risks of that pooled vehicle. Pursuant to Section 12(d)(1), the Funds may invest in the securities of another investment company (the “acquired company”) provided that a Fund, immediately after such purchase or acquisition, does not own in the aggregate: (i) more than 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of the acquired company; (ii) securities issued by the acquired company having an aggregate value in excess of 5% of the value of the total assets of the Fund; or (iii) securities issued by the acquired company and all other investment companies (other than treasury stock of the Fund) having an aggregate value in excess of 10% of the value of the total assets of the Fund. To the extent allowed by law or regulation, the

Funds may invest its assets in securities of investment companies that are money market funds in excess of the limits discussed above.

If a Fund invests in and, thus, is a shareholder of, another investment company, the Fund’s shareholders will indirectly bear the Fund’s proportionate share of the fees and expenses paid by such other investment company, including advisory fees, in addition to both the management fees payable directly by the Fund to the Adviser and the other expenses that the Fund bears directly in connection with the Fund’s own operations.

Section 12(d)(1) of the 1940 Act restricts investments by registered investment companies in securities of other registered investment companies, including the Fund. The acquisition of Shares by registered investment companies is subject to the restrictions of Section 12(d)(1) of the 1940 Act, except as may be permitted by exemptive rules under the 1940 Act or as may at some future time be permitted by an exemptive order that permits registered investment companies to invest in a Fund beyond the limits of Section 12(d)(1), subject to certain terms and conditions, including that the registered investment company enter into an agreement with the Fund regarding the terms of the investment.

The Funds may rely on Section 12(d)(1)(F) and Rule 12d1-3 of the 1940 Act, which provide an exemption from Section 12(d)(1) that allow a Fund to invest all of its assets in other registered funds, including ETFs, if, among other conditions: (1) the Fund, together with its affiliates, acquires no more than three percent of the outstanding voting stock of any acquired fund; and (2) the sales load charged on Shares is no greater than the limits set forth in Rule 2830 of the Conduct Rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”). The Funds may also rely on Rule 12d1-4 under the 1940 Act, which provides an exemption from Section 12(d)(1) that allows a Fund to invest all of its assets in other registered funds, including ETFs, if the Fund satisfies certain conditions specified in the Rule, including, among other conditions, that the Fund and its advisory group will not control (individually or in the aggregate) an acquired fund (e.g., hold more than 25% of the outstanding voting securities of an acquired fund that is a registered open-end management investment company). Additionally, the Funds may rely on exemptive relief issued by the SEC to other registered funds, including ETFs, to invest in such other funds in excess of the limits of Section 12(d)(1) if the Fund complies with the terms and conditions of such exemptive relief.

Initial Public Offering Risk

The Funds may, on a limited basis, participate in IPOs. The market value of IPO shares may fluctuate considerably and is often subject to speculative trading due to factors such as the absence of a prior public market, unseasoned trading, a smaller number of shares available for trading and limited information available about the issuer, its business model, the quality of management, earnings growth potential and other criteria used to evaluate its investment prospects. Such stocks may have exhibited price appreciation in connection with the IPO that is not sustained, and it is not uncommon for stocks to decline in value in the period following the IPO. Additionally, the market for IPO shares can be speculative and/or inactive for extended periods of time. There is no assurance that a Fund will be able to obtain allocable portions of IPO shares. The limited number of shares available for trading in some IPOs may make it more difficult for the Funds to buy or sell significant amounts of shares without an unfavorable impact on prevailing prices. Investors in IPO shares can be affected by substantial dilution in the value of their shares, by sales of additional shares and by concentration of control in existing management and principal shareholders.

Money Market Funds

The Funds may invest in underlying money market funds that either seek to maintain a stable $1 NAV (“stable NAV money market funds”) or that have a share price that fluctuates (“variable NAV market funds”). Although an underlying stable NAV money market fund seeks to maintain a stable $1 NAV, it is possible for a Fund to lose money by investing in such a money market fund. Because the share price of an underlying variable NAV market fund will fluctuate, when a Fund sells the shares it owns they may be worth more or less than what the Fund originally paid for them. In addition, neither type of money market fund is designed to offer capital appreciation. Certain underlying money market funds may impose a fee upon the sale of shares or may temporarily suspend the ability to sell shares if such fund’s liquidity falls below required minimums.

Other Short-Term Instruments

The Funds may invest in short-term instruments, including money market instruments, on an ongoing basis to provide liquidity or for other reasons. Money market instruments are generally short-term investments that may include but are not limited to: (i) shares of money market funds; (ii) obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities (including government-sponsored enterprises); (iii) negotiable certificates of deposit (“CDs”), bankers’ acceptances, fixed time deposits and other obligations of U.S. and foreign banks (including foreign branches) and similar institutions; (iv) commercial paper rated at the date of purchase “Prime-1” by Moody’s Investors Service or “A-1” by Standard & Poor’s Financial Services or, if unrated, of comparable quality as determined by the Adviser; (v) non-convertible

corporate debt securities (e.g., bonds and debentures) with remaining maturities at the date of purchase of not more than 397 days and that satisfy the rating requirements set forth in Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act; and (vi) short-term U.S. dollar denominated obligations of foreign banks (including U.S. branches) that, in the opinion of the Adviser, are of comparable quality to obligations of U.S. banks which may be purchased by a Fund. Any of these instruments may be purchased on a current or a forward-settled basis. Money market instruments also include shares of money market funds. Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits maintained in banking institutions for specified periods of time at stated interest rates. Bankers’ acceptances are time drafts drawn on commercial banks by borrowers, usually in connection with international transactions.

Derivative Instruments

Generally, derivatives are financial instruments whose value depends on or is derived from, the value of one or more underlying assets, reference rates, or indices or other market factors (a “reference instrument”) and may relate to stocks, bonds, interest rates, credit, currencies, commodities or related indices. Derivative instruments can provide an efficient means to gain or reduce exposure to the value of a reference instrument without actually owning or selling the instrument. Some common types of derivatives include options, futures, forwards and swaps.

Derivative instruments may be used to modify the effective duration of the Funds’ portfolio investments. Derivative instruments may also be used for “hedging,” which means that they may be used when the Adviser seeks to protect a Fund’s investments from a decline in value resulting from changes to interest rates, market prices, currency fluctuations, or other market factors. Derivative instruments may also be used for other purposes, including to seek to increase liquidity, provide efficient portfolio management, broaden investment opportunities (including taking short or negative positions), implement a tax or cash management strategy, gain exposure to a particular security or segment of the market and/or enhance total return. However derivative instruments are used, their successful use is not assured and will depend upon, among other factors, the Adviser’s ability to gauge relevant market movements.

Derivative instruments may be used for purposes of direct hedging. Direct hedging means that the transaction must be intended to reduce a specific risk exposure of a portfolio security or its denominated currency and must also be directly related to such security or currency. The Funds’ use of derivative instruments may be limited from time to time by policies adopted by the Board, the Adviser.

Because some derivative instruments used by the Funds may oblige the Funds to make payments or incur additional obligations in the future, the SEC requires investment companies to “cover” or segregate liquid assets equal to the potential exposure created by such derivatives. See “Borrowing” above for more information on the Funds’ obligation to cover or segregate such assets.

Exclusion of Adviser from Commodity Pool Operator Definition. To the extent the Funds invest in “commodity interests” as defined under the Commodity Exchange Act (the “CEA”) the Adviser intends to claim an exclusion from the definition of “commodity pool operator” (“CPO”) and the rules of the Commodities Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”) with respect to the Funds. Therefore, the Adviser is not subject to CFTC registration or regulation as a CPO with respect to the Funds. Commodity interests include commodity futures, commodity options and swaps, which in turn include non-deliverable currency forward contracts.

Futures contracts. Generally, a futures contract is a standard binding agreement to buy or sell a specified quantity of an underlying reference instrument, such as a specific security, currency or commodity, at a specified price at a specified later date. A “sale” of a futures contract means the acquisition of a contractual obligation to deliver the underlying reference instrument called for by the contract at a specified price on a specified date. A “purchase” of a futures contract means the acquisition of a contractual obligation to acquire the underlying reference instrument called for by the contract at a specified price on a specified date. The purchase or sale of a futures contract will allow a Fund to increase or decrease its exposure to the underlying reference instrument without having to buy the actual instrument.

The underlying reference instruments to which futures contracts may relate include non-U.S. currencies, interest rates, stock and bond indices, and debt securities, including U.S. government debt obligations. In certain types of futures contracts, the underlying reference instrument may be a swap agreement. In most cases the contractual obligation under a futures contract may be offset, or “closed out,” before the settlement date so that the parties do not have to make or take delivery. The closing out of a contractual obligation is usually accomplished by buying or selling, as the case may be, an identical, offsetting futures contract. This transaction, which is effected through a member of an exchange, cancels the obligation to make or take delivery of the underlying instrument or asset. Although some futures contracts by their terms require the actual delivery or acquisition of the underlying instrument or asset, some require cash settlement.

Futures contracts may be bought and sold on U.S. and non-U.S. exchanges. Futures contracts in the U.S. have been designed by exchanges that have been designated “contract markets” by the CFTC and must be executed through a futures commission

merchant (“FCM”), which is a brokerage firm that is a member of the relevant contract market. Each exchange guarantees performance of the contracts as between the clearing members of the exchange, thereby reducing the risk of counterparty default. Futures contracts may also be entered into on certain exempt markets, including exempt boards of trade and electronic trading facilities, available to certain market participants. Because all transactions in the futures market are made, offset or fulfilled by an FCM through a clearinghouse associated with the exchange on which the contracts are traded, the Funds will incur brokerage fees when they buy or sell futures contracts.

To the extent the Funds invest in futures contracts, the Funds will generally buy and sell futures contracts only on contract markets (including exchanges or boards of trade) where there appears to be an active market for the futures contracts, but there is no assurance that an active market will exist for any particular contract or at any particular time. An active market makes it more likely that futures contracts will be liquid and bought and sold at competitive market prices. In addition, many of the futures contracts available may be relatively new instruments without a significant trading history. As a result, there can be no assurance that an active market will develop or continue to exist.

When the Funds enter into a futures contract, they must deliver to an account controlled by the FCM (that has been selected by the Funds), an amount referred to as “initial margin” that is typically calculated as an amount equal to the volatility in market value of a contract over a fixed period. Initial margin requirements are determined by the respective exchanges on which the futures contracts are traded and the FCM. Thereafter, a “variation margin” amount may be required to be paid by the Funds or received by the Funds in accordance with margin controls set for such accounts, depending upon changes in the marked-to market value of the futures contract. The account is marked-to market daily and the variation margin is monitored the Adviser and Custodian (defined below) on a daily basis. When the futures contract is closed out, if a Fund has a loss equal to or greater than the margin amount, the margin amount is paid to the FCM along with any loss in excess of the margin amount. If the Funds have a loss of less than the margin amount, the excess margin is returned to the Funds. If the Funds has a gain, the full margin amount and the amount of the gain is paid to the Funds.

Some futures contracts provide for the delivery of securities that are different than those that are specified in the contract. For a futures contract for delivery of debt securities, on the settlement date of the contract, adjustments to the contract can be made to recognize differences in value arising from the delivery of debt securities with a different interest rate from that of the particular debt securities that were specified in the contract. In some cases, securities called for by a futures contract may not have been issued when the contract was written.

Risks of futures contracts. The Funds’ use of futures contracts is subject to the risks associated with derivative instruments generally. In addition, a purchase or sale of a futures contract may result in losses to a Fund in excess of the amount that the Fund delivered as initial margin. Because of the relatively low margin deposits required, futures trading involves a high degree of leverage; as a result, a relatively small price movement in a futures contract may result in immediate and substantial loss, or gain, to a Fund. In addition, if a Fund has insufficient cash to meet daily variation margin requirements or close out a futures position, it may have to sell securities from its portfolio at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so. Adverse market movements could cause a Fund to experience substantial losses on an investment in a futures contract.

There is a risk of loss by the Funds of the initial and variation margin deposits in the event of bankruptcy of the FCM with which a Fund has an open position in a futures contract. The assets of the Funds may not be fully protected in the event of the bankruptcy of the FCM or central counterparty because a Fund might be limited to recovering only a pro rata share of all available funds and margin segregated on behalf of an FCM’s customers. If the FCM does not provide accurate reporting, the Funds are also subject to the risk that the FCM could use a Fund’s assets, which are held in an omnibus account with assets belonging to the FCM’s other customers, to satisfy its own financial obligations or the payment obligations of another customer to the central counterparty.

The Funds may not be able to properly hedge or effect its strategy when a liquid market is unavailable for the futures contract a Fund wishes to close, which may at times occur. In addition, when futures contracts are used for hedging, there may be an imperfect correlation between movements in the prices of the underlying reference instrument on which the futures contract is based and movements in the prices of the assets sought to be hedged.

If the Adviser’s investment judgment about the general direction of market prices or interest or currency exchange rates is incorrect, a Fund’s overall performance will be poorer than if it had not entered into a futures contract. For example, if a Fund has purchased futures to hedge against the possibility of an increase in interest rates that would adversely affect the price of bonds held in its portfolio and interest rates instead decrease, the Fund will lose part or all of the benefit of the increased value of the bonds which it has hedged. This is because its losses in its futures positions will offset some or all of its gains from the increased value of the bonds.

The difference (called the “spread”) between prices in the cash market for the purchase and sale of the underlying reference instrument and the prices in the futures market is subject to fluctuations and distortions due to differences in the nature of

those two markets. First, all participants in the futures market are subject to initial deposit and variation margin requirements. Rather than meeting additional variation margin requirements, investors may close futures contracts through offsetting transactions that could distort the normal pricing spread between the cash and futures markets. Second, the liquidity of the futures markets depends on participants entering into offsetting transactions rather than making or taking delivery of the underlying instrument. To the extent participants decide to make or take delivery, liquidity in the futures market could be reduced, resulting in pricing distortion. Third, from the point of view of speculators, the margin deposit requirements that apply in the futures market are less onerous than similar margin requirements in the securities market. Therefore, increased participation by speculators in the futures market may cause temporary price distortions.

Futures contracts that are traded on non-U.S. exchanges may not be as liquid as those purchased on CFTC-designated contract markets. In addition, non-U.S. futures contracts may be subject to varied regulatory oversight. The price of any non-U.S. futures contract and, therefore, the potential profit and loss thereon, may be affected by any change in the non-U.S. exchange rate between the time a particular order is placed and the time it is liquidated, offset or exercised.

The CFTC and the various exchanges have established limits referred to as “speculative position limits” on the maximum net long or net short position that any person, such as the Funds, may hold or control in a particular futures contract. Trading limits are also imposed on the maximum number of contracts that any person may trade on a particular trading day. An exchange may order the liquidation of positions found to be in violation of these limits and it may impose other sanctions or restrictions. The regulation of futures, as well as other derivatives, is a rapidly changing area of law. For more information, see “Developing government regulation of derivatives” below.

Futures exchanges may also limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in certain futures contract prices during a single trading day. This daily limit establishes the maximum amount that the price of a futures contract may vary either up or down from the previous day’s settlement price. Once the daily limit has been reached in a futures contract subject to the limit, no more trades may be made on that day at a price beyond that limit. The daily limit governs only price movements during a particular trading day and does not limit potential losses because the limit may prevent the liquidation of unfavorable positions. For example, futures prices have occasionally moved to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of positions and subjecting some holders of futures contracts to substantial losses.

Options on futures contracts. Options on futures contracts trade on the same contract markets as the underlying futures contract. When a Fund buys an option, it pays a premium for the right, but does not have the obligation, to purchase (call) or sell (put) a futures contract at a set price (the exercise price). The purchase of a call or put option on a futures contract, whereby a Fund has the right to purchase or sell, respectively, a particular futures contract, is similar in some respects to the purchase of a call or put option on an individual security or currency. Depending on the premium paid for the option compared to either the price of the futures contract upon which it is based or the price of the underlying reference instrument, the option may be less risky than direct ownership of the futures contract or the underlying reference instrument. For example, a Fund could purchase a call option on a long futures contract when seeking to hedge against an increase in the market value of the underlying reference instrument, such as appreciation in the value of a non-U.S. currency against the U.S. dollar.

The seller (writer) of an option becomes contractually obligated to take the opposite futures position if the buyer of the option exercises its rights to the futures position specified in the option. In return for the premium paid by the buyer, the seller assumes the risk of taking a possibly adverse futures position. In addition, the seller will be required to post and maintain initial and variation margin with the FCM. One goal of selling (writing) options on futures may be to receive the premium paid by the option buyer. For more general information about the mechanics of purchasing and writing options, see “Options” below.

Risks of options on futures contracts. The Funds’ use of options on futures contracts are subject to the risks related to derivative instruments generally. In addition, the amount of risk a Fund assumes when it purchases an option on a futures contract is the premium paid for the option plus related transaction costs. The purchase of an option also entails the risk that changes in the value of the underlying futures contract will not be fully reflected in the value of the option purchased. The seller (writer) of an option on a futures contract is subject to the risk of having to take a possibly adverse futures position if the purchaser of the option exercises its rights. If the seller were required to take such a position, it could bear substantial losses. An option writer has potentially unlimited economic risk because its potential loss, except to the extent offset by the premium received, is equal to the amount the option is “in-the-money” at the expiration date. A call option is in-the-money if the value of the underlying futures contract exceeds the exercise price of the option. A put option is in-the-money if the exercise price of the option exceeds the value of the underlying futures contract.

Options. An option is a contract that gives the purchaser of the option, in return for the premium paid, the right to buy an underlying reference instrument, such as a specified security, currency, index, or other instrument, from the writer of the option (in the case of a call option), or to sell a specified reference instrument to the writer of the option (in the case of a put option) at a designated price during the term of the option. The premium paid by the buyer of an option will reflect, among other things, the relationship of the exercise price to the market price and the volatility of the underlying reference instrument, the remaining term of the option, supply, demand, interest rates and/or currency exchange rates. An American style put or call option may be exercised at any time during the option period while a European style put or call option may be exercised only upon expiration or during a fixed period prior thereto. Put and call options are traded on national securities exchanges and in the OTC market.

Options traded on national securities exchanges are within the jurisdiction of the SEC or other appropriate national securities regulator, as are securities traded on such exchanges. As a result, many of the protections provided to traders on organized exchanges will be available with respect to such transactions. In particular, all option positions entered into on a national securities exchange in the United States are cleared and guaranteed by the Options Clearing Corporation, thereby reducing the risk of counterparty default. Furthermore, a liquid secondary market in options traded on a national securities exchange may be more readily available than in the OTC market, potentially permitting a Fund to liquidate open positions at a profit prior to exercise or expiration, or to limit losses in the event of adverse market movements. There is no assurance, however, that higher than anticipated trading activity or other unforeseen events might not temporarily render the capabilities of the Options Clearing Corporation inadequate, and thereby result in the exchange instituting special procedures which may interfere with the timely execution of a Fund’s orders to close out open options positions.

Purchasing call and put options. As the buyer of a call option, the Funds have a right to buy the underlying reference instrument (e.g., a currency or security) at the exercise price at any time during the option period (for American style options). The Funds may enter into closing sale transactions with respect to call options, exercise them, or permit them to expire. For example, a Fund may buy call options on underlying reference instruments that it intends to buy with the goal of limiting the risk of a substantial increase in their market price before the purchase is effected. Unless the price of the underlying reference instrument changes sufficiently, a call option purchased by a Fund may expire without any value to the Fund, in which case the Fund would experience a loss to the extent of the premium paid for the option plus related transaction costs.

As the buyer of a put option, a Fund has the right to sell the underlying reference instrument at the exercise price at any time during the option period (for American style options). Like a call option, a Fund may enter into closing sale transactions with respect to put options, exercise them or permit them to expire. A Fund may buy a put option on an underlying reference instrument owned by the Fund (a protective put) as a hedging technique in an attempt to protect against an anticipated decline in the market value of the underlying reference instrument. Such hedge protection is provided only during the life of the put option when a Fund, as the buyer of the put option, is able to sell the underlying reference instrument at the put exercise price, regardless of any decline in the underlying instrument’s market price. A Fund may also seek to offset a decline in the value of the underlying reference instrument through appreciation in the value of the put option. A put option may also be purchased with the intent of protecting unrealized appreciation of an instrument when the Adviser deems it desirable to continue to hold the instrument because of tax or other considerations. The premium paid for the put option and any transaction costs would reduce any short-term capital gain that may be available for distribution when the instrument is eventually sold. Buying put options at a time when the buyer does not own the underlying reference instrument allows the buyer to benefit from a decline in the market price of the underlying reference instrument, which generally increases the value of the put option.

If a put option was not terminated in a closing sale transaction when it has remaining value, and if the market price of the underlying reference instrument remains equal to or greater than the exercise price during the life of the put option, the buyer would not make any gain upon exercise of the option and would experience a loss to the extent of the premium paid for the option plus related transaction costs. In order for the purchase of a put option to be profitable, the market price of the underlying reference instrument must decline sufficiently below the exercise price to cover the premium and transaction costs.

Writing call and put options. Writing options may permit the writer to generate additional income in the form of the premium received for writing the option. The writer of an option may have no control over when the underlying reference instruments must be sold (in the case of a call option) or purchased (in the case of a put option) because the writer may be notified of exercise at any time prior to the expiration of the option (for American style options). In general, though, options are infrequently exercised prior to expiration. Whether or not an option expires unexercised, the writer retains the amount of the premium. Writing “covered” call options means that the writer owns the underlying reference instrument that is subject to the call option. Call options may also be written on reference instruments that the writer does not own.

If a Fund writes a covered call option, any underlying reference instruments that are held by the Fund and are subject to the call option will be earmarked on the books of the Fund as segregated to satisfy its obligations under the option. A Fund will be unable to sell the underlying reference instruments that are subject to the written call option until it either effects a closing transaction with respect to the written call, or otherwise satisfies the conditions for release of the underlying reference instruments from segregation. As the writer of a covered call option, a Fund gives up the potential for capital appreciation above the exercise price of the option should the underlying reference instrument rise in value. If the value of the underlying reference instrument rises above the exercise price of the call option, the reference instrument will likely be “called away,” requiring a Fund to sell the underlying instrument at the exercise price. In that case, the Fund will sell the underlying reference instrument to the option buyer for less than its market value, and the Fund will experience a loss (which will be offset by the premium received by the Fund as the writer of such option). If a call option expires unexercised, a Fund will realize a gain in the amount of the premium received. If the market price of the underlying reference instrument decreases, the call option will not be exercised and the Fund will be able to use the amount of the premium received to hedge against the loss in value of the underlying reference instrument. The exercise price of a call option will be chosen based upon the expected price movement of the underlying reference instrument. The exercise price of a call option may be below, equal to (at-the-money), or above the current value of the underlying reference instrument at the time the option is written.

As the writer of a put option, a Fund has a risk of loss should the underlying reference instrument decline in value. If the value of the underlying reference instrument declines below the exercise price of the put option and the put option is exercised, the Fund, as the writer of the put option, will be required to buy the instrument at the exercise price, which will exceed the market value of the underlying reference instrument at that time. A Fund will incur a loss to the extent that the current market value of the underlying reference instrument is less than the exercise price of the put option. However, the loss will be offset in part by the premium received from the buyer of the put. If a put option written by a Fund expires unexercised, the Fund will realize a gain in the amount of the premium received.

Closing out options (exchange-traded options). If the writer of an option wants to terminate its obligation, the writer may effect a “closing purchase transaction” by buying an option of the same series as the option previously written. The effect of the purchase is that the clearing corporation will cancel the option writer’s position. However, a writer may not effect a closing purchase transaction after being notified of the exercise of an option. Likewise, the buyer of an option may recover all or a portion of the premium that it paid by effecting a “closing sale transaction” by selling an option of the same series as the option previously purchased and receiving a premium on the sale. There is no guarantee that either a closing purchase or a closing sale transaction may be made at a time desired by a Fund. Closing transactions allow a Fund to terminate its positions in written and purchased options. A Fund will realize a profit from a closing transaction if the price of the transaction is less than the premium received from writing the original option (in the case of written options) or is more than the premium paid by the Fund to buy the option (in the case of purchased options). For example, increases in the market price of a call option sold by a Fund will generally reflect increases in the market price of the underlying reference instrument. As a result, any loss resulting from a closing transaction on a written call option is likely to be offset in whole or in part by appreciation of the underlying instrument owned by the Fund.

Over-the-counter options. Like exchange-traded options, OTC options give the holder the right to buy from the writer, in the case of OTC call options, or sell to the writer, in the case of OTC put options, an underlying reference instrument at a stated exercise price. OTC options, however, differ from exchange-traded options in certain material respects.

OTC options are arranged directly with dealers and not with a clearing corporation or exchange. Consequently, there is a risk of non-performance by the dealer, including because of the dealer’s bankruptcy or insolvency. While a Fund uses only counterparties, such as dealers, that meet its credit quality standards, in unusual or extreme market conditions, a counterparty’s creditworthiness and ability to perform may deteriorate rapidly, and the availability of suitable replacement counterparties may become limited. Because there is no exchange, pricing is typically done based on information from market makers or other dealers. OTC options are available for a greater variety of underlying reference instruments and in a wider range of expiration dates and exercise prices than exchange-traded options.

There can be no assurance that a continuous liquid secondary market will exist for any particular OTC option at any specific time. A Fund may be able to realize the value of an OTC option it has purchased only by exercising it or entering into a closing sale transaction with the dealer that issued it. When a Fund writes an OTC option, it generally can close out that option prior to its expiration only by entering into a closing purchase transaction with the dealer with which the Fund originally wrote the option. A Fund may suffer a loss if it is not able to exercise (in the case of a purchased option) or enter into a closing sale transaction on a timely basis.

The staff of the SEC has taken the position that purchased OTC options on securities are considered illiquid securities and that the assets segregated to cover a Fund’s obligation under an OTC option on securities it has written are considered

illiquid. Pending a change in the staff’s position, the Fund will treat such OTC options on securities and “covering” assets as illiquid and subject to the Fund’s limitation on illiquid securities.

Interest rate caps. An interest rate cap is a type of OTC option. The buyer of an interest rate cap pays a premium to the seller in exchange for payments at set intervals for which a floating interest rate exceeds an agreed upon interest rate. The floating interest rate may be tied to a reference rate, a long-term swap rate or other benchmark. The amount of each payment is determined by reference to a specified “notional” amount of money. Interest rate caps do not involve the delivery of securities, other underlying instruments, or principal amounts. Accordingly, barring counterparty risk, the risk of loss to the purchaser of an interest rate cap is limited to the amount of the premium paid.

An interest rate cap can be used to increase or decrease exposure to various interest rates, including to hedge interest rate risk. By purchasing an interest rate cap, the buyer of the cap can benefit from rising interest rates while limiting its downside risk to the amount of the premium paid. If a Fund buys an interest rate cap and the Adviser is correct at predicting the direction of interest rates, the interest rate cap will increase in value. But if the Adviser is incorrect at predicting the direction, the interest rate cap will expire worthless.

By writing (selling) an interest rate cap, the seller of the cap can benefit by receiving a premium in exchange for assuming an obligation to make payments at set intervals for which a floating interest rate exceeds an agreed upon interest rate. If interest rates rise above the agreed upon cap, the seller’s obligation to make payments may result in losses in excess of the premium received.

Correctly predicting the value of an interest rate cap requires an understanding of the referenced interest rate, and a Fund bears the risk that the Adviser will not correctly forecast future market events, such as interest rate movements. Interest rate caps also involve the risks associated with derivative instruments generally, as described herein, including the risks associated with OTC options.

Risks of options. A Fund’s options investments involve certain risks, including general risks related to derivative instruments. There can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market on an exchange will exist for any particular option, or at any particular time, and a Fund may have difficulty effecting closing transactions in particular options. Therefore, a Fund would have to exercise the options it purchased in order to realize any profit, thus taking or making delivery of the underlying reference instrument when not desired. A Fund could then incur transaction costs upon the sale of the underlying reference instruments. Similarly, when a Fund cannot effect a closing transaction with respect to a put option it wrote, and the buyer exercises, the Fund would be required to take delivery and would incur transaction costs upon the sale of the underlying reference instruments purchased. If a Fund, as a covered call option writer, is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction in a secondary market, it will not be able to sell the underlying reference instrument until the option expires, it delivers the underlying instrument upon exercise, or it segregates enough liquid assets to purchase the underlying reference instrument at the marked-to-market price during the term of the option. When trading options on non-U.S. exchanges or in the OTC market, many of the protections afforded to exchange participants will not be available. For example, there may be no daily price fluctuation limits, and adverse market movements could therefore continue to an unlimited extent over an indefinite period of time.

The effectiveness of an options strategy for hedging depends on the degree to which price movements in the underlying reference instruments correlate with price movements in the relevant portion of a Fund’s portfolio that is being hedged. In addition, a Fund bears the risk that the prices of its portfolio investments will not move in the same amount as the option it has purchased or sold for hedging purposes, or that there may be a negative correlation that would result in a loss on both the investments and the option. If the Adviser is not successful in using options in managing a Fund’s investments, a Fund’s performance will be worse than if the Adviser did not employ such strategies.

Swaps. Generally, swap agreements are contracts between a Fund and another party (the swap counterparty) involving the exchange of payments on specified terms over periods ranging from a few days to multiple years. A swap agreement may be negotiated bilaterally and traded OTC between the two parties (for an uncleared swap) or, in some instances, must be transacted through an FCM and cleared through a clearinghouse that serves as a central counterparty (for a cleared swap). In a basic swap transaction, a Fund agrees with the swap counterparty to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) and/or cash flows earned or realized on a particular “notional amount” or value of predetermined underlying reference instruments. The notional amount is the set dollar or other value selected by the parties to use as the basis on which to calculate the obligations that the parties to a swap agreement have agreed to exchange. The parties typically do not actually exchange the notional amount. Instead they agree to exchange the returns that would be earned or realized if the notional amount were invested in given investments or at given interest rates. Examples of returns that may be exchanged in a swap agreement are those of a particular security, a particular fixed or variable interest rate, a particular non-U.S. currency, or a “basket” of securities representing a particular index. Swaps can also be based on credit and other events.

The Funds will generally enter into swap agreements on a net basis, which means that the two payment streams that are to be made by a Fund and its counterparty with respect to a particular swap agreement are netted out, with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net difference in the two payments. A Fund’s obligations (or rights) under a swap agreement that is entered into on a net basis will generally be the net amount to be paid or received under the agreement based on the relative values of the obligations of each party upon termination of the agreement or at set valuation dates. A Fund will accrue its obligations under a swap agreement daily (offset by any amounts the counterparty owes the Fund). If the swap agreement does not provide for that type of netting, the full amount of the Fund’s obligations will be accrued on a daily basis.

Comprehensive swaps regulation. The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) and related regulatory developments imposed comprehensive regulatory requirements on swaps and swap market participants. The regulatory framework includes: (1) registration and regulation of swap dealers and major swap participants; (2) requiring central clearing and execution of standardized swaps; (3) imposing margin requirements on swap transactions; (4) regulating and monitoring swap transactions through position limits and large trader reporting requirements; and (5) imposing record keeping and centralized and public reporting requirements, on an anonymous basis, for most swaps. The CFTC is responsible for the regulation of most swaps. The SEC has jurisdiction over a small segment of the market referred to as “security-based swaps,” which includes swaps on single securities or credits, or narrow-based indices of securities or credits.

Uncleared swaps. In an uncleared swap, the swap counterparty is typically a brokerage firm, bank or other financial institution. The Funds customarily enters into uncleared swaps based on the standard terms and conditions of an International Swaps and Derivatives Association (“ISDA”) Master Agreement. ISDA is a voluntary industry association of participants in the over-the-counter derivatives markets that has developed standardized contracts used by such participants that have agreed to be bound by such standardized contracts. In the event that one party to a swap transaction defaults and the transaction is terminated prior to its scheduled termination date, one of the parties may be required to make an early termination payment to the other. An early termination payment may be payable by either the defaulting or non-defaulting party, depending upon which of them is “in-the-money” with respect to the swap at the time of its termination. Early termination payments may be calculated in various ways, but are intended to approximate the amount the “in-the-money” party would have to pay to replace the swap as of the date of its termination.

During the term of an uncleared swap, a Fund is required to pledge to the swap counterparty, from time to time, an amount of cash and/or other assets equal to the total net amount (if any) that would be payable by the Fund to the counterparty if all outstanding swaps between the parties were terminated on the date in question, including any early termination payments (“variation margin”). Periodically, changes in the amount pledged are made to recognize changes in value of the contract resulting from, among other things, interest on the notional value of the contract, market value changes in the underlying investment, and/or dividends paid by the issuer of the underlying instrument. Likewise, the counterparty will be required to pledge cash or other assets to cover its obligations to the Fund. However, the amount pledged may not always be equal to or more than the amount due to the other party. Therefore, if a counterparty defaults in its obligations to the Fund, the amount pledged by the counterparty and available to the Fund may not be sufficient to cover all the amounts due to the Fund and the Fund may sustain a loss.

Currently, the Funds do not intend to typically provide initial margin in connection with uncleared swaps. However, rules requiring initial margin for uncleared swaps have been adopted and are being phased in over time. When these rules take effect, if a Fund is deemed to have material swaps exposure under applicable swap regulations, the Fund will be required to post initial margin in addition to variation margin.

Cleared swaps. Certain standardized swaps are subject to mandatory central clearing and exchange-trading. The Dodd-Frank Act and implementing rules will ultimately require the clearing and exchange-trading of many swaps. Mandatory exchange-trading and clearing will occur on a phased-in basis based on the type of market participant, CFTC approval of contracts for central clearing and public trading facilities making such cleared swaps available to trade. To date, the CFTC has designated only certain of the most common types of credit default index swaps and interest rate swaps as subject to mandatory clearing and certain public trading facilities have made certain of those cleared swaps available to trade, but it is expected that additional categories of swaps will in the future be designated as subject to mandatory clearing and trade execution requirements. Central clearing is intended to reduce counterparty credit risk and increase liquidity, but central clearing does not eliminate these risks and may involve additional costs and risks not involved with uncleared swaps. See “Risks of cleared swaps” below.

In a cleared swap, a Fund’s ultimate counterparty is a central clearinghouse rather than a brokerage firm, bank or other financial institution. Cleared swaps are submitted for clearing through each party’s FCM, which must be a member of the clearinghouse that serves as the central counterparty. Transactions executed on a swap execution facility (“SEF”) may

increase market transparency and liquidity but may require the Fund to incur increased expenses to access the same types of swaps that it has used in the past. When a Fund enters into a cleared swap, it must deliver to the central counterparty (via the FCM) an amount referred to as “initial margin.” Initial margin requirements are determined by the central counterparty, and are typically calculated as an amount equal to the volatility in market value of the cleared swap over a fixed period, but an FCM may require additional initial margin above the amount required by the central counterparty. During the term of the swap agreement, a “variation margin” amount may also be required to be paid by a Fund or may be received by a Fund in accordance with margin controls set for such accounts. If the value of a Fund’s cleared swap declines, the Fund will be required to make additional “variation margin” payments to the FCM to settle the change in value. Conversely, if the market value of a Fund’s position increases, the FCM will post additional “variation margin” to the Fund’s account. At the conclusion of the term of the swap agreement, if a Fund has a loss equal to or greater than the margin amount, the margin amount is paid to the FCM along with any loss in excess of the margin amount. If a Fund has a loss of less than the margin amount, the excess margin is returned to the Fund. If a Fund has a gain, the full margin amount and the amount of the gain is paid to the Fund.

Credit default swaps. The “buyer” of protection in a credit default swap agreement is obligated to pay the “seller” a periodic stream of payments over the term of the agreement in return for a payment by the “seller” that is contingent upon the occurrence of a credit event with respect to a specific underlying reference debt obligation (whether as a single debt instrument or as part of an index of debt instruments). The contingent payment by the seller generally is the face amount of the debt obligation, in return for the buyer’s obligation to make periodic cash payments and deliver in physical form the reference debt obligation or a cash payment equal to the then-current market value of that debt obligation at the time of the credit event. If no credit event occurs, the seller would receive a fixed rate of income throughout the term of the contract, while the buyer would lose the amount of its payments and recover nothing. The buyer is also subject to the risk that the seller will not satisfy its contingent payment obligation, if and when due.

Purchasing protection through a credit default swap may be used to attempt to hedge against a decline in the value of debt security or securities due to a credit event. The seller of protection under a credit default swap receives periodic payments from the buyer but is exposed to the risk that the value of the reference debt obligation declines due to a credit event and that it will have to pay the face amount of the reference obligation to the buyer. Selling protection under a credit default swap may also permit the seller to gain exposure that is similar to owning the reference debt obligation directly. As the seller of protection, a Fund would effectively add leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to its total assets, the Fund would be subject to the risk that there would be a credit event and the Fund would have to make a substantial payment in the future.

Generally, a credit event means bankruptcy, failure to timely pay interest or principal, obligation acceleration or default, or repudiation or restructuring of the reference debt obligation. There may be disputes between the buyer or seller of a credit default swap agreement or within the swaps market as a whole as to whether or not a credit event has occurred or what the payout should be which could result in litigation. In some instances where there is a dispute in the credit default swap market, a regional Determinations Committee set up by ISDA may make an official binding determination regarding the existence of credit events with respect to the reference debt obligation of a credit default swap agreement or, in the case of a credit default swap on an index, with respect to a component of the index underlying the credit default swap agreement. In the case of a credit default swap on an index, the existence of a credit event is determined according to the index methodology, which may in turn refer to determinations made by ISDA’s Determinations Committees with respect to particular components of the index.

ISDA’s Determinations Committees are comprised principally of dealers in the OTC derivatives markets which may have a conflicting interest in the determination regarding the existence of a particular credit event. In addition, in the sovereign debt market, a credit default swap agreement may not provide the protection generally anticipated because the government issuer of the sovereign debt instruments may be able to restructure or renegotiate the debt in such a manner as to avoid triggering a credit event. Moreover, (1) sovereign debt obligations may not incorporate common, commercially acceptable provisions, such as collective action clauses, or (2) the negotiated restructuring of the sovereign debt may be deemed non-mandatory on all holders. As a result, the determination committee might then not be able to determine, or may be able to avoid having to determine, that a credit event under the credit default agreement has occurred.

For these and other reasons, the buyer of protection in a credit default swap agreement is subject to the risk that certain occurrences, such as particular restructuring events affecting the value of the underlying reference debt obligation, or the restructuring of sovereign debt, may not be deemed credit events under the credit default swap agreement. Therefore, if the credit default swap was purchased as a hedge or to take advantage of an anticipated increase in the value of credit protection for the underlying reference obligation, it may not provide any hedging benefit or otherwise increase in value as anticipated. Similarly, the seller of protection in a credit default swap agreement is subject to the risk that certain occurrences may be

deemed to be credit events under the credit default swap agreement, even if these occurrences do not adversely impact the value or creditworthiness of the underlying reference debt obligation.

Interest rate swaps. An interest rate swap is an agreement between two parties to exchange interest rate payment obligations. Typically, one party’s obligation is based on an interest rate fixed to maturity while the other party’s obligation is based on an interest rate that changes in accordance with changes in a designated benchmark (for example, LIBOR, prime rate, commercial paper rate, or other benchmarks). Alternatively, both payment obligations may be based on an interest rate that changes in accordance with changes in a designated benchmark (also known as a “basis swap”). In a basis swap, the rates may be based on different benchmarks (for example, LIBOR versus commercial paper) or on different terms of the same benchmark (for example, one-month LIBOR versus three-month LIBOR). Each party’s payment obligation under an interest rate swap is determined by reference to a specified “notional” amount of money. Therefore, interest rate swaps generally do not involve the delivery of securities, other underlying instruments, or principal amounts; rather they entail the exchange of cash payments based on the application of the designated interest rates to the notional amount. Accordingly, barring swap counterparty or FCM default, the risk of loss in an interest rate swap is limited to the net amount of interest payments that a Fund is obligated to make or receive (as applicable), as well as any early termination payment payable by or to the Fund upon early termination of the swap.

By swapping fixed interest rate payments for floating payments, an interest rate swap can be used to increase or decrease a Fund’s exposure to various interest rates, including to hedge interest rate risk. Interest rate swaps are generally used to permit the party seeking a floating rate obligation the opportunity to acquire such obligation at a rate lower than is directly available in the credit markets, while permitting the party desiring a fixed-rate obligation the opportunity to acquire such a fixed-rate obligation, also frequently at a rate lower than is directly available in the credit markets. The success of such a transaction depends in large part on the availability of fixed-rate obligations at interest (or coupon) rates low enough to cover the costs involved. Similarly, a basis swap can be used to increase or decrease a Fund’s exposure to various interest rates, including to hedge against or speculate on the spread between the two indexes, or to manage duration. An interest rate swap transaction is affected by change in interest rates, which, in turn, may affect the prepayment rate of any underlying debt obligations upon which the interest rate swap is based.

Inflation index swaps. An inflation index swap is a contract between two parties, whereby one party makes payments based on the cumulative percentage increase in an index that serves as a measure of inflation (typically, the Consumer Price Index) and the other party makes a regular payment based on a compounded fixed rate. Each party’s payment obligation under the swap is determined by reference to a specified “notional” amount of money. Typically, an inflation index swap has payment obligations netted and exchanged upon maturity. The value of an inflation index swap is expected to change in response to changes in the rate of inflation. If inflation increases at a faster rate than anticipated at the time the swap is entered into, the swap will increase in value. Similarly, if inflation increases at a rate slower than anticipated at the time the swap is entered into, the swap will decrease in value.

Equity total return swaps. A total return swap (also sometimes referred to as a synthetic equity swap or “contract for difference” when written with respect to an equity security or basket of equity securities) is an agreement between two parties under which the parties agree to make payments to each other so as to replicate the economic consequences that would apply had a purchase or short sale of the underlying reference instrument or index thereof taken place. For example, one party agrees to pay the other party the total return earned or realized on the notional amount of an underlying equity security and any dividends declared with respect to that equity security. In return the other party makes payments, typically at a floating rate, calculated based on the notional amount.

Options on swap agreements. An option on a swap agreement generally is an OTC option (see the discussion above on OTC options) that gives the buyer of the option the right, but not the obligation, in return for payment of a premium to the seller, to enter into a previously negotiated swap agreement, or to extend, terminate or otherwise modify the terms of an existing swap agreement. The writer (seller) of an option on a swap agreement receives premium payments from the buyer and, in exchange, becomes obligated to enter into or modify an underlying swap agreement upon the exercise of the option by the buyer. When a Fund purchases an option on a swap agreement, it risks losing only the amount of the premium it has paid should it decide to let the option expire unexercised, plus any related transaction costs.

There can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular option on a swap agreement, or at any particular time, and a Fund may have difficulty affecting closing transactions in particular options on swap agreements. Therefore, a Fund may have to exercise the options that it purchases in order to realize any profit and take delivery of the underlying swap agreement. A Fund could then incur transaction costs upon the sale or closing out of the underlying swap agreement. In the event that the option on a swap is exercised, the counterparty for such option would be the same counterparty with whom the Fund entered into the underlying swap.

However, if a Fund writes (sells) an option on a swap agreement, the Fund is bound by the terms of the underlying swap agreement upon exercise of the option by the buyer, which may result in losses to the Fund in excess of the premium it received. Options on swap agreements involve the risks associated with derivative instruments generally, as described above, as well as the additional risks associated with both options and swaps generally.

Options on swap agreements are considered to be swaps for purposes of CFTC regulation. Although they are traded OTC, the CFTC may in the future designate certain options on swaps as subject to mandatory clearing. For more information, see “Cleared swaps” and “Risks of cleared swaps.”

An option on an interest rate swap (also sometimes referred to as a “swaption”) is a contract that gives the purchaser the right, but not the obligation, in return for payment of a premium, to enter into a new interest rate swap. A pay fixed option on an interest rate swap gives the buyer the right to establish a position in an interest rate swap where the buyer will pay (and the writer will receive) the fixed-rate cash flows and receive (and the writer will pay) the floating-rate cash flows. In general, most options on interest rate swaps are “European” exercise, which means that they can only be exercised at the end of the option term. Depending on the movement of interest rates between the time of purchase and expiration, the value of the underlying interest rate swap and therefore also the value of the option on the interest rate swap will change.

An option on a credit default swap is a contract that gives the buyer the right (but not the obligation), in return for payment of a premium to the option seller, to enter into a new credit default swap on a reference entity at a predetermined spread on a future date. This spread is the price at which the contract is executed (the option strike price). Similar to a put option, in a payer option on a credit default swap, the option buyer pays a premium to the option seller for the right, but not the obligation, to buy credit protection on a reference entity (e.g., a particular portfolio security) at a predetermined spread on a future date. Similar to a call option, in a receiver option on a credit default swap the option buyer pays a premium for the right, but not the obligation to sell credit default swap protection on a reference entity or index. Depending on the movement of market spreads with respect to the particular referenced debt securities between the time of purchase and expiration of the option, the value of the underlying credit default swap and therefore the value of the option will change. Options on credit default swaps currently are traded OTC and the specific terms of each option on a credit default swap are negotiated directly with the counterparty.

Commodity-linked total return swaps. A commodity-linked total return swap is an agreement between two parties under which the parties agree to exchange a fixed return or interest rate on the notional amount of the swap for the return of a particular commodities index, commodity contract or basket of commodity contracts as if such notional amount had been invested in such index, commodity contract or basket of commodity contracts. For example, one party agrees to pay the other party the return on a particular index multiplied by the notional amount of the swap. In return, the other party makes periodic payments, such as at a floating interest rate, calculated based on such notional amount. If the commodity swap is for one period, a Fund may pay a fixed fee, established at the outset of the swap. However, if the term of the commodity swap is more than one period, with interim swap payments, a Fund may pay an adjustable or floating fee. With a “floating” rate, the fee may be pegged to a base rate, such as the LIBOR, and is adjusted each period. Therefore, if interest rates increase over the term of the swap contract, a Fund may be required to pay a higher fee at each swap reset date.

Risks of swaps generally. The use of swap transactions is a highly specialized activity, which involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. Whether a Fund will be successful in using swap agreements to achieve its investment goal depends on the ability of the Adviser correctly to predict which types of investments are likely to produce greater returns. If the Adviser, in using swap agreements, is incorrect in its forecasts of market values, interest rates, inflation, currency exchange rates or other applicable factors, the investment performance of a Fund will be less than its performance would have been if it had not used the swap agreements.

The risk of loss to a Fund for swap transactions that are entered into on a net basis depends on which party is obligated to pay the net amount to the other party. If the counterparty is obligated to pay the net amount to a Fund, the risk of loss to a Fund is loss of the entire amount that the Fund is entitled to receive. If a Fund is obligated to pay the net amount, the Fund’s risk of loss is generally limited to that net amount. If the swap agreement involves the exchange of the entire principal value of a security, the entire principal value of that security is subject to the risk that the other party to the swap will default on its contractual delivery obligations. In addition, a Fund’s risk of loss also includes any margin at risk in the event of default by the counterparty (in an uncleared swap) or the central counterparty or FCM (in a cleared swap), plus any transaction costs.

Because bilateral swap agreements are structured as two-party contracts and may have terms of greater than seven days, these swaps may be considered to be illiquid and, therefore, subject to a Fund’s limitation on investments in illiquid securities. If a swap transaction is particularly large or if the relevant market is illiquid, a Fund may not be able to establish or liquidate a position at an advantageous time or price, which may result in significant losses. Participants in the swap markets are not required to make continuous markets in the swap contracts they trade. Participants could refuse to quote prices for swap

contracts or quote prices with an unusually widespread between the price at which they are prepared to buy and the price at which they are prepared to sell. Some swap agreements entail complex terms and may require a greater degree of subjectivity in their valuation. However, the swap markets have grown substantially in recent years, with a large number of financial institutions acting both as principals and agents, utilizing standardized swap documentation. As a result, the swap markets have become increasingly liquid. In addition, central clearing and the trading of cleared swaps on public facilities are intended to increase liquidity. The Adviser, under the supervision of the Board, is responsible for determining and monitoring the liquidity of a Fund’s swap transactions.

Rules adopted under the Dodd-Frank Act require centralized reporting of detailed information about many swaps, whether cleared or uncleared. This information is available to regulators and also, to a more limited extent and on an anonymous basis, to the public. Reporting of swap data is intended to result in greater market transparency. This may be beneficial to funds that use swaps in their trading strategies. However, public reporting imposes additional recordkeeping burdens on these funds, and the safeguards established to protect anonymity are not yet tested and may not provide protection of the funds’ identities as intended.

Certain U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) positions may limit a Fund’s ability to use swap agreements in a desired tax strategy. It is possible that developments in the swap markets and/or the laws relating to swap agreements, including potential government regulation, could adversely affect a Fund’s ability to benefit from using swap agreements, or could have adverse tax consequences. For more information about potentially changing regulation, see “Developing government regulation of derivatives” below.

Risks of uncleared swaps. Uncleared swaps are typically executed bilaterally with a swap dealer rather than traded on exchanges. As a result, swap participants may not be as protected as participants on organized exchanges. Performance of a swap agreement is the responsibility only of the swap counterparty and not of any exchange or clearinghouse. As a result, a Fund is subject to the risk that a counterparty will be unable or will refuse to perform under such agreement, including because of the counterparty’s bankruptcy or insolvency. A Fund risks the loss of the accrued but unpaid amounts under a swap agreement, which could be substantial, in the event of a default, insolvency or bankruptcy by a swap counterparty. In such an event, a Fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the swap agreements, but bankruptcy and insolvency laws could affect a Fund’s rights as a creditor. If the counterparty’s creditworthiness declines, the value of a swap agreement would likely decline, potentially resulting in losses. In unusual or extreme market conditions, a counterparty’s creditworthiness and ability to perform may deteriorate rapidly, and the availability of suitable replacement counterparties may become limited.

Risks of cleared swaps. As noted above, under recent financial reforms, certain types of swaps are, and others eventually are expected to be, required to be cleared through a central counterparty, which may affect counterparty risk and other risks faced by a Fund.

Central clearing is designed to reduce counterparty credit risk and increase liquidity compared to uncleared swaps because central clearing interposes the central clearinghouse as the counterparty to each participant’s swap, but it does not eliminate those risks completely. There is also a risk of loss by a Fund of the initial and variation margin deposits in the event of bankruptcy of the FCM with which a Fund has an open position, or the central counterparty in a swap contract. The assets of a Fund may not be fully protected in the event of the bankruptcy of the FCM or central counterparty because the Fund might be limited to recovering only a pro rata share of all available funds and margin segregated on behalf of an FCM’s customers. If the FCM does not provide accurate reporting, a Fund is also subject to the risk that the FCM could use the Fund’s assets, which are held in an omnibus account with assets belonging to the FCM’s other customers, to satisfy its own financial obligations or the payment obligations of another customer to the central counterparty. Credit risk of cleared swap participants is concentrated in a few clearinghouses, and the consequences of insolvency of a clearinghouse are not clear.

With cleared swaps, a Fund may not be able to obtain as favorable terms as it would be able to negotiate for a bilateral, uncleared swap. In addition, an FCM may unilaterally amend the terms of its agreement with a Fund, which may include the imposition of position limits or additional margin requirements with respect to a Fund’s investment in certain types of swaps. Central counterparties and FCMs can require termination of existing cleared swap transactions upon the occurrence of certain events, and can also require increases in margin above the margin that is required at the initiation of the swap agreement.

Finally, a Fund is subject to the risk that, after entering into a cleared swap with an executing broker, no FCM or central counterparty is willing or able to clear the transaction. In such an event, a Fund may be required to break the trade and make an early termination payment to the executing broker.

Combined transactions. A Fund may enter into multiple derivative instruments, and any combination of derivative instruments as part of a single or combined strategy (a “Combined Transaction”) when the Adviser believes it is in the best interests of a Fund to do so. A Combined Transaction will usually contain elements of risk that are present in each of its component transactions.

Although Combined Transactions are normally entered into based on the Adviser’s judgment that the combined strategies will reduce risk or otherwise more effectively achieve the desired portfolio management goal(s), it is possible that the combination will instead increase such risks or hinder achievement of the portfolio management objective.

Short Sales (Inverse ETF)

The Inverse ETF may engage in short sale transactions under which the Fund sells a security it does not own. To complete such a transaction, the Fund must borrow the security to make delivery to the buyer. The Fund then is obligated to replace the security borrowed by purchasing the security at the market price at the time of replacement. The price at such time may be more or less than the price at which the security was sold by the Fund. Until the security is replaced, the Fund is required to pay to the lender amounts equal to any dividends that accrue during the period of the loan. The proceeds of the short sale will be retained by the broker, to the extent necessary to meet the margin requirements, until the short position is closed out. A Fund will also incur transactions costs when conducting short sales.

Until the Fund closes its short position or replaces the borrowed stock, the Fund will: (1) maintain an account containing cash or liquid assets at such a level that (a) the amount deposited in the account plus the amount deposited with the broker as collateral will equal the current value of the stock sold short and (b) the amount deposited in the account plus the amount deposited with the broker as collateral will not be less than the market value of the stock at the time the stock was sold short; or (2) otherwise cover the Fund’s short position.

The Fund will incur a loss as a result of a short sales or short exposure to reference assets utilizing derivatives if the price of the security or reference asset increases between the date of the short sale or exposure and the date on which the Fund replaces the borrowed security or terminates the derivatives providing short exposure. The Fund will realize a gain if the price of a security or reference asset declines in price between those dates. The amount of any gain will be decreased, and the amount of any loss will be increased, by the amount of the premium, dividends or interest the Fund may be required to pay, if any, in connection with a short sale or derivatives that provide short exposure.

Securities Lending

A Fund may lend portfolio securities to certain creditworthy borrowers. The borrowers provide collateral that is maintained in an amount at least equal to the current value of the securities loaned. A Fund may terminate a loan at any time and obtain the return of the securities loaned. The lending Fund receives the value of any interest or cash or non-cash distributions paid on the loaned securities. Distributions received on loaned securities in lieu of dividend payments (i.e., substitute payments) would not be considered qualified dividend income.

With respect to loans that are collateralized by cash, the borrower will be entitled to receive a fee based on the amount of cash collateral. A Fund is compensated by the difference between the amount earned on the reinvestment of cash collateral and the fee paid to the borrower. In the case of collateral other than cash, a Fund is compensated by a fee paid by the borrower equal to a percentage of the value of the loaned securities. Any cash collateral may be reinvested in certain short-term instruments either directly on behalf of the lending Fund or through one or more joint accounts or money market funds, which may include those managed by the Adviser.

A Fund may pay a portion of the interest or fees earned from securities lending to a borrower as described above, and to one or more securities lending agents approved by the Board who administer the lending program for the Fund in accordance with guidelines approved by the Board. In such capacity, the lending agent causes the delivery of loaned securities from a Fund to borrowers, arranges for the return of loaned securities to the Fund at the termination of a loan, requests deposit of collateral, monitors the daily value of the loaned securities and collateral, requests that borrowers add to the collateral when required by the loan agreements, and provides recordkeeping and accounting services necessary for the operation of the program.

Securities lending involves exposure to certain risks, including operational risk (i.e., the risk of losses resulting from problems in the settlement and accounting process), “gap” risk (i.e., the risk of a mismatch between the return on cash collateral reinvestments and the fees a Fund has agreed to pay a borrower), and credit, legal, counterparty and market risk. In the event a borrower does not return a Fund’s securities as agreed, the Fund may experience losses if the proceeds received from liquidating the collateral do not at least equal the value of the loaned security at the time the collateral is liquidated plus the transaction costs incurred in purchasing replacement securities.

Repurchase Agreements

A Fund may invest in repurchase agreements with commercial banks, brokers or dealers to generate income from its excess cash balances. A repurchase agreement is an agreement under which a Fund acquires a financial instrument (e.g., a security issued by the U.S. government or an agency thereof, a banker’s acceptance or a certificate of deposit) from a seller, subject to resale to the seller at an agreed upon price and date (normally, the next Business Day). A repurchase agreement may be considered a loan collateralized by securities. The resale price reflects an agreed upon interest rate effective for the period the instrument is held by the Fund and is unrelated to the interest rate on the underlying instrument.

In these repurchase agreement transactions, the securities acquired by a Fund (including accrued interest earned thereon) must have a total value in excess of the value of the repurchase agreement and are held by the Fund’s custodian bank until repurchased. No more than an aggregate of 15% of a Fund’s net assets will be invested in illiquid securities, including repurchase agreements having maturities longer than seven days and securities subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale, or for which there are no readily available market quotations.

The use of repurchase agreements involves certain risks. For example, if the other party to the agreement defaults on its obligation to repurchase the underlying security at a time when the value of the security has declined, the Fund may incur a loss upon disposition of the security. If the other party to the agreement becomes insolvent and subject to liquidation or reorganization under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or other laws, a court may determine that the underlying security is collateral for a loan by the Fund not within the control of the Fund and, therefore, the Fund may not be able to substantiate its interest in the underlying security and may be deemed an unsecured creditor of the other party to the agreement.

Dollar Rolls

A dollar roll transaction involves a sale by a Fund of a security concurrently with an agreement by the Fund to repurchase a similar security at a later date at an agreed-upon price. A dollar roll may be considered a borrowing giving rise to leverage. The securities that are repurchased will bear the same interest rate and a similar maturity as those sold, but the assets collateralizing these securities may have different prepayment histories than those sold. During the period between the sale and repurchase, a Fund will not be entitled to receive interest and principal payments on the securities sold. Proceeds of the sale will be invested in additional investments, and the income from these investments will generate income for a Fund. If such income does not exceed the income, capital appreciation and gain or loss that would have been realized on the securities sold as part of the dollar roll, the use of this technique will diminish the investment performance of a Fund compared with what the performance would have been without the use of dollar rolls. Dollar rolls involve the risk that the market value of the securities subject to a Fund’s forward purchase commitment may decline below, or the market value of the securities subject to the Fund’s forward sale commitment may increase above, the exercise price of the forward commitment. In the event the buyer of the securities files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, a Fund’s use of the proceeds of the current sale portion of the transaction may be restricted.

Tax Risks

As with any investment, you should consider how your investment in Shares will be taxed. The tax information in the Prospectus and this SAI is provided as general information. You should consult your own tax professional about the tax consequences of an investment in Shares.

Unless your investment in Shares is made through a tax-exempt entity or tax-deferred retirement account, such as an individual retirement account, you need to be aware of the possible tax consequences when a Fund makes distributions or you sell Shares.

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

The Trust has adopted the following investment restrictions as fundamental policies with respect to each Fund. These restrictions cannot be changed with respect to a Fund without the approval of the holders of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities. For the purposes of the 1940 Act, a “majority of outstanding shares” means the vote of the lesser of: (1) 67% or more of the voting securities of a Fund present at the meeting if the holders of more than 50% of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities are present or represented by proxy; or (2) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of a Fund.

Except with the approval of a majority of the outstanding voting securities, each Fund may not:

1.Borrow money or issue senior securities (as defined under the 1940 Act), except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act.

2.Make loans, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act.

3.Purchase or sell real estate unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act. This shall not prevent a Fund from investing in securities or other instruments backed by real estate, REITs or securities of companies engaged in the real estate business.

4.Purchase or sell commodities unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act. This shall not prevent a Fund from purchasing or selling options and futures contracts or from investing in securities or other instruments backed by physical commodities.

5.Underwrite securities issued by other persons, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act.

6.Concentrate its investments (i.e., hold more than 25% of its total assets) in any industry or group of related industries except that each Fund will concentrate to approximately the same extent that the Amplify ETF concentrates in the securities of a particular industry or group of related industries. For purposes of this limitation, securities of the U.S. government (including its agencies and instrumentalities), repurchase agreements collateralized by securities of the U.S. government (including its agencies and instrumentalities), registered investment companies and tax-exempt securities of state or municipal governments and their political subdivisions, are not considered to be issued by members of any industry.

In determining its compliance with the fundamental investment restriction on concentration, each Fund will look through to the underlying holdings of any affiliated investment company and will consider its entire investment in any investment company with a policy to concentrate, or having otherwise disclosed that it is concentrated, in a particular industry or group of related industries as being invested in such industry or group of related industries. Additionally, in determining its compliance with the fundamental investment restriction on concentration, each Fund will look through to the user or use of private activity municipal bonds to determine their industry.

In addition to the investment restrictions adopted as fundamental policies as set forth above, each Fund (unless otherwise indicated) observes the following non-fundamental restrictions, which may be changed without a shareholder vote:

1.Under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the 2X ETF’s net assets, plus borrowings for investment purposes, will be invested in the Amplify ETF and swap agreements that provide daily leveraged exposure to the Amplify ETF.

2.Under normal circumstances, the Inverse ETF will invest in swap agreements and short positions on the Amplify ETF that provide inverse (opposite) or short exposure to the Amplify ETF equal to at least 80% of the Fund’s assets (plus borrowing for investment purposes) .

If a percentage limitation is adhered to at the time of investment or contract, a later increase or decrease in percentage resulting from any change in value or total or net assets will not result in a violation of such restriction, except that the percentage limitations with respect to the borrowing of money and illiquid securities will be observed continuously.

EXCHANGE LISTING AND TRADING

Shares are listed for trading and trade throughout the day on the Exchange.

There can be no assurance that a Fund will continue to meet the requirements of the Exchange necessary to maintain the listing of Shares. The Exchange may, but is not required to, remove Shares of a Fund from the listing under any of the following circumstances: (i) the Exchange becomes aware that a Fund is no longer eligible to operate in reliance on Rule 6c-11 of the Investment Company Act of 1940; (ii) a Fund no longer complies with the Exchange’s requirements for Shares; or (iii) such other event shall occur or condition shall exist that, in the opinion of the Exchange, makes further dealings on the Exchange inadvisable. The Exchange will remove Shares of a Fund from listing and trading upon termination of the Fund.

The Trust reserves the right to adjust the price levels of Shares in the future to help maintain convenient trading ranges for investors. Any adjustments would be accomplished through stock splits or reverse stock splits, which would have no effect on the net assets of the applicable Fund.

MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST

Board Responsibilities. The management and affairs of the Trust and its series are overseen by the Board, which elects the officers of the Trust who are responsible for administering the day-to-day operations of the Trust and the Funds. The Board has approved contracts, as described below, under which certain companies provide essential services to the Trust.

The day-to-day business of the Trust, including the management of risk, is performed by third-party service providers, such as the Adviser, the Distributor (defined below), and the Administrator (defined below). The Board is responsible for overseeing the Trust’s service providers and, thus, has oversight responsibility with respect to risk management performed by those service providers. Risk management seeks to identify and address risks, i.e., events or circumstances that could have material adverse effects on the business, operations, shareholder services, investment performance, or reputation of each

Fund. The Funds and their service providers employ a variety of processes, procedures, and controls to identify various of those possible events or circumstances, to lessen the probability of their occurrence and/or to mitigate the effects of such events or circumstances if they do occur. Each service provider is responsible for one or more discrete aspects of the Trust’s business and, consequently, for managing the risks associated with that business. The Board has emphasized to the Funds’ service providers the importance of maintaining vigorous risk management.

The Board’s role in risk oversight begins before the inception of the Funds, at which time certain of the Funds’ service providers present the Board with information concerning the investment objective, strategies, and risks of the Funds as well as proposed investment limitations for the Funds. Additionally, the Adviser provide the Board with an overview of, among other things, their investment philosophies, brokerage practices, and compliance infrastructures. Thereafter, the Board continues its oversight function as various personnel, including the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer and other service providers, such as the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm, make periodic reports to the Audit Committee or to the Board with respect to various aspects of risk management. The Board and the Audit Committee oversee efforts by management and service providers to manage risks to which the Funds may be exposed.

The Board is responsible for overseeing the nature, extent, and quality of the services provided to the Funds by the Adviser and receives information about those services at its regular meetings. In addition, on an annual basis (following the initial two-year period), in connection with its consideration of whether to renew the Investment Advisory Agreement with the Adviser, the Board or its designee may meet with the Adviser to review such services. Among other things, the Board regularly considers the Adviser’s adherence to each Fund’s investment restrictions and compliance with various Fund policies and procedures and with applicable securities regulations. The Board also reviews information about each Fund’s performance and the nature of each Fund’s investments.

The Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer reports regularly to the Board to review and discuss compliance issues and Fund and Adviser risk assessments. At least annually, the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer provides the Board with a report reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of the Trust’s policies and procedures and those of its service providers, including the Adviser. The report addresses the operation of the policies and procedures of the Trust and each service provider since the date of the last report; any material changes to the policies and procedures since the date of the last report; any recommendations for material changes to the policies and procedures; and any material compliance matters since the date of the last report.

The Board receives reports from the Funds’ service providers regarding operational risks and risks related to the valuation and liquidity of portfolio securities. Annually, the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm reviews with the Audit Committee its audit of each Fund’s financial statements, focusing on major areas of risk encountered by the Funds and noting any significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in the Funds’ internal controls. Additionally, in connection with its oversight function, the Board oversees Fund management’s implementation of disclosure controls and procedures, which are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Trust in its periodic reports with the SEC are recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the required time periods. The Board also oversees the Trust’s internal controls over financial reporting, which comprise policies and procedures designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of the Trust’s financial reporting and the preparation of the Trust’s financial statements.

From their review of these reports and discussions with the Adviser, the Chief Compliance Officer, the independent registered public accounting firm, and other service providers, the Board and the Audit Committee learn in detail about the material risks of each Fund, thereby facilitating a dialogue about how management and service providers identify and mitigate those risks.

The Board recognizes that not all risks that may affect a Fund can be identified and/or quantified, that it may not be practical or cost-effective to eliminate or mitigate certain risks, that it may be necessary to bear certain risks (such as investment-related risks) to achieve a Fund’s goals, and that the processes, procedures, and controls employed to address certain risks may be limited in their effectiveness. Moreover, reports received by the Board as to risk management matters are typically summaries of the relevant information. Most of the Funds’ investment management and business affairs are carried out by or through the Adviser and other service providers, each of which has an independent interest in risk management but whose policies and the methods by which one or more risk management functions are carried out may differ from the Funds’ and each other’s in the setting of priorities, the resources available, or the effectiveness of relevant controls. As a result of the foregoing and other factors, the Board’s ability to monitor and manage risk, as a practical matter, is subject to limitations.

Members of the Board. There are four members of the Board, three of whom are not interested persons of the Trust, as that term is defined in the 1940 Act (the “Independent Trustees”). Mr. Eric W. Falkeis serves as Chairman of the Board and is an interested person of the Trust.

The Board is composed of a majority (75 percent) of Independent Trustees. The Trust has determined its leadership structure is appropriate given the specific characteristics and circumstances of the Trust, despite there being no Lead Independent Trustee. The Trust made this determination in consideration of, among other things, the fact that the Independent Trustees of

the Trust constitute a super majority of the Board, the number of Independent Trustees that constitute the Board, the amount of assets under management in the Trust, and the number of funds overseen by the Board. The Board also believes that its leadership structure facilitates the orderly and efficient flow of information to the Independent Trustees from Fund management.

Additional information about each Trustee of the Trust is set forth below. The address of each Trustee of the Trust is c/o Tidal ETF Trust, 898 N. Broadway, Suite 2, Massapequa, New York 11758.

Name and Year of Birth

Position Held with the Trust

Term of Office and Length of Time Served

Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years

Number of Portfolios in Fund Complex Overseen by Trustee

Other Directorships Held by Trustee During Past 5 Years

Independent Trustees (1)

Mark H.W. Baltimore
Born: 1967

Trustee

Indefinite term; since 2018

Co-Chief Executive Officer, Global Rhino, LLC (asset management consulting firm) (since 2018); Chief Business Development Officer, Joot (asset management compliance services firm) (since 2019); Chief Executive Officer, Global Sight, LLC (asset management distribution consulting firm) (2016-2018); Head of Global Distribution Services, Foreside Financial Group, LLC (broker-dealer) (2016); Managing Director, Head of Global Distribution Services, Beacon Hill Fund Services (broker-dealer) (2015–2016).

[ ]

None

Dusko Culafic
Born: 1958

Trustee

Indefinite term; since 2018

Retired (since 2018); Senior Operational Due Diligence Analyst, Aurora Investment Management, LLC (2012–2018).

[ ]

None

Eduardo Mendoza
Born: 1966

Trustee

Indefinite term; since 2018

Executive Vice President - Head of Capital Markets & Corporate Development, Credijusto (financial technology company) (since 2017); Founding Partner / Capital Markets & Head of Corporate Development, SQN Latina (specialty finance company) (2016–2017).

[ ]

None

Interested Trustee

Eric W. Falkeis (2)

Born: 1973

President, Principal Executive Officer, Trustee, Chairman, and Secretary

President and Principal Executive Officer since 2019, Indefinite term; Trustee, Chairman, and Secretary since 2018, Indefinite term

Chief Executive Officer, Tidal ETF Services LLC (since 2018); Chief Operating Officer (and other positions), Rafferty Asset Management, LLC (2013–2018) and Direxion Advisors, LLC (2017–2018).

[ ]

Independent Director, Muzinich BDC, Inc. (since 2019); Trustee, Professionally Managed Portfolios (27 series) (since 2011); Interested Trustee, Direxion Funds, Direxion Shares ETF Trust, and Direxion Insurance Trust (2014–2018).

(1) All Independent Trustees of the Trust are not “interested persons” of the Trust as defined under the 1940 Act (the “Independent Trustees”).

(2) Mr. Falkeis is considered an “interested person” of the Trust due to his positions as President, Principal Executive Officer, Chairman and Secretary of the Trust, and Chief Executive Officer of Tidal ETF Services LLC, an affiliate of the Adviser.

Individual Trustee Qualifications. The Trust has concluded that each of the Trustees should serve on the Board because of their ability to review and understand information about the series of the Trust provided to them by management, to identify and request other information they may deem relevant to the performance of their duties, to question management and other service providers regarding material factors bearing on the management and administration of the Trust, and to exercise their business judgment in a manner that serves the best interests of the shareholders of each series of the Trust. The Trust has concluded that each of the Trustees should serve as a Trustee based on his or her own experience, qualifications, attributes, and skills as described below.

The Trust has concluded that Mr. Baltimore should serve as a Trustee because of his substantial experience with the distribution of investment company securities and his experience with regulatory matters through his current position at Global Rhino, LLC and prior position at Global Sight, LLC, asset management distribution consulting firms, current position at Joot, an asset management compliance services firm, and his past experience with distribution activities at the parent company of the Trust’s Distributor (defined below). The Board believes Mr. Baltimore’s experience, qualifications, attributes, or skills, on an individual basis and in combination with those of the other Trustees, leads to the conclusion that he possesses the requisite skills and attributes as a Trustee to carry out oversight responsibilities with respect to the Trust.

The Trust has concluded that Mr. Culafic should serve as a Trustee because of his substantial experience with investment management operations and his experience with financial, accounting, investment, and regulatory matters through his former position as Senior Operational Due Diligence Analyst of Aurora Investment Management, LLC, a registered investment adviser. The Board believes Mr. Culafic’s experience, qualifications, attributes, or skills, on an individual basis and in combination with those of the other Trustees, leads to the conclusion that he possesses the requisite skills and attributes as a Trustee to carry out oversight responsibilities with respect to the Trust.

The Trust has concluded that Mr. Mendoza should serve as a Trustee because of his substantial experience with credit markets and finance and his experience with financial, accounting, investment, and regulatory matters through his former positions as Managing Director (and other positions) of BMO Capital Markets, an investment bank. The Board believes Mr. Mendoza’s experience, qualifications, attributes, or skills, on an individual basis and in combination with those of the other Trustees, leads to the conclusion that he possesses the requisite skills and attributes as a Trustee to carry out oversight responsibilities with respect to the Trust.

The Trust has concluded that Mr. Falkeis should serve as a Trustee because of his substantial investment company experience and his experience with financial, accounting, investment, and regulatory matters through his former position as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (and other positions) of U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, doing business as U.S. Bank Global Fund Services (“Global Fund Services” or the “Transfer Agent”), a full service provider to ETFs, mutual funds, and alternative investment products, from 1997 to 2013. In addition, he has experience consulting with investment advisors regarding the legal structure of mutual funds, distribution channel analysis, and actual distribution of those funds. Mr. Falkeis also has substantial managerial, operational, technological, and risk oversight related experience through his former position as Chief Operating Officer of the advisers to the Direxion mutual fund and ETF complex. The Board believes Mr. Falkeis’ experience, qualifications, attributes, or skills on an individual basis and in combination with those of the other Trustees leads to the conclusion that he possesses the requisite skills and attributes as a Trustee to carry out oversight responsibilities with respect to the Trust.

In its periodic assessment of the effectiveness of the Board, the Board considers the complementary individual skills and experience of the individual Trustees primarily in the broader context of the Board’s overall composition so that the Board, as a body, possesses the appropriate (and appropriately diverse) skills and experience to oversee the business of the Trust.

Board Committees. The Board has established the following standing committees of the Board:

Audit Committee. The Board has a standing Audit Committee that is composed of each of the Independent Trustees of the Trust and is chaired by an Independent Trustee. The Audit Committee chair presides at the Audit Committee meetings, participates in formulating agendas for Audit Committee meetings, and coordinates with management to serve as a liaison between the Independent Trustees and management on matters within the scope of responsibilities of the Audit Committee as set forth in its Board-approved written charter. The principal responsibilities of the Audit Committee include overseeing the Trust’s accounting and financial reporting policies and practices and its internal controls; overseeing the quality, objectivity and integrity of the Trust’s financial statements and the independent audits thereof; monitoring the independent auditor’s qualifications, independence, and performance; acting as a liaison between the Trust’s independent auditors and the full Board; pre-approving all auditing services to be performed for the Trust; reviewing the compensation and overseeing the work of the independent auditor (including resolution of disagreements between management and the independent auditor

regarding financial reporting) for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or related work; pre-approving all permitted non-audit services (including the fees and terms thereof) to be performed for the Trust; pre-approving all permitted non-audit services to be performed for any investment adviser or sub-adviser to the Trust by any of the Trust’s independent auditors if the engagement relates directly to the operations and financial reporting of the Trust; meeting with the Trust’s independent auditors as necessary to (1) review the arrangement for and scope of the annual audits and any special audits, (2) discuss any matters of concern relating to the Funds’ financial statements, (3) consider the independent auditors’ comments with respect to the Trust’s financial policies, procedures and internal accounting controls and Trust management’s responses thereto, and (4) review the form of opinion the independent auditors propose to render to the Board and the Funds’ shareholders; discussing with management and the independent auditor significant financial reporting issues and judgments made in connection with the preparation of the Funds’ financial statements; and reviewing and discussing reports from the independent auditors on (1) all critical accounting policies and practices to be used, (2) all alternative treatments within generally accepted accounting principles for policies and practices related to material items that have been discussed with management, (3) other material written communications between the independent auditor and management, including any management letter, schedule of unadjusted differences, or management representation letter, and (4) all non-audit services provided to any entity in the Trust that were not pre-approved by the Committee; and reviewing disclosures made to the Committee by the Trust’s principal executive officer and principal accounting officer during their certification process for the Funds’ Form N-CSR. As of the date of this SAI, the Audit Committee met [one time] with respect to the Fund.

The Audit Committee also serves as the Qualified Legal Compliance Committee (“QLCC”) for the Trust for the purpose of compliance with Rules 205.2(k) and 205.3(c) of the Code of Federal Regulations, regarding alternative reporting procedures for attorneys retained or employed by an issuer who appear and practice before the SEC on behalf of the issuer (the “issuer attorneys”). An issuer attorney who becomes aware of evidence of a material violation by the Trust, or by any officer, director, employee, or agent of the Trust, may report evidence of such material violation to the QLCC as an alternative to the reporting requirements of Rule 205.3(b) (which requires reporting to the chief legal officer and potentially escalating further to other entities).

Nominating Committee. The Board has a standing Nominating Committee that is composed of each of the Independent Trustees of the Trust. The Nominating Committee operates under a written charter approved by the Board. The principal responsibility of the Nominating Committee is to identify, evaluate, and recommend candidates to fill vacancies on the Trust’s Board, if any. The Nominating Committee generally will not consider nominees recommended by shareholders. The Nominating Committee meets periodically, as necessary, but at least annually in November.

Valuation Committee. The Board has delegated day-to-day valuation issues to a Valuation Committee that is composed of Mr. Falkeis, Daniel H. and Thomas Newberg Carlson. Mr. Carlson is the Chief Financial Officer, Chief Compliance Officer, and a Managing Member of the Adviser. Mr. Newberg is the Vice President of Compliance of the Adviser. Although the Valuation Committee is not a committee of the Board (i.e., committee members need not be a Trustee), the Valuation Committee’s membership is appointed by the Board and its charter and applicable procedures are approved by the Board. The function of the Valuation Committee is to value securities held by any series of the Trust for which current and reliable market quotations are not readily available. Such securities are valued at their respective fair values as determined in good faith by the Valuation Committee and the actions of the Valuation Committee are subsequently reviewed and ratified by the Board. The Valuation Committee meets as necessary.

Principal Officers of the Trust

The officers of the Trust conduct and supervise its daily business. The address of each officer of the Trust is c/o Tidal ETF Trust, 898 N. Broadway, Suite 2, Massapequa, New York 11758, unless otherwise indicated. Additional information about the Trust’s officers is as follows:


Name and Year of Birth	Position(s) Held with the Trust	Term of Office and Length of Time Served	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years
Eric W. Falkeis (1) Born: 1973	President, Principal Executive Officer, Interested Trustee, Chairman, and Secretary	President and Principal Executive Officer since 2019, Indefinite term; Interested Trustee, Chairman, and Secretary since 2018, Indefinite term	Chief Executive Officer, Tidal ETF Services LLC (since 2018); Chief Operating Officer (and other positions), Rafferty Asset Management, LLC (2013–2018) and Direxion Advisors, LLC (2017–2018).
Daniel H. Carlson Born: 1955	Treasurer, Principal Financial Officer, Principal Accounting Officer, and AML Compliance Officer	Indefinite term; since 2018	Chief Financial Officer, Chief Compliance Officer, and Managing Member, Toroso Investments, LLC (since 2012).
William H. Woolverton, Esq. c/o Cipperman Compliance Services, LLC 480 E. Swedesford Road, Suite 220 Wayne, Pennsylvania 19087 Born: 1951	Chief Compliance Officer	Indefinite term; since 2021	Senior Compliance Advisor, Cipperman Compliance Services, LLC (since 2020); Operating Partner, Altamont Capital Partners (private equity firm) (2021 to present); Managing Director and Head of Legal – US, Waystone (global governance solutions) (2016 to 2019).
Aaron J. Perkovich c/o U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202 Born: 1973	Assistant Treasurer	Indefinite term; since 2018	Vice President, U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC (since 2006).
Cory R. Akers c/o U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202 Born: 1978	Assistant Secretary	Indefinite term; since 2019	Assistant Vice President, U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC (since 2006).

(1) Mr. Falkeis is considered an “interested person” of the Trust due to his positions as President, Principal Executive Officer, Chairman and Secretary of the Trust, and Chief Executive Officer of Tidal ETF Services LLC, an affiliate of the Adviser.

Trustee Ownership of Shares. The Funds are required to show the dollar amount ranges of each Trustee’s “beneficial ownership” of Shares and each other series of the Trust as of the end of the most recently completed calendar year. Dollar amount ranges disclosed are established by the SEC. “Beneficial ownership” is determined in accordance with Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”).

As of December 31, 2020, Mr. Falkeis beneficially owned shares of certain series of the Trust as follows, and no other Trustee owned shares of any series of the Trust:


Trustee	Dollar Range of Shares Owned in the 2X ETF	Dollar Range of Shares Owned in the Inverse ETF	Aggregate Dollar Range of Shares of Series of the Trust
Eric W. Falkeis	None	None	Over $100,000

As of December 31, 2020, neither the Independent Trustees nor members of their immediate family, owned securities beneficially or of record in the Adviser, the Distributor (as defined below), or an affiliate of the Adviser or Distributor. Accordingly, neither the Independent Trustees nor members of their immediate family, have direct or indirect interest, the value of which exceeds $120,000, in the Adviser, the Distributor or any of their affiliates. In addition, during the two most recently completed calendar years, neither the Independent Trustees nor members of their immediate families have conducted any transactions (or series of transactions) in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and to which the Adviser, the Distributor or any affiliate thereof was a party.

Board Compensation. The Independent Trustees each receive $15,000 for each regular quarterly meeting attended, $7,500 for each special meeting attended, and $1,000 for each telephonic audit committee meeting attended, as well as reimbursement for travel and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with serving as a Trustee. The Audit Committee Chair receives an annual fee of $2,500. The Trust has no pension or retirement plan.


Name	Aggregate Estimated Compensation From Funds	Total Estimated Compensation From Fund Complex Paid to Trustees (1) (2)
Interested Trustees
Eric W. Falkeis	$0	$0
Independent Trustees
Mark H.W. Baltimore	$0	[ ]
Dusko Culafic	$0	[ ]
Eduardo Mendoza	$0	[ ]

(1) Compensation is based on estimated amounts for the fiscal year ending [ ].

(2) There are currently [number] other portfolios comprising the Fund complex.

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS, CONTROL PERSONS AND MANAGEMENT OWNERSHIP

A principal shareholder is any person who owns of record or beneficially 5% or more of the outstanding Shares. A control person is a shareholder that owns beneficially or through controlled companies more than 25% of the voting securities of a company or acknowledges the existence of control. Shareholders owning voting securities in excess of 25% may determine the outcome of any matter affecting and voted on by shareholders of the Funds.

As of the date of this SAI, the Funds had not yet commenced operations and no Shares were outstanding.

CODES OF ETHICS

The Trust and the Adviser have each adopted codes of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act. These codes of ethics are designed to prevent affiliated persons of the Trust and the Adviser from engaging in deceptive, manipulative or fraudulent activities in connection with securities held or to be acquired by a Fund (which may also be held by persons subject to the codes of ethics). Each code of ethics permits personnel subject to that code of ethics to invest in securities for their personal investment accounts, subject to certain limitations, including limitations related to securities that may be purchased or held by a Fund. The Distributor (as defined below) relies on the principal underwriters exception under Rule 17j-1(c)(3), specifically where the Distributor is not affiliated with the Trust or the Adviser and no officer, director, or general partner of the Distributor serves as an officer, director, or general partner of the Trust or the Adviser.

There can be no assurance that the codes of ethics will be effective in preventing such activities. Each code of ethics is available at the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

PROXY VOTING POLICIES

The Funds have delegated proxy voting responsibilities to the Adviser, subject to the Board’s oversight. In delegating proxy responsibilities, the Board has directed that proxies be voted consistent with each Fund’s and its shareholders’ best interests and in compliance with all applicable proxy voting rules and regulations. The Adviser has adopted proxy voting policies and guidelines for this purpose (“Proxy Voting Policies”), which have been adopted by the Trust as the policies and procedures that will be used when voting proxies on behalf of the Funds.

In the absence of a conflict of interest, the Adviser will generally vote “for” routine proposals, such as the election of directors, approval of auditors, and amendments or revisions to corporate documents to eliminate outdated or unnecessary provisions. Unusual or disputed proposals will be reviewed and voted on a case-by-case basis. The Proxy Voting Policies address, among other things, material conflicts of interest that may arise between the interests of the Funds and the interests

of the Adviser. The Proxy Voting Policies will ensure that all issues brought to shareholders are analyzed in light of the Adviser’s fiduciary responsibilities.

The Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for monitoring the effectiveness of the Proxy Voting Policies.

When available, information on how the Funds voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 will be available (1) without charge, upon request, by calling [ ] or (2) on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

INVESTMENT ADVISER

Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement (the “Advisory Agreement”), the Adviser provides investment advice to the Funds and oversees the day-to-day operations of the Fund, subject to the direction and control of the Board. Under the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser is also responsible for arranging sub-advisory, transfer agency, custody, fund administration and accounting, and other related services necessary for the Funds to operate. The Adviser administers the Funds’ business affairs, provides office facilities and equipment and certain clerical, bookkeeping, and administrative services. Under the Advisory Agreement, in exchange for a single unitary management fee from each Fund, the Adviser has agreed to pay all expenses incurred by the Funds except for the Excluded Expenses, as defined in the Prospectus. For services provided to the Funds, each Fund pays the Adviser a unified management fee at an annual rate based on the applicable Fund’s average daily net assets as set for in the table below.


Name of Fund			Management Fee
2X ETF			[ ]
InverseETF			[ ]

The Advisory Agreement with respect to the Funds will continue in force for an initial period of two years. Thereafter, the Advisory Agreement will be renewable from year to year with respect to the Funds, so long as its continuance is approved at least annually (1) by the vote, cast in person (or in another manner permitted by the 1940 Act or pursuant to exemptive relief therefrom) at a meeting called for that purpose, of a majority of those Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Adviser or the Trust; and (2) by the majority vote of either the full Board or the vote of a majority of the outstanding Shares. The Advisory Agreement automatically terminates on assignment and is terminable on a 60-day written notice either by the Trust or the Adviser.

The Adviser shall not be liable to the Trust or any shareholder for anything done or omitted by it, except acts or omissions involving willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties imposed upon it by its agreement with the Trust or for any losses that may be sustained in the purchase, holding, or sale of any security.

The Funds are new and have not paid fees to the Adviser as of the date of this SAI.

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

The Funds are managed by Michael Venuto, Chief Investment Officer of the Adviser and Charles A. Ragauss, CFA, Portfolio Manager of the Adviser.

Other Accounts. In addition to the Fund, the portfolio managers managed the following other accounts as of [ ], 2021

Michael Venuto

Type of Accounts

Total Number of Accounts

Total Assets of Accounts

Total Number of Accounts Subject to a Performance-Based Fee

Total Assets of Accounts Subject to a Performance-Based Fee

Registered Investment Companies

[ ]

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

[ ]

Other Accounts

[ ]

Charles A. Ragauss, CFA

Type of Accounts

Total Number of Accounts

Total Assets of Accounts

Total Number of Accounts Subject to a Performance-Based Fee

Total Assets of Accounts Subject to a Performance-Based Fee

Registered Investment Companies

[ ]

Other Pooled Investment Vehicles

[ ]

Other Accounts

[ ]

Portfolio Manager Fund Ownership. Each Fund is required to show the dollar range of each portfolio manager’s “beneficial ownership” of Shares as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year. Dollar amount ranges disclosed are established by the SEC. “Beneficial ownership” is determined in accordance with Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the 1934 Act. As of the date of this SAI, the Funds had not yet commenced operations and no Shares were owned by the portfolio managers.

Portfolio Manager Compensation. Mr. Venuto is compensated by the Adviser with a base salary and a profit sharing plan. Mr. Venuto is an equity owner of the Adviser and therefore benefits indirectly from the revenue generated from the Funds’ Advisory Agreement with the Adviser. Mr. Ragauss is compensated by the Adviser with a fixed salary and discretionary bonus based on the financial performance and profitability of the Adviser and not based on the performance of the Funds.

Description of Material Conflicts of Interest. The portfolio managers’ management of “other accounts” may give rise to potential conflicts of interest in connection with their management of the Funds’ investments, on the one hand, and the investments of the other accounts, on the other. The portfolio managers serve as portfolio managers to the Amplify ETF. Inverse ETF seeks to provide returns on a daily basis that are the inverse of the Amplify ETF returns. The other accounts may have similar investment objectives or strategies as the Funds. A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result, whereby a portfolio manager could favor one account over another. Another potential conflict could include a portfolio manager’s knowledge about the size, timing, and possible market impact of Fund trades, whereby a portfolio manager could use this information to the advantage of other accounts and to the disadvantage of the Funds. However, the Adviser has established policies and procedures to ensure that the purchase and sale of securities among all accounts the firm manages are fairly and equitably allocated.

THE DISTRIBUTOR

The Trust and Foreside Fund Services, LLC (the “Distributor”) are parties to a distribution agreement (“Distribution Agreement”), whereby the Distributor acts as principal underwriter for the Funds and distributes Shares on a best efforts basis. Shares are continuously offered for sale by the Distributor only in Creation Units. The Distributor will not distribute Shares in amounts less than a Creation Unit and does not maintain a secondary market in Shares. The principal business address of the Distributor is Three Canal Plaza, Suite 100, Portland, Maine 04101.

Under the Distribution Agreement, the Distributor, as agent for the Trust, will review orders for the purchase and redemption of Creation Units, provided that any subscriptions and orders will not be binding on the Trust until accepted by the Trust. The Distributor is a broker-dealer registered under the 1934 Act and a member of FINRA.

The Distributor may also enter into agreements with securities dealers (“Soliciting Dealers”) who will solicit purchases of Creation Units of Shares. Such Soliciting Dealers may also be Authorized Participants (as discussed in “Procedures for Purchase of Creation Units” below) or DTC participants (as defined below).

The Distribution Agreement will continue for two years from its effective date and is renewable annually thereafter. The continuance of the Distribution Agreement must be specifically approved at least annually (1) by the vote of the Trustees or by a vote of the shareholders of a Fund and (2) by the vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operations of the Distribution Agreement or any related agreement, cast in person (or in another manner permitted by the 1940 Act or pursuant to exemptive relief therefrom) at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The Distribution Agreement is terminable without penalty by the Trust on 60 days’ written notice when authorized either by majority vote of its outstanding voting Shares or by a vote of a majority of its Board (including a majority of the Independent Trustees), or by the Distributor on 60 days’ written notice, and will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment. The Distribution Agreement provides that, in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence on the part of the Distributor, or reckless disregard by it of its obligations thereunder, the Distributor shall not be liable for any action or failure to act in accordance with its duties thereunder.

The Funds are new and have not incurred any underwriting commissions and the Distributor has not retained any amounts as of the date of this SAI.

Intermediary Compensation. The Adviser or its affiliates, out of their own resources and not out of Fund assets (i.e., without additional cost to a Fund or its shareholders), may pay certain broker dealers, banks and other financial intermediaries (“Intermediaries”) for certain activities related to a Fund, including participation in activities that are designed to make Intermediaries more knowledgeable about exchange traded products, including the Funds, or for other activities, such as marketing and educational training or support. These arrangements are not financed by the Funds and, thus, do not result in increased Fund expenses. They are not reflected in the fees and expenses listed in the fees and expenses sections of the Funds’ Prospectus and they do not change the price paid by investors for the purchase of Shares or the amount received by a shareholder as proceeds from the redemption of Shares.

Such compensation may be paid to Intermediaries that provide services to the Funds, including marketing and education support (such as through conferences, webinars and printed communications). The Adviser will periodically assess the advisability of continuing to make these payments. Payments to an Intermediary may be significant to the Intermediary, and amounts that Intermediaries pay to your adviser, broker or other investment professional, if any, may also be significant to such adviser, broker or investment professional. Because an Intermediary may make decisions about what investment options it will make available or recommend, and what services to provide in connection with various products, based on payments it receives or is eligible to receive, such payments create conflicts of interest between the Intermediary and its clients. For example, these financial incentives may cause the Intermediary to recommend a Fund over other investments. The same conflict of interest exists with respect to your financial adviser, broker or investment professional if he or she receives similar payments from his or her Intermediary firm.

Intermediary information is current only as of the date of this SAI. Please contact your adviser, broker or other investment professional for more information regarding any payments his or her Intermediary firm may receive. Any payments made by the Adviser or its affiliates to an Intermediary may create the incentive for an Intermediary to encourage customers to buy Shares.

If you have any additional questions, please call [ ].

Distribution (Rule 12b-1) Plan. The Trust has adopted a Distribution (Rule 12b-1) Plan (the “Plan”) in accordance with the provisions of Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act. No payments pursuant to the Plan are expected to be made during the twelve (12) month period from the date of this SAI. Rule 12b-1 fees to be paid by a Fund under the Plan may only be imposed after approval by the Board.

Continuance of the Plan must be approved annually by a majority of the Trustees of the Trust and by a majority of the Trustees who are not interested persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust and have no direct or indirect financial interest in the Plan or in any agreements related to the Plan (“Disinterested Trustees”). The Plan may be continued from year-to-year only if the Board, including a majority of the Disinterested Trustees, concludes at least annually that continuation of the Plan is likely to benefit shareholders. The Board has determined that the Plan is likely to benefit each Fund by providing an incentive for brokers, dealers, and other financial intermediaries to engage in sales and marketing efforts on behalf of the Funds and to provide enhanced services to shareholders. The Board also determined that the Plan may enhance each Fund’s ability to sell shares and access important distribution channels.

The Plan requires that quarterly written reports of amounts spent under the Plan and the purposes of such expenditures be furnished to and reviewed by the Trustees. The Plan may not be amended to increase materially the amount that may be spent thereunder without approval by a majority of the outstanding Shares. All material amendments of the Plan will require approval by a majority of the Trustees of the Trust and of the Disinterested Trustees.

The Plan provides that a Fund pays the Distributor an annual fee of up to a maximum of 0.25% of the average daily net assets of the Shares. Under the Plan, the Distributor may make payments pursuant to written agreements to financial institutions and intermediaries such as banks, savings and loan associations, and insurance companies including, without limit, investment counselors, broker-dealers, and the Distributor’s affiliates and subsidiaries (collectively, “Agents”) as compensation for services and reimbursement of expenses incurred in connection with distribution assistance. The Plan is characterized as a compensation plan since the distribution fee will be paid to the Distributor without regard to the distribution expenses incurred by the Distributor or the amount of payments made to other financial institutions and intermediaries. The Trust intends to operate the Plan in accordance with its terms and with FINRA rules concerning sales charges.

Under the Plan, subject to the limitations of applicable law and regulations, each Fund is authorized to compensate the Distributor up to the maximum amount to finance any activity primarily intended to result in the sale of Creation Units of the Fund or for providing, or arranging for others to provide, shareholder services and for the maintenance of shareholder accounts. Such activities may include, but are not limited to: (1) delivering copies of the Funds’ then current reports, prospectuses, notices, and similar materials, to prospective purchasers of Creation Units; (2) marketing and promotional services, including advertising; (3) paying the costs of and compensating others, including Authorized Participants with

whom the Distributor has entered into written Authorized Participant Agreements, for performing shareholder servicing on behalf of the Fund; (4) compensating certain Authorized Participants for providing assistance in distributing the Creation Units of the Fund, including the travel and communication expenses and salaries and/or commissions of sales personnel in connection with the distribution of the Creation Units of the Fund; (5) payments to financial institutions and intermediaries such as banks, savings and loan associations, insurance companies, and investment counselors, broker-dealers, mutual fund supermarkets, and the affiliates and subsidiaries of the Trust’s service providers as compensation for services or reimbursement of expenses incurred in connection with distribution assistance; (6) facilitating communications with beneficial owners of Shares, including the cost of providing, or paying others to provide, services to beneficial owners of Shares, including, but not limited to, assistance in answering inquiries related to Shareholder accounts; and (7) such other services and obligations as are set forth in the Distribution Agreement.

ADMINISTRATOR

Tidal ETF Services LLC (“Tidal”), an affiliate of the Adviser, serves as the Funds’ administrator. Tidal is located at 898 N. Broadway, Suite 2, Massapequa, New York 11758. Pursuant to a Fund Administration Servicing Agreement between the Trust and Tidal, Tidal provides the Trust with, or arranges for, administrative and management services (other than investment advisory services) to be provided to the Trust and the Board. Pursuant to the Fund Administration Servicing Agreement, officers or employees of Tidal serve as the Trust’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, Tidal coordinates the payment of Fund-related expenses, and Tidal manages the Trust’s relationships with its various service providers. As compensation for the services it provides, Tidal receives a fee based on each Fund’s average daily net assets, subject to a minimum annual fee. Tidal also is entitled to certain out-of-pocket expenses for the services mentioned above.

The Funds are new, and Tidal has not received any fees for administrative services to the Funds as of the date of this SAI.

SUB-ADMINISTRATOR AND TRANSFER AGENT

U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC, located at 615 East Michigan Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, serves as the Funds’ sub-administrator and transfer agent.

Pursuant to a Fund Sub-Administration Servicing Agreement and a Fund Accounting Servicing Agreement between the Trust and Global Fund Services, Global Fund Services provides the Trust with administrative and management services (other than investment advisory services) and accounting services, including portfolio accounting services, tax accounting services and furnishing financial reports. In this capacity, Global Fund Services does not have any responsibility or authority for the management of the Funds, the determination of investment policy, or for any matter pertaining to the distribution of Shares. As compensation for the administration, accounting and management services, the Adviser pays Global Fund Services a fee based on the Funds’ average daily net assets, subject to a minimum annual fee. Global Fund Services also is entitled to certain out-of-pocket expenses for the services mentioned above, including pricing expenses.

The Funds are new, and Global Fund Services has not received any fees for administrative services to the Funds as of the date of this SAI.

CUSTODIAN

Pursuant to a Custody Agreement, U.S. Bank National Association (“U.S. Bank”), 1555 North Rivercenter Drive, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53212, serves as the custodian (the “Custodian”) of the Funds’ assets. U.S. Bank is the parent company of Global Fund Services. The Custodian holds and administers the assets in the Funds’ portfolios. Pursuant to the Custody Agreement, the Custodian receives an annual fee from the Adviser based on the Trust’s total average daily net assets, subject to a minimum annual fee, and certain settlement charges. The Custodian also is entitled to certain out-of-pocket expenses.

COMPLIANCE SERVICES ADMINISTRATOR

The Trust has entered into a compliance services arrangement with Cipperman Compliance Services, LLC (“Cipperman”), located at 480 E. Swedesford Road, Suite 300, Wayne, Pennsylvania 19087, pursuant to which William H. Woolverton, an employee of Cipperman, serves as the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer. The Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer will prepare and update the Trust’s compliance policies and procedures and monitor and test compliance with such policies and procedures.

LEGAL COUNSEL

Godfrey & Kahn, S.C., located at 833 East Michigan Street, Suite 1800, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202, serves as legal counsel for the Trust and the Independent Trustees.

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

[ ], located at [ ], serves as the independent registered public accounting firm for the Funds.

PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS DISCLOSURE POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

The Board has adopted a policy regarding the disclosure of information about each Fund’s security holdings. Each Fund’s entire portfolio holdings are publicly disseminated each day a Fund is open for business and through financial reporting and news services including publicly available internet web sites. In addition, the composition of the Deposit Securities is publicly disseminated daily prior to the opening of the Exchange via the National Securities Clearing Corporation (“NSCC”).

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES

The Declaration of Trust authorizes the issuance of an unlimited number of funds and shares. Each share represents an equal proportionate interest in the applicable Fund with each other share. Shares are entitled upon liquidation to a pro rata share in the net assets of the applicable Fund. Shareholders have no preemptive rights. The Declaration of Trust provides that the Trustees may create additional series or classes of shares. All consideration received by the Trust for shares of any additional funds and all assets in which such consideration is invested would belong to that fund and would be subject to the liabilities related thereto. Share certificates representing Shares will not be issued. Shares, when issued, are fully paid and non-assessable.

Each Share has one vote with respect to matters upon which a shareholder vote is required, consistent with the requirements of the 1940 Act and the rules promulgated thereunder. Shares of all funds in the Trust vote together as a single class, except that if the matter being voted on affects only a particular fund it will be voted on only by that fund and if a matter affects a particular fund differently from other funds, that fund will vote separately on such matter. As a Delaware statutory trust, the Trust is not required, and does not intend, to hold annual meetings of shareholders. Approval of shareholders will be sought, however, for certain changes in the operation of the Trust and for the election of Trustees under certain circumstances. The Trust will call for a meeting of shareholders to consider the removal of one or more Trustees and other certain matters upon the written request of shareholders holding at least a majority of the outstanding shares of the Trust entitled to vote at such meeting. In the event that such a meeting is requested, the Trust will provide appropriate assistance and information to the shareholders requesting the meeting.

Under the Declaration of Trust, the Trustees have the power to liquidate a Fund without shareholder approval. While the Trustees have no present intention of exercising this power, they may do so if a Fund fails to reach a viable size within a reasonable amount of time or for such other reasons as may be determined by the Board.

LIMITATION OF TRUSTEES’ LIABILITY

The Declaration of Trust provides that a Trustee shall be liable only for his or her own willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of the office of Trustee, and shall not be liable for errors of judgment or mistakes of fact or law. The Declaration of Trust also provides that the Trust shall indemnify each person who is, or has been, a Trustee, officer, employee, or agent of the Trust, and, upon due approval of the Trustees, any person who is serving or has served at the Trust’s request as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee, agent, or fiduciary of another organization with respect to any alleged acts or omissions while acting within the scope of his or her service in such a position. However, nothing in the Declaration of Trust shall protect or indemnify a Trustee against any liability for a Trustee’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of the office of Trustee. Nothing contained in this section attempts to disclaim a Trustee’s individual liability in any manner inconsistent with the federal securities laws.

BROKERAGE TRANSACTIONS

The policy of the Trust regarding purchases and sales of securities for a Fund is that primary consideration will be given to obtaining the most favorable prices and efficient executions of transactions. Consistent with this policy, when securities transactions are effected on a stock exchange, the Trust’s policy is to pay commissions which are considered fair and reasonable without necessarily determining that the lowest possible commissions are paid in all circumstances. The Trust believes that a requirement always to seek the lowest possible commission cost could impede effective portfolio management and preclude the Funds and the Adviser from obtaining a high quality of brokerage and research services. In seeking to determine the reasonableness of brokerage commissions paid in any transaction, the Adviser will rely upon its experience and knowledge regarding commissions generally charged by various brokers and on its judgment in evaluating the brokerage services received from the broker effecting the transaction. Such determinations are necessarily subjective and imprecise, as in most cases, an exact dollar value for those services is not ascertainable. The Trust has adopted policies and procedures that

prohibit the consideration of sales of Shares as a factor in the selection of a broker or dealer to execute its portfolio transactions.

The Adviser owes a fiduciary duty to its clients to seek to provide best execution on trades effected. In selecting a broker/ dealer for each specific transaction, the Adviser chooses the broker/dealer deemed most capable of providing the services necessary to obtain the most favorable execution. “Best execution” is generally understood to mean the most favorable cost or net proceeds reasonably obtainable under the circumstances. The full range of brokerage services applicable to a particular transaction may be considered when making this judgment, which may include, but is not limited to liquidity, price, commission, timing, aggregated trades, capable floor brokers or traders, competent block trading coverage, ability to position, capital strength and stability, reliable and accurate communications and settlement processing, use of automation, knowledge of other buyers or sellers, arbitrage skills, administrative ability, underwriting, and provision of information on a particular security or market in which the transaction is to occur. The specific criteria will vary depending upon the nature of the transaction, the market in which it is executed, and the extent to which it is possible to select from among multiple broker/ dealers. The Adviser will also use electronic crossing networks (“ECNs”) when appropriate.

Subject to the foregoing policies, brokers or dealers selected to execute a Fund’s portfolio transactions may include such Fund’s Authorized Participants (as discussed in “Purchase and Redemption of Shares in Creation Units — Procedures for Purchase of Creation Units” below) or their affiliates. An Authorized Participant or its affiliates may be selected to execute a Fund’s portfolio transactions in conjunction with an all-cash Creation Unit order or an order including “cash-in-lieu” (as described below under “Purchase and Redemption of Shares in Creation Units”), so long as such selection is in keeping with the foregoing policies. As described below under “Purchase and Redemption of Shares in Creation Units — Creation Transaction Fee” and “ — Redemption Transaction Fee”, each Fund may determine to not charge a variable fee on certain orders when the Adviser has determined that doing so is in the best interests of Fund shareholders, even if the decision to not charge a variable fee could be viewed as benefiting the Authorized Participant or its affiliate selected to execute the Fund’s portfolio transactions in connection with such orders.

The Adviser may use a Fund’s assets for, or participate in, third-party soft dollar arrangements, in addition to receiving proprietary research from various full-service brokers, the cost of which is bundled with the cost of the broker’s execution services. The Adviser does not “pay up” for the value of any such proprietary research. Section 28(e) of the 1934 Act permits the Adviser, under certain circumstances, to cause a Fund to pay a broker or dealer a commission for effecting a transaction in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting the transaction in recognition of the value of brokerage and research services provided by the broker or dealer. The Adviser may receive a variety of research services and information on many topics, which it can use in connection with its management responsibilities with respect to the various accounts over which it exercises investment discretion or otherwise provides investment advice. The research services may include qualifying order management systems, portfolio attribution and monitoring services, and computer software and access charges which are directly related to investment research.

Accordingly, a Fund may pay a broker commission higher than the lowest available in recognition of the broker’s provision of such services to the Adviser, but only if the Adviser determines the total commission (including the soft dollar benefit) is comparable to the best commission rate that could be expected to be received from other brokers. The amount of soft dollar benefits received depends on the amount of brokerage transactions effected with the brokers. A conflict of interest exists because there is an incentive to (1) cause clients to pay a higher commission than the firm might otherwise be able to negotiate, (2) cause clients to engage in more securities transactions than would otherwise be optimal, and (3) only recommend brokers that provide soft dollar benefits.

The Adviser faces a potential conflict of interest when it uses client trades to obtain brokerage or research services. This conflict exists because the Adviser can use the brokerage or research services to manage client accounts without paying cash for such services, which reduces the Adviser’s expenses to the extent that the Adviser would have purchased such products had they not been provided by brokers. Section 28(e) permits the Adviser to use brokerage or research services for the benefit of any account it manages. Certain accounts managed by the Adviser may generate soft dollars used to purchase brokerage or research services that ultimately benefit other accounts managed by the Adviser, effectively cross subsidizing the other accounts managed by the Adviser that benefit directly from the product. The Adviser may not necessarily use all of the brokerage or research services in connection with managing a Fund whose trades generated the soft dollars used to purchase such products.

The Adviser is responsible, subject to oversight by the Board, for placing orders on behalf of the Funds for the purchase or sale of portfolio securities. If purchases or sales of portfolio securities of the Funds and one or more other investment companies or clients supervised by the Adviser are considered at or about the same time, transactions in such securities are allocated among the several investment companies and clients in a manner deemed equitable and consistent with its fiduciary obligations to all by the Adviser. In some cases, this procedure could have a detrimental effect on the price or volume of the

security so far as the Funds are concerned. However, in other cases, it is possible that the ability to participate in volume transactions and to negotiate lower brokerage commissions will be beneficial to the Funds. The primary consideration is prompt execution of orders at the most favorable net price.

A Fund may deal with affiliates in principal transactions to the extent permitted by exemptive order or applicable rule or regulation.

The Funds are new and have not paid any brokerage commissions as of the date of this SAI.

Brokerage with Fund Affiliates. A Fund may execute brokerage or other agency transactions through registered broker-dealer affiliates of the Funds or the Adviser for a commission in conformity with the 1940 Act, the 1934 Act and rules promulgated by the SEC. These rules require that commissions paid to the affiliate by the Funds for exchange transactions not exceed “usual and customary” brokerage commissions. The rules define “usual and customary” commissions to include amounts which are “reasonable and fair compared to the commission, fee or other remuneration received or to be received by other brokers in connection with comparable transactions involving similar securities being purchased or sold on a securities exchange during a comparable period of time.” The Trustees, including those who are not “interested persons” of the Funds, have adopted procedures for evaluating the reasonableness of commissions paid to affiliates and review these procedures periodically.

The Funds are new and have not paid brokerage commissions to any registered broker-dealer affiliates of the Funds or the Adviser as of the date of this SAI.

Directed Brokerage. The Funds are new and have not paid any commissions on brokerage transactions directed to brokers pursuant to an agreement or understanding whereby the broker provides research or or other brokerage services to the Adviser.

Securities of “Regular Broker-Dealers.” Each Fund is required to identify any securities of its “regular brokers and dealers” (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act) that it may hold at the close of its most recent fiscal year. “Regular brokers or dealers” of a Fund are the ten brokers or dealers that, during the most recent fiscal year: (i) received the greatest dollar amounts of brokerage commissions from the Fund’s portfolio transactions; (ii) engaged as principal in the largest dollar amounts of portfolio transactions of the Fund; or (iii) sold the largest dollar amounts of Shares.

The Funds are new and did not own equity securities of its regular broker-dealers or their parent companies as of the date of this SAI.

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER RATE

A portfolio turnover rate is, in summary, the percentage computed by dividing the lesser of a Fund’s purchases or sales of securities (excluding short-term securities and securities transferred in-kind) by the average market value of the Fund. A rate of 100% indicates that the equivalent of all of the Fund’s assets have been sold and reinvested in a year. High portfolio turnover may affect the amount, timing and character of distributions, and, as a result, may increase the amount of taxes payable by shareholders. Higher portfolio turnover also results in higher transaction costs. To the extent that net short-term capital gains are realized by a Fund, any distributions resulting from such gains are considered ordinary income for federal income tax purposes.

The Funds are new and do not have portfolio turnover rates to report as of the date of this SAI.

BOOK ENTRY ONLY SYSTEM

The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) acts as securities depositary for Shares. Shares are represented by securities registered in the name of DTC or its nominee, Cede & Co., and deposited with, or on behalf of, DTC. Except in limited circumstances set forth below, certificates will not be issued for Shares.

DTC is a limited-purpose trust company that was created to hold securities of its participants (the “DTC Participants”) and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions among the DTC Participants in such securities through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of the DTC Participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of securities certificates. DTC Participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations, some of whom (and/or their representatives) own DTC. More specifically, DTC is owned by a number of its DTC Participants and by the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) and FINRA. Access to the DTC system is also available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers, and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a DTC Participant, either directly or indirectly (the “Indirect Participants”).

Beneficial ownership of Shares is limited to DTC Participants, Indirect Participants, and persons holding interests through DTC Participants and Indirect Participants. Ownership of beneficial interests in Shares (owners of such beneficial interests

are referred to in this SAI as “Beneficial Owners”) is shown on, and the transfer of ownership is effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with respect to DTC Participants) and on the records of DTC Participants (with respect to Indirect Participants and Beneficial Owners that are not DTC Participants). Beneficial Owners will receive from or through the DTC Participant a written confirmation relating to their purchase of Shares. The Trust recognizes DTC or its nominee as the record owner of all Shares for all purposes. Beneficial Owners of Shares are not entitled to have Shares registered in their names, and will not receive or be entitled to physical delivery of Share certificates. Each Beneficial Owner must rely on the procedures of DTC and any DTC Participant and/or Indirect Participant through which such Beneficial Owner holds its interests, to exercise any rights of a holder of Shares.

Conveyance of all notices, statements, and other communications to Beneficial Owners is effected as follows. DTC will make available to the Trust upon request and for a fee a listing of Shares held by each DTC Participant. The Trust shall obtain from each such DTC Participant the number of Beneficial Owners holding Shares, directly or indirectly, through such DTC Participant. The Trust shall provide each such DTC Participant with copies of such notice, statement, or other communication, in such form, number and at such place as such DTC Participant may reasonably request, in order that such notice, statement or communication may be transmitted by such DTC Participant, directly or indirectly, to such Beneficial Owners. In addition, the Trust shall pay to each such DTC Participant a fair and reasonable amount as reimbursement for the expenses attendant to such transmittal, all subject to applicable statutory and regulatory requirements.

Share distributions shall be made to DTC or its nominee, Cede & Co., as the registered holder of all Shares. DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any such distributions, shall credit immediately DTC Participants’ accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in a Fund as shown on the records of DTC or its nominee. Payments by DTC Participants to Indirect Participants and Beneficial Owners of Shares held through such DTC Participants will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is now the case with securities held for the accounts of customers in bearer form or registered in a “street name,” and will be the responsibility of such DTC Participants.

The Trust has no responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or notices to Beneficial Owners, or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in Shares, or for maintaining, supervising, or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests, or for any other aspect of the relationship between DTC and the DTC Participants or the relationship between such DTC Participants and the Indirect Participants and Beneficial Owners owning through such DTC Participants.

DTC may determine to discontinue providing its service with respect to a Fund at any time by giving reasonable notice to the Fund and discharging its responsibilities with respect thereto under applicable law. Under such circumstances, the applicable Fund shall act either to find a replacement for DTC to perform its functions at a comparable cost or, if such replacement is unavailable, to issue and deliver printed certificates representing ownership of Shares, unless the Trust makes other arrangements with respect thereto satisfactory to the Exchange.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES IN CREATION UNITS

The Trust issues and redeems Shares only in Creation Units on a continuous basis through the Transfer Agent, without a sales load (but subject to transaction fees, if applicable), at their NAV per share next determined after receipt of an order, on any Business Day, in proper form pursuant to the terms of the Authorized Participant Agreement (“Participant Agreement”). The NAV of Shares is calculated each business day as of the scheduled close of regular trading on the NYSE, generally 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time. The Funds will not issue fractional Creation Units. A “Business Day” is any day on which the NYSE is open for business.

Fund Deposit. The consideration for purchase of a Creation Unit of a Fund generally consists of the in-kind deposit of a designated portfolio of securities (the “Deposit Securities”) per each Creation Unit and the Cash Component (defined below), computed as described below. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trust reserves the right to permit or require the substitution of a “cash in lieu” amount (“Deposit Cash”) to be added to the Cash Component to replace any Deposit Security. When accepting purchases of Creation Units for all or a portion of Deposit Cash, a Fund may incur additional costs associated with the acquisition of Deposit Securities that would otherwise be provided by an in-kind purchaser.

Together, the Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable, and the Cash Component constitute the “Fund Deposit,” which represents the minimum initial and subsequent investment amount for a Creation Unit of a Fund. The “Cash Component” is an amount equal to the difference between the NAV of Shares (per Creation Unit) and the value of the Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable. If the Cash Component is a positive number (i.e., the NAV per Creation Unit exceeds the value of the Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable), the Cash Component shall be such positive amount. If the Cash Component is a negative number (i.e., the NAV per Creation Unit is less than the value of the Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable), the Cash Component shall be such negative amount and the creator will be entitled to receive cash in an amount equal to the Cash Component. The Cash Component serves the function of compensating for

any differences between the NAV per Creation Unit and the value of the Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable. Computation of the Cash Component excludes any stamp duty or other similar fees and expenses payable upon transfer of beneficial ownership of the Deposit Securities, if applicable, which shall be the sole responsibility of the Authorized Participant (as defined below).

The Funds, through NSCC, make available on each Business Day, prior to the opening of business on the Exchange (currently 9:30 a.m., Eastern Time), the list of the names and the required number of Shares of each Deposit Security or the required amount of Deposit Cash, as applicable, to be included in the current Fund Deposit (based on information at the end of the previous Business Day) for a Fund. Such Fund Deposit is subject to any applicable adjustments as described below, to effect purchases of Creation Units of a Fund until such time as the next-announced composition of the Deposit Securities or the required amount of Deposit Cash, as applicable, is made available.

The identity and number of Shares of the Deposit Securities or the amount of Deposit Cash, as applicable, required for a Fund Deposit for a Fund may change from time to time.

Procedures for Purchase of Creation Units. To be eligible to place orders with the Transfer Agent to purchase a Creation Unit of a Fund, an entity must be (i) a “Participating Party” (i.e., a broker-dealer or other participant in the clearing process through the Continuous Net Settlement System of the NSCC (the “Clearing Process”)), a clearing agency that is registered with the SEC; or (ii) a DTC Participant (see “Book Entry Only System”). In addition, each Participating Party or DTC Participant (each, an “Authorized Participant”) must execute a Participant Agreement with respect to purchases and redemptions of Creation Units. Each Authorized Participant will agree, pursuant to the terms of a Participant Agreement, on behalf of itself or any investor on whose behalf it will act, to certain conditions, including that it will pay to the Trust, an amount of cash sufficient to pay the Cash Component together with the creation transaction fee (described below), if applicable, and any other applicable fees and taxes.

All orders to purchase Shares directly from the Funds must be placed for one or more Creation Units and in the manner and by the time set forth in the Participant Agreement and/or applicable order form. [The order cut-off time for orders to purchase Creation Units is expected to be [ ] p.m. Eastern time for the Funds, which time may be modified by each Fund from time-to-time by amendment to the Participant Agreement and/or applicable order form.] The date on which an order to purchase Creation Units (or an order to redeem Creation Units, as set forth below) is received and accepted is referred to as the “Order Placement Date.”

An Authorized Participant may require an investor to make certain representations or enter into agreements with respect to the order (e.g., to provide for payments of cash, when required). Investors should be aware that their particular broker may not have executed a Participant Agreement and that, therefore, orders to purchase Shares directly from a Fund in Creation Units must be placed by the investor’s broker through an Authorized Participant that has executed a Participant Agreement. In such cases there may be additional charges to such investor. At any given time, there may be only a limited number of broker-dealers that have executed a Participant Agreement and only a small number of such Authorized Participants may have international capabilities.

On days when the Exchange closes earlier than normal, a Fund may require orders to create Creation Units to be placed earlier in the day. In addition, if a market or markets on which a Fund’s investments are primarily traded is closed, the applicable Fund will also generally not accept orders on such day(s). Orders must be transmitted by an Authorized Participant by telephone or other transmission method acceptable to the Transfer Agent pursuant to procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement and in accordance with the applicable order form. On behalf of the Funds, the Transfer Agent will notify the Custodian of such order. The Custodian will then provide such information to the appropriate local sub-custodian(s). Those placing orders through an Authorized Participant should allow sufficient time to permit proper submission of the purchase order to the Transfer Agent by the cut-off time on such Business Day. Economic or market disruptions or changes, or telephone or other communication failure may impede the ability to reach the Transfer Agent or an Authorized Participant.

Fund Deposits must be delivered by an Authorized Participant through the Federal Reserve System (for cash) or through DTC (for corporate securities), through a subcustody agent (for foreign securities) and/or through such other arrangements allowed by the Trust or its agents. With respect to foreign Deposit Securities, the Custodian shall cause the subcustodian of the Funds to maintain an account into which the Authorized Participant shall deliver, on behalf of itself or the party on whose behalf it is acting, such Deposit Securities (or Deposit Cash for all or a part of such securities, as permitted or required), with any appropriate adjustments as advised by the Trust. Foreign Deposit Securities must be delivered to an account maintained at the applicable local subcustodian. A Fund Deposit transfer must be ordered by the Authorized Participant in a timely fashion to ensure the delivery of the requisite number of Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable, to the account of the applicable Fund or its agents by no later than [ ] p.m. Eastern Time for the Funds (or such other time as specified by the Trust) on the Settlement Date. If a Fund or its agents do not receive all of the Deposit Securities, or the required Deposit Cash

in lieu thereof, by such time, then the order may be deemed rejected and the Authorized Participant shall be liable to the applicable Fund for losses, if any, resulting therefrom. The “Settlement Date” for a Fund is generally the second Business Day after the Order Placement Date. All questions as to the number of Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash to be delivered, as applicable, and the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) for the deposit of any tendered securities or cash, as applicable, will be determined by the Trust, whose determination shall be final and binding. The amount of cash represented by the Cash Component must be transferred directly to the Custodian through the Federal Reserve Bank wire transfer system in a timely manner to be received by the Custodian no later than the Settlement Date. If the Cash Component and the Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable, are not received by the Custodian in a timely manner by the Settlement Date, the creation order may be cancelled. Upon written notice to the Transfer Agent, such canceled order may be resubmitted the following Business Day using a Fund Deposit as newly constituted to reflect the then current NAV of the applicable Fund.

The order shall be deemed to be received on the Business Day on which the order is placed provided that the order is placed in proper form prior to the applicable cut-off time and the federal funds in the appropriate amount are deposited by [ ] p.m. Eastern Time for the Funds, with the Custodian on the Settlement Date. If the order is not placed in proper form as required, or federal funds in the appropriate amount are not received by [ ] p.m. Eastern Time for the Funds on the Settlement Date, then the order may be deemed to be rejected and the Authorized Participant shall be liable to the applicable Fund for losses, if any, resulting therefrom. A creation request is in “proper form” if all procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement, order form and this SAI are properly followed.

Issuance of a Creation Unit. Except as provided in this SAI, Creation Units will not be issued until the transfer of good title to the Trust of the Deposit Securities or payment of Deposit Cash, as applicable, and the payment of the Cash Component have been completed. When the required Deposit Securities (or the cash value thereof) have been delivered to the account of the Custodian (or subcustodian, as applicable), the Transfer Agent and the Adviser shall be notified of such delivery, and the Trust will issue and cause the delivery of the Creation Units. The delivery of Creation Units so created generally will occur no later than the second Business Day following the day on which the purchase order is deemed received by the Transfer Agent. The Authorized Participant shall be liable to the applicable Fund for losses, if any, resulting from unsettled orders.

However, the Funds reserve the right to settle Creation Unit transactions on a basis other than the second Business Day following the day on which the purchase order is deemed received by the Transfer Agent to accommodate foreign market holiday schedules, to account for different treatment among foreign and U.S. markets of dividend record dates and ex-dividend dates (that is the last day the holder of a security can sell the security and still receive dividends payable on the security), and in certain other circumstances. The Authorized Participant shall be liable to the Funds for losses, if any, resulting from unsettled orders.

Creation Units may be purchased in advance of receipt by the Trust of all or a portion of the applicable Deposit Securities as described below. In these circumstances, the initial deposit will have a value greater than the NAV of the Shares on the date the order is placed in proper form since, in addition to available Deposit Securities, cash must be deposited in an amount equal to the sum of (i) the Cash Component, plus (ii) an additional amount of cash equal to a percentage of the value as set forth in the Participant Agreement, of the undelivered Deposit Securities (the “Additional Cash Deposit”), which shall be maintained in a separate non-interest bearing collateral account. The Authorized Participant must deposit with the Custodian the Additional Cash Deposit, as applicable, by [ ] p.m. Eastern Time for the Funds (or such other time as specified by the Trust) on the Settlement Date. If a Fund or its agents do not receive the Additional Cash Deposit in the appropriate amount, by such time, then the order may be deemed rejected and the Authorized Participant shall be liable to the applicable Fund for losses, if any, resulting therefrom. An additional amount of cash shall be required to be deposited with the Trust, pending delivery of the missing Deposit Securities to the extent necessary to maintain the Additional Cash Deposit with the Trust in an amount at least equal to the applicable percentage, as set forth in the Participant Agreement, of the daily market value of the missing Deposit Securities. The Participant Agreement will permit the Trust to buy the missing Deposit Securities at any time. Authorized Participants will be liable to the Trust for the costs incurred by the Trust in connection with any such purchases. These costs will be deemed to include the amount by which the actual purchase price of the Deposit Securities exceeds the value of such Deposit Securities on the day the purchase order was deemed received by the Transfer Agent plus the brokerage and related transaction costs associated with such purchases. The Trust will return any unused portion of the Additional Cash Deposit once all of the missing Deposit Securities have been properly received by the Custodian or purchased by the Trust and deposited into the Trust. In addition, a transaction fee, as described below under “Creation Transaction Fee,” may be charged. The delivery of Creation Units so created generally will occur no later than the Settlement Date.

Acceptance of Orders of Creation Units. The Trust reserves the absolute right to reject an order for Creation Units transmitted to it by the Transfer Agent with respect to a Fund including, without limitation, if (a) the order is not in proper

form; (b) the Deposit Securities or Deposit Cash, as applicable, delivered by the Authorized Participant are not as disseminated through the facilities of the NSCC for that date by the Custodian; (c) the investor(s), upon obtaining Shares ordered, would own 80% or more of the currently outstanding Shares of the applicable Fund; (d) acceptance of the Deposit Securities would have certain adverse tax consequences to the applicable Fund; (e) the acceptance of the Fund Deposit would, in the opinion of counsel, be unlawful; (f) the acceptance of the Fund Deposit would otherwise, in the discretion of the Trust or the Adviser, have an adverse effect on the Trust or the rights of beneficial owners; (g) the acceptance or receipt of the order for a Creation Unit would, in the opinion of counsel to the Trust, be unlawful; or (h) in the event that circumstances outside the control of the Trust, the Custodian, the Transfer Agent and/or the Adviser make it for all practical purposes not feasible to process orders for Creation Units.

Examples of such circumstances include acts of God or public service or utility problems such as fires, floods, extreme weather conditions and power outages resulting in telephone, telecopy and computer failures; market conditions or activities causing trading halts; systems failures involving computer or other information systems affecting the Trust, the Distributor, the Custodian, a sub-custodian, the Transfer Agent, DTC, NSCC, Federal Reserve System, or any other participant in the creation process, and other extraordinary events. The Transfer Agent shall notify a prospective creator of a Creation Unit and/or the Authorized Participant acting on behalf of the creator of a Creation Unit of its rejection of the order of such person. The Trust, the Transfer Agent, the Custodian, any sub-custodian and the Distributor are under no duty, however, to give notification of any defects or irregularities in the delivery of Fund Deposits nor shall either of them incur any liability for the failure to give any such notification. The Trust, the Transfer Agent, the Custodian and the Distributor shall not be liable for the rejection of any purchase order for Creation Units.

All questions as to the number of Shares of each security in the Deposit Securities and the validity form, eligibility and acceptance for deposit of any securities to be delivered shall be determined by the Trust, and the Trust’s determination shall be final and binding.

Creation Transaction Fee. A fixed purchase (i.e., creation) transaction fee, payable to the Custodian, may be imposed for the transfer and other transaction costs associated with the purchase of Creation Units (“Creation Order Costs”). The standard fixed creation transaction fee for each Fund, regardless of the number of Creation Units created in the transaction, can be found in the table below. Each Fund may adjust the standard fixed creation transaction fee from time to time. The fixed creation fee may be waived on certain orders if the Custodian has determined to waive some or all of the Creation Order Costs associated with the order or another party, such as the Adviser, has agreed to pay such fee.

In addition, a variable fee, payable to a Fund, of up to the maximum percentage listed in the table below of the value of the Creation Units subject to the transaction may be imposed for cash purchases, non-standard orders, or partial cash purchases of Creation Units. The variable charge is primarily designed to cover additional costs (e.g., brokerage, taxes) involved with buying the securities with cash. Each Fund may determine to not charge a variable fee on certain orders when the Adviser has determined that doing so is in the best interests of Fund shareholders.


Name of Fund	Fixed Creation Transaction Fee	Maximum Variable Transaction Fee
2X ETF	[ ]	[ ]
Inverse ETF	[ ]	[ ]

Investors who use the services of a broker or other such intermediary may be charged a fee for such services. Investors are responsible for the fixed costs of transferring the Fund Securities (defined below) from the Trust to their account or on their order

Risks of Purchasing Creation Units. There are certain legal risks unique to investors purchasing Creation Units directly from a Fund. Because Shares may be issued on an ongoing basis, a “distribution” of Shares could be occurring at any time. Certain activities that a shareholder performs as a dealer could, depending on the circumstances, result in the shareholder being deemed a participant in the distribution in a manner that could render the shareholder a statutory underwriter and subject to the prospectus delivery and liability provisions of the Securities Act. For example, a shareholder could be deemed a statutory underwriter if it purchases Creation Units from a Fund, breaks them down into the constituent Shares, and sells those Shares directly to customers, or if a shareholder chooses to couple the creation of a supply of new Shares with an active selling effort involving solicitation of secondary-market demand for Shares. Whether a person is an underwriter depends upon all of the facts and circumstances pertaining to that person’s activities, and the examples mentioned here should not be considered a complete description of all the activities that could cause you to be deemed an underwriter.

Dealers who are not “underwriters” but are participating in a distribution (as opposed to engaging in ordinary secondary-market transactions), and thus dealing with Shares as part of an “unsold allotment” within the meaning of Section 4(a)(3)(C)

of the Securities Act, will be unable to take advantage of the prospectus delivery exemption provided by Section 4(a)(3) of the Securities Act.

Redemption. Shares may be redeemed only in Creation Units at their NAV next determined after receipt of a redemption request in proper form by a Fund through the Transfer Agent and only on a Business Day. EXCEPT UPON LIQUIDATION OF A FUND, THE TRUST WILL NOT REDEEM SHARES IN AMOUNTS LESS THAN CREATION UNITS. Investors must accumulate enough Shares in the secondary market to constitute a Creation Unit to have such Shares redeemed by the Trust. There can be no assurance, however, that there will be sufficient liquidity in the public trading market at any time to permit assembly of a Creation Unit. Investors should expect to incur brokerage and other costs in connection with assembling a sufficient number of Shares to constitute a redeemable Creation Unit.

With respect to the Funds, the Custodian, through the NSCC, makes available prior to the opening of business on the Exchange (currently 9:30 a.m., Eastern Time) on each Business Day, the list of the names and Share quantities of each Fund’s portfolio securities that will be applicable (subject to possible amendment or correction) to redemption requests received in proper form (as defined below) on that day (“Fund Securities”). Fund Securities received on redemption may not be identical to Deposit Securities.

Redemption proceeds for a Creation Unit are paid either in-kind or in cash, or combination thereof, as determined by the Trust. With respect to in-kind redemptions of a Fund, redemption proceeds for a Creation Unit will consist of Fund Securities—as announced by the Custodian on the Business Day of the request for redemption received in proper form plus cash in an amount equal to the difference between the NAV of Shares being redeemed, as next determined after a receipt of a request in proper form, and the value of the Fund Securities (the “Cash Redemption Amount”), less a fixed redemption transaction fee, as applicable, as set forth below. If the Fund Securities have a value greater than the NAV of Shares, a compensating cash payment equal to the differential is required to be made by or through an Authorized Participant by the redeeming shareholder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at the Trust’s discretion, an Authorized Participant may receive the corresponding cash value of the securities in lieu of the in-kind securities value representing one or more Fund Securities.

Redemption Transaction Fee. A fixed redemption transaction fee, payable to the Custodian, may be imposed for the transfer and other transaction costs associated with the redemption of Creation Units (“Redemption Order Costs”). The standard fixed redemption transaction fee for each Fund, regardless of the number of Creation Units redeemed in the transaction, can be found in the table below. Each Fund may adjust the redemption transaction fee from time to time. The fixed redemption fee may be waived on certain orders if the Custodian has determined to waive some or all of the Redemption Order Costs associated with the order or another party, such as the Adviser, has agreed to pay such fee.

In addition, a variable fee, payable to a Fund, of up to the maximum percentage listed in the table below of the value of the Creation Units subject to the transaction may be imposed for cash redemptions, non-standard orders, or partial cash redemptions (when cash redemptions are available) of Creation Units. The variable charge is primarily designed to cover additional costs (e.g., brokerage, taxes) involved with selling portfolio securities to satisfy a cash redemption. Each Fund may determine to not charge a variable fee on certain orders when the Adviser has determined that doing so is in the best interests of Fund shareholders.


Name of Fund	Fixed Redemption Transaction Fee	Maximum Variable Transaction Fee
2X ETF	[ ]	[ ]
Inverse ETF	[ ]	[ ]

Procedures for Redemption of Creation Units. Orders to redeem Creation Units must be submitted in proper form to the Transfer Agent prior to [ ] p.m. Eastern time for the Funds. A redemption request is considered to be in “proper form” if (i) an Authorized Participant has transferred or caused to be transferred to the Trust’s Transfer Agent the Creation Unit(s) being redeemed through the book-entry system of DTC so as to be effective by the time as set forth in the Participant Agreement and (ii) a request in form satisfactory to the Trust is received by the Transfer Agent from the Authorized Participant on behalf of itself or another redeeming investor within the time periods specified in the Participant Agreement. If the Transfer Agent does not receive the investor’s Shares through DTC’s facilities by the times and pursuant to the other terms and conditions set forth in the Participant Agreement, the redemption request shall be rejected.

The Authorized Participant must transmit the request for redemption, in the form required by the Trust, to the Transfer Agent in accordance with procedures set forth in the Authorized Participant Agreement. Investors should be aware that their particular broker may not have executed an Authorized Participant Agreement, and that, therefore, requests to redeem

Creation Units may have to be placed by the investor’s broker through an Authorized Participant who has executed an Authorized Participant Agreement. Investors making a redemption request should be aware that such request must be in the form specified by such Authorized Participant. Investors making a request to redeem Creation Units should allow sufficient time to permit proper submission of the request by an Authorized Participant and transfer of the Shares to the Trust’s Transfer Agent; such investors should allow for the additional time that may be required to effect redemptions through their banks, brokers or other financial intermediaries if such intermediaries are not Authorized Participants.

Additional Redemption Procedures. In connection with taking delivery of Shares of Fund Securities upon redemption of Creation Units, a redeeming shareholder or Authorized Participant acting on behalf of such Shareholder must maintain appropriate custody arrangements with a qualified broker-dealer, bank, or other custody providers in each jurisdiction in which any of the Fund Securities are customarily traded, to which account such Fund Securities will be delivered. Deliveries of redemption proceeds will generally be made within two business days of the trade date.

However, due to the schedule of holidays in certain countries, the different treatment among foreign and U.S. markets of dividend record dates and dividend ex-dates (that is the last date the holder of a security can sell the security and still receive dividends payable on the security sold), and in certain other circumstances, the delivery of in-kind redemption proceeds with respect to the Funds may take longer than two Business Days after the day on which the redemption request is received in proper form. If neither the redeeming shareholder nor the Authorized Participant acting on behalf of such redeeming shareholder has appropriate arrangements to take delivery of the Fund Securities in the applicable foreign jurisdiction and it is not possible to make other such arrangements, or if it is not possible to effect deliveries of the Fund Securities in such jurisdiction, the Trust may, in its discretion, exercise its option to redeem such Shares in cash, and the redeeming shareholders will be required to receive its redemption proceeds in cash.

The Trust may in its discretion exercise its option to redeem such Shares in cash, and the redeeming investor will be required to receive its redemption proceeds in cash. In addition, an investor may request a redemption in cash that a Fund may, in its sole discretion, permit. In either case, the investor will receive a cash payment equal to the NAV of its Shares based on the NAV of Shares of the applicable Fund next determined after the redemption request is received in proper form (minus a redemption transaction fee, if applicable, and additional charge for requested cash redemptions specified above, to offset the Trust’s brokerage and other transaction costs associated with the disposition of Fund Securities). A Fund may also, in its sole discretion, upon request of a shareholder, provide such redeemer a portfolio of securities that differs from the exact composition of the Fund Securities but does not differ in NAV.

Redemptions of Shares for Fund Securities will be subject to compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws and the Funds (whether or not it otherwise permits cash redemptions) reserve the right to redeem Creation Units for cash to the extent that the Trust could not lawfully deliver specific Fund Securities upon redemptions or could not do so without first registering the Fund Securities under such laws. An Authorized Participant or an investor for which it is acting subject to a legal restriction with respect to a particular security included in the Fund Securities applicable to the redemption of Creation Units may be paid an equivalent amount of cash. The Authorized Participant may request the redeeming investor of the Shares to complete an order form or to enter into agreements with respect to such matters as compensating cash payment. Further, an Authorized Participant that is not a “qualified institutional buyer,” (“QIB”) as such term is defined under Rule 144A of the Securities Act, will not be able to receive Fund Securities that are restricted securities eligible for resale under Rule 144A. An Authorized Participant may be required by the Trust to provide a written confirmation with respect to QIB status to receive Fund Securities.

Because the portfolio securities of the Funds may trade on other exchanges on days that the Exchange is closed or are otherwise not Business Days for such Fund, shareholders may not be able to redeem their Shares of the Funds, or to purchase or sell Shares of the Funds on the Exchange, on days when the NAV of the Funds could be significantly affected by events in the relevant foreign markets.

The right of redemption may be suspended or the date of payment postponed with respect to a Fund (1) for any period during which the Exchange is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings); (2) for any period during which trading on the Exchange is suspended or restricted; (3) for any period during which an emergency exists as a result of which disposal of the Shares of the applicable Fund or determination of the NAV of the Shares is not reasonably practicable; or (4) in such other circumstance as is permitted by the SEC.

DETERMINATION OF NAV

NAV per Share for each Fund is computed by dividing the value of the net assets of the Fund (i.e., the value of its total assets less total liabilities) by the total number of Shares outstanding, rounded to the nearest cent. Expenses and fees, including the management fees, are accrued daily and taken into account for purposes of determining NAV. The NAV of each Fund is calculated by Global Fund Services and determined at the scheduled close of the regular trading session on the NYSE

(ordinarily 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time) on each day that the NYSE is open, provided that fixed-income assets may be valued as of the announced closing time for trading in fixed-income instruments on any day that the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association (“SIFMA”) announces an early closing time.

In calculating a Fund’s NAV per Share, the Fund’s investments are generally valued using market valuations. A market valuation generally means a valuation (i) obtained from an exchange, a pricing service, or a major market maker (or dealer), (ii) based on a price quotation or other equivalent indication of value supplied by an exchange, a pricing service, or a major market maker (or dealer) or (iii) based on amortized cost. In the case of shares of other funds that are not traded on an exchange, a market valuation means such fund’s published NAV per share. A Fund may use various pricing services, or discontinue the use of any pricing service, as approved by the Board from time to time. A price obtained from a pricing service based on such pricing service’s valuation matrix may be considered a market valuation. Any assets or liabilities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar are converted into U.S. dollars at the current market rates on the date of valuation as quoted by one or more sources.

DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

The following information supplements and should be read in conjunction with the section in the Prospectus entitled “Dividends, Distributions, and Taxes.”

General Policies. Each Fund intends to pay out dividends and interest income, if any, [ ], and distribute any net realized capital gains to its shareholders at least [annually], but a Fund may make distributions on a more frequent basis to comply with the distribution requirements of the Code, in all events in a manner consistent with the provisions of the 1940 Act.

The Funds will declare and pay income and capital gain distributions, if any, in cash. Dividends and other distributions on Shares are distributed, as described below, on a pro rata basis to Beneficial Owners of such Shares. Dividend payments are made through DTC Participants and Indirect Participants to Beneficial Owners then of record with proceeds received from the Trust.

A Fund makes additional distributions to the extent necessary (i) to distribute the entire annual taxable income of the Fund, plus any net capital gains and (ii) to avoid imposition of the excise tax imposed by Section 4982 of the Code. Management of the Trust reserves the right to declare special dividends if, in its reasonable discretion, such action is necessary or advisable to preserve the Fund’s eligibility for treatment as a RIC or to avoid imposition of income or excise taxes on undistributed income.

Dividend Reinvestment Service. The Trust will not make the DTC book-entry dividend reinvestment service available for use by Beneficial Owners for reinvestment of their cash proceeds, but certain individual broker-dealers may make available the DTC book-entry Dividend Reinvestment Service for use by Beneficial Owners of the Funds through DTC Participants for reinvestment of their dividend distributions. Investors should contact their brokers to ascertain the availability and description of these services. Beneficial Owners should be aware that each broker may require investors to adhere to specific procedures and timetables to participate in the dividend reinvestment service and investors should ascertain from their brokers such necessary details. If this service is available and used, dividend distributions of both income and realized gains will be automatically reinvested in additional whole Shares issued by the Trust of the Funds at NAV per Share. Distributions reinvested in additional Shares will nevertheless be taxable to Beneficial Owners acquiring such additional Shares to the same extent as if such distributions had been received in cash.

FEDERAL INCOME TAXES

The following is only a summary of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations generally affecting the Funds and their shareholders that supplements the discussion in the Prospectus. No attempt is made to present a comprehensive explanation of the federal, state, local or foreign tax treatment of a Fund or its shareholders, and the discussion here and in the Prospectus is not intended to be a substitute for careful tax planning.

The following general discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences is based on provisions of the Code and the regulations issued thereunder as in effect on the date of this SAI. New legislation, as well as administrative changes or court decisions, may significantly change the conclusions expressed herein, and may have a retroactive effect with respect to the transactions contemplated herein.

Shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisers regarding the application of the provisions of tax law described in this SAI in light of the particular tax situations of the shareholders and regarding specific questions as to federal, state, local, or foreign taxes.

Taxation of the Funds. Each Fund will elect and intends to qualify each year to be treated as a RIC under the Code. As such, each Fund should not be subject to federal income taxes on its net investment income and capital gains, if any, to the extent

that it timely distributes such income and capital gains to its shareholders. Generally, to be taxed as a RIC, a Fund must distribute in each taxable year at least 90% of its “investment company taxable income” for the taxable year, which includes, among other items, dividends, interest, net short-term capital gain and net foreign currency gain, less expenses, as well as 90% of its net tax-exempt interest income, if any (the “Distribution Requirement”) and also must meet several additional requirements. Among these requirements are the following: (i) at least 90% of a Fund’s gross income each taxable year must be derived from dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or foreign currencies, and net income derived from interests in qualified publicly traded partnerships (the “Qualifying Income Requirement”); and (ii) at the end of each quarter of a Fund’s taxable year, the Fund’s assets must be diversified so that (a) at least 50% of the value of the Fund’s total assets is represented by cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs, and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect to any one issuer, to an amount not greater in value than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and to not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (b) not more than 25% of the value of its total assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. government securities or securities of other RICs) of any one issuer, the securities (other than securities of other RICs) of two or more issuers which the Fund controls and which are engaged in the same, similar, or related trades or businesses, or the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships (the “Diversification Requirement”).

To the extent a Fund makes investments that may generate income that is not qualifying income, including certain derivatives, such Fund will seek to restrict the resulting income from such investments so that the Fund’s non-qualifying income does not exceed 10% of its gross income.

Although each Fund intends to distribute substantially all of its net investment income and may distribute its capital gains for any taxable year, each Fund will be subject to federal income taxation to the extent any such income or gains are not distributed. Each Fund is treated as a separate corporation for federal income tax purposes. Each Fund therefore is considered to be a separate entity in determining its treatment under the rules for RICs described herein. The requirements (other than certain organizational requirements) for qualifying RIC status are determined at the Fund level rather than at the Trust level.

If a Fund fails to satisfy the Qualifying Income Requirement or the Diversification Requirement in any taxable year, such Fund may be eligible for relief provisions if the failures are due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect and if a penalty tax is paid with respect to each failure to satisfy the applicable requirements. Additionally, relief is provided for certain de minimis failures of the Diversification Requirement where a Fund corrects the failure within a specified period of time. To be eligible for the relief provisions with respect to a failure to meet the Diversification Requirement, a Fund may be required to dispose of certain assets. If these relief provisions were not available to a Fund and it were to fail to qualify for treatment as a RIC for a taxable year, all of its taxable income would be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders, and its distributions (including capital gains distributions) generally would be taxable to the shareholders of the Fund as ordinary income dividends, subject to the dividends received deduction for corporate shareholders and the lower tax rates on qualified dividend income received by noncorporate shareholders, subject to certain limitations. To requalify for treatment as a RIC in a subsequent taxable year, a Fund would be required to satisfy the RIC qualification requirements for that year and to distribute any earnings and profits from any year in which the Fund failed to qualify for tax treatment as a RIC. If a Fund failed to qualify as a RIC for a period greater than two taxable years, it would generally be required to pay a fund-level tax on certain net built in gains recognized with respect to certain of its assets upon disposition of such assets within five years of qualifying as a RIC in a subsequent year. The Board reserves the right not to maintain the qualification of a Fund for treatment as a RIC if it determines such course of action to be beneficial to shareholders. If a Fund determines that it will not qualify as a RIC, such Fund will establish procedures to reflect the anticipated tax liability in the Fund’s NAV.

A Fund may elect to treat part or all of any “qualified late year loss” as if it had been incurred in the succeeding taxable year in determining the Fund’s taxable income, net capital gain, net short-term capital gain, and earnings and profits. The effect of this election is to treat any such “qualified late year loss” as if it had been incurred in the succeeding taxable year in characterizing Fund distributions for any calendar year. A “qualified late year loss” generally includes net capital loss, net long-term capital loss, or net short-term capital loss incurred after October 31 of the current taxable year, subject to special rules in the event a Fund makes an election under Section 4982(e)(4) of the Code, (commonly referred to as “post-October losses”), and certain other late-year losses.

Capital losses in excess of capital gains (“net capital losses”) are not permitted to be deducted against a RIC’s net investment income. Instead, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, potentially subject to certain limitations, a Fund may carry a net capital loss from any taxable year forward indefinitely to offset its capital gains, if any, in years following the year of the loss. To the extent subsequent capital gains are offset by such losses, they will not result in U.S. federal income tax liability to a

Fund and may not be distributed as capital gains to its shareholders. Generally, a Fund may not carry forward any losses other than net capital losses. The carryover of capital losses may be limited under the general loss limitation rules if a Fund experiences an ownership change as defined in the Code.

A Fund will be subject to a nondeductible 4% federal excise tax on certain undistributed income if it does not distribute to its shareholders in each calendar year an amount at least equal to 98% of its ordinary income for the calendar year plus 98.2% of its capital gain net income for either the one-year period ending on October 31 of that year, or, if the Fund makes an election under Section 4982(e)(4) of the Code, the Fund’s fiscal year, subject to an increase for any shortfall in the prior year’s distribution. Each Fund intends to declare and distribute dividends and distributions in the amounts and at the times necessary to avoid the application of the excise tax, but can make no assurances that all such tax liability will be eliminated.

Each Fund intends to distribute substantially all of its net investment income and net capital gain to shareholders for each taxable year. If a Fund meets the Distribution Requirement but retains some or all of its income or gains, it will be subject to federal income tax at regular corporate rates to the extent any such income or gains are not distributed. A Fund may elect to designate certain amounts retained as undistributed net capital gain as deemed distributions in a notice to its shareholders, who (i) will be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gain, their proportionate shares of the undistributed amount so designated, (ii) will be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the income tax paid by the Fund on that undistributed amount against their federal income tax liabilities and to claim refunds to the extent such credits exceed their tax liabilities, and (iii) will be entitled to increase their tax basis, for federal income tax purposes, in their Shares by an amount equal to the excess of the amount of undistributed net capital gain included in their respective income over their respective income tax credits.

Taxation of Shareholders – Distributions. Each Fund intends to distribute [annually] to its shareholders substantially all of its investment company taxable income (computed without regard to the deduction for dividends paid), its net tax-exempt income, if any, and any net capital gain (net long-term capital gains in excess of net short-term capital losses, taking into account any capital loss carryforwards). The distribution of investment company taxable income (as so computed) and net capital gain will be taxable to Fund shareholders regardless of whether the shareholder receives these distributions in cash or reinvests them in additional Shares.

Each Fund (or your broker) will report to shareholders annually the amounts of dividends paid from ordinary income, the amount of distributions of net capital gain, the portion of dividends which may qualify for the dividends received deduction for corporate shareholders, and the portion of dividends which may qualify for treatment as qualified dividend income, which is taxable to non-corporate shareholders at long-term capital gain rates.

Distributions from a Fund’s net capital gain will be taxable to shareholders at long-term capital gains rates, regardless of how long shareholders have held their Shares. Distributions may be subject to state and local taxes.

Qualified dividend income includes, in general, subject to certain holding period and other requirements, dividend income from taxable domestic corporations and certain “qualified foreign corporations.” Subject to certain limitations, “qualified foreign corporations” include those incorporated in possessions of the United States, those incorporated in certain countries with comprehensive tax treaties with the United States, and other foreign corporations if the stock with respect to which the dividends are paid is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. Dividends received by a Fund from an ETF or an underlying fund taxable as a RIC or a REIT may be treated as qualified dividend income generally only to the extent so reported by such ETF, underlying fund or REIT. If 95% or more of a Fund’s gross income (calculated without taking into account net capital gain derived from sales or other dispositions of stock or securities) consists of qualified dividend income, the Fund may report all distributions of such income as qualified dividend income.

Fund dividends will not be treated as qualified dividend income if a Fund does not meet certain holding period and other requirements with respect to dividend paying stocks in its portfolio, or the shareholder does not meet certain holding period and other requirements with respect to the Shares on which the dividends were paid. Distributions by a Fund of its net short-term capital gains will be taxable as ordinary income.

In the case of corporate shareholders, certain dividends received by a Fund from U.S. corporations (generally, dividends received by the Fund in respect of any share of stock (1) with a tax holding period of at least 46 days during the 91-day period beginning on the date that is 45 days before the date on which the stock becomes ex-dividend as to that dividend and (2) that is held in an unleveraged position) and distributed and appropriately so reported by the Fund may be eligible for the 50% dividends-received deduction. Certain preferred stock must have a holding period of at least 91 days during the 181-day period beginning on the date that is 90 days before the date on which the stock becomes ex-dividend as to that dividend to be eligible. Capital gain dividends distributed to a Fund from other RICs are not eligible for the dividends-received deduction. To qualify for the deduction, corporate shareholders must meet the minimum holding period requirement stated above with respect to their Shares, taking into account any holding period reductions from certain hedging or other transactions or

positions that diminish their risk of loss with respect to their Shares, and, if they borrow to acquire or otherwise incur debt attributable to Shares, they may be denied a portion of the dividends-received deduction with respect to those Shares.

Although dividends generally will be treated as distributed when paid, any dividend declared by a Fund in October, November or December and payable to shareholders of record in such a month that is paid during the following January will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as received by shareholders on December 31 of the calendar year in which it was declared.

In addition to the federal income tax, certain individuals, trusts and estates may be subject to a Net Investment Income (“NII”) tax of 3.8%. The NII tax is imposed on the lesser of: (i) a taxpayer’s investment income, net of deductions properly allocable to such income; or (ii) the amount by which such taxpayer’s modified adjusted gross income exceeds certain thresholds ($250,000 for married individuals filing jointly, $200,000 for unmarried individuals and $125,000 for married individuals filing separately). A Fund’s distributions are includable in a shareholder’s investment income for purposes of this NII tax. In addition, any capital gain realized by a shareholder upon a sale or redemption of Fund shares is includable in such shareholder’s investment income for purposes of this NII tax.

Shareholders who have not held Shares for a full year should be aware that a Fund may report and distribute, as ordinary dividends or capital gain dividends, a percentage of income that is not equal to the percentage of the Fund’s ordinary income or net capital gain, respectively, actually earned during the applicable shareholder’s period of investment in the Fund. A taxable shareholder may wish to avoid investing in a Fund shortly before a dividend or other distribution, because the distribution will generally be taxable even though it may economically represent a return of a portion of the shareholder’s investment.

To the extent that a Fund makes a distribution of income received by such Fund in lieu of dividends (a “substitute payment”) with respect to securities on loan pursuant to a securities lending transaction, such income will not constitute qualified dividend income to individual shareholders and will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction for corporate shareholders.

If a Fund’s distributions exceed its earnings and profits, all or a portion of the distributions made for a taxable year may be recharacterized as a return of capital to shareholders. A return of capital distribution will generally not be taxable, but will reduce each shareholder’s cost basis in a Fund and result in a higher capital gain or lower capital loss when the Shares on which the distribution was received are sold. After a shareholder’s basis in the Shares has been reduced to zero, distributions in excess of earnings and profits will be treated as gain from the sale of the shareholder’s Shares.

Taxation of Shareholders – Sale of Shares. A sale or redemption of Shares may give rise to a gain or loss. In general, any gain or loss realized upon a taxable disposition of Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if Shares have been held for more than 12 months. Otherwise, the gain or loss on the taxable disposition of Shares will generally be treated as short-term capital gain or loss. Any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of Shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss, rather than short-term capital loss, to the extent of any amounts treated as distributions to the shareholder of long-term capital gain with respect to such Shares (including any amounts credited to the shareholder as undistributed capital gains). All or a portion of any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of Shares may be disallowed if substantially identical Shares are acquired (through the reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the disposition. In such a case, the basis of the newly acquired Shares will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.

The cost basis of Shares acquired by purchase will generally be based on the amount paid for Shares and then may be subsequently adjusted for other applicable transactions as required by the Code. The difference between the selling price and the cost basis of Shares generally determines the amount of the capital gain or loss realized on the sale of Shares. Contact the broker through whom you purchased your Shares to obtain information with respect to the available cost basis reporting methods and elections for your account.

An Authorized Participant who exchanges securities for Creation Units generally will recognize a gain or a loss. The gain or loss will be equal to the difference between the market value of the Creation Units at the time and the sum of the exchanger’s aggregate basis in the securities surrendered plus the amount of cash paid for such Creation Units. A person who redeems Creation Units will generally recognize a gain or loss equal to the difference between the exchanger’s basis in the Creation Units and the sum of the aggregate market value of any securities received plus the amount of any cash received for such Creation Units. The Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”), however, may assert that a loss realized upon an exchange of securities for Creation Units cannot currently be deducted under the rules governing “wash sales” (for a person who does not mark-to-market its portfolio) or on the basis that there has been no significant change in economic position.

Any capital gain or loss realized upon the creation of Creation Units will generally be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the securities exchanged for such Creation Units have been held for more than one year. Any capital gain or loss realized upon the redemption of Creation Units will generally be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the Shares comprising the Creation Units have been held for more than one year. Otherwise, such capital gains or losses will generally be treated as short-term capital gains or losses. Any loss upon a redemption of Creation Units held for six months or less may be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any amounts treated as distributions to the applicable Authorized Participant of long-term capital gain with respect to the Creation Units (including any amounts credited to the Authorized Participant as undistributed capital gains).

The Trust, on behalf of a Fund, has the right to reject an order for Creation Units if the purchaser (or a group of purchasers) would, upon obtaining the Creation Units so ordered, own 80% or more of the outstanding Shares and if, pursuant to Section 351 of the Code, the Fund would have a basis in the deposit securities different from the market value of such securities on the date of deposit. The Trust also has the right to require the provision of information necessary to determine beneficial Share ownership for purposes of the 80% determination. If a Fund does issue Creation Units to a purchaser (or a group of purchasers) that would, upon obtaining the Creation Units so ordered, own 80% or more of the outstanding Shares, the purchaser (or a group of purchasers) will not recognize gain or loss upon the exchange of securities for Creation Units.

Persons purchasing or redeeming Creation Units should consult their own tax advisers with respect to the tax treatment of any creation or redemption transaction and whether the wash sales rule applies and when a loss may be deductible.

Taxation of Fund Investments. Certain of a Fund’s investments may be subject to complex provisions of the Code (including provisions relating to hedging transactions, straddles, integrated transactions, foreign currency contracts, forward foreign currency contracts, and notional principal contracts) that, among other things, may affect a Fund’s ability to qualify as a RIC, affect the character of gains and losses realized by a Fund (e.g., may affect whether gains or losses are ordinary or capital), accelerate recognition of income to the Fund and defer losses. These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders. These provisions also may require a Fund to mark to market certain types of positions in its portfolio (i.e., treat them as if they were closed out) which may cause a Fund to recognize income without the Fund receiving cash with which to make distributions in amounts sufficient to enable the Fund to satisfy the RIC distribution requirements for avoiding Fund-level income and excise taxes. Each Fund intends to monitor its transactions, intends to make appropriate tax elections, and intends to make appropriate entries in its books and records to mitigate the effect of these rules and preserve the Fund’s qualification for treatment as a RIC. To the extent a Fund invests in an underlying fund that is taxable as a RIC, the rules applicable to the tax treatment of complex securities will also apply to the underlying funds that also invest in such complex securities and investments.

Backup Withholding. Each Fund will be required in certain cases to withhold (as “backup withholding”) on amounts payable to any shareholder who (1) fails to provide a correct taxpayer identification number certified under penalty of perjury; (2) is subject to backup withholding by the IRS for failure to properly report all payments of interest or dividends; (3) fails to provide a certified statement that he or she is not subject to “backup withholding;” or (4) fails to provide a certified statement that he or she is a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien). The backup withholding rate is at a rate set under Section 3406 of the Code. Backup withholding is not an additional tax and any amounts withheld may be credited against the shareholder’s ultimate U.S. federal income tax liability. Backup withholding will not be applied to payments that have been subject to the 30% withholding tax on shareholders who are neither citizens nor permanent residents of the United States.

Foreign Shareholders. Any non-U.S. investors in a Fund may be subject to U.S. withholding and estate tax and are encouraged to consult their tax advisors prior to investing in a Fund. Foreign shareholders (i.e., nonresident alien individuals and foreign corporations, partnerships, trusts and estates) are generally subject to a U.S. withholding tax at the rate of 30% (or a lower tax treaty rate) on distributions derived from taxable ordinary income. A Fund may, under certain circumstances, report all or a portion of a dividend as an “interest-related dividend” or a “short-term capital gain dividend,” which would generally be exempt from this 30% U.S. withholding tax, provided certain other requirements are met. Short-term capital gain dividends received by a nonresident alien individual who is present in the U.S. for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the taxable year are not exempt from this 30% withholding tax. Gains realized by foreign shareholders from the sale or other disposition of Shares generally are not subject to U.S. taxation, unless the recipient is an individual who is physically present in the U.S. for 183 days or more per year (based on a formula that factors in presence in the U.S. during the two preceding years as well). Foreign shareholders who fail to provide an applicable IRS form may be subject to backup withholding on certain payments from a Fund. Backup withholding will not be applied to payments that are subject to the 30% (or lower applicable treaty rate) withholding tax described in this paragraph. Different tax consequences may result if the foreign shareholder is engaged in a trade or business within the United States. In addition, the tax consequences to a foreign shareholder entitled to claim the benefits of a tax treaty may be different than those described above.

Under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”), a Fund may be required to withhold a generally nonrefundable 30% tax on (i) distributions of investment company taxable income and (ii) distributions of net capital gain and the gross proceeds of a sale or redemption of Fund shares paid to (A) certain “foreign financial institutions” unless such foreign financial institution agrees to verify, monitor, and report to the IRS the identity of certain of its accountholders, among other items (or unless such entity is otherwise deemed compliant under the terms of an intergovernmental agreement between the United States and the foreign financial institution’s country of residence), and (B) certain “non-financial foreign entities” unless such entity certifies to the Fund that it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or provides the name, address, and taxpayer identification number of each substantial U.S. owner, among other items. In December 2018, the IRS and Treasury Department released proposed Treasury Regulations that would eliminate FATCA withholding on Fund distributions of net capital gain and the gross proceeds from a sale or redemption of Fund shares. Although taxpayers are entitled to rely on these proposed Treasury Regulations until final Treasury Regulations are issued, these proposed Treasury Regulations have not been finalized, may not be finalized in their proposed form, and are potentially subject to change. This FATCA withholding tax could also affect a Fund’s return on its investments in foreign securities or affect a shareholder’s return if the shareholder holds its Fund shares through a foreign intermediary. You are urged to consult your tax adviser regarding the application of this FATCA withholding tax to your investment in a Fund and the potential certification, compliance, due diligence, reporting, and withholding obligations to which you may become subject in order to avoid this withholding tax.

For foreign shareholders to qualify for an exemption from backup withholding, described above, the foreign shareholder must comply with special certification and filing requirements. Foreign shareholders in a Fund should consult their tax advisors in this regard.

Tax-Exempt Shareholders. Certain tax-exempt shareholders, including qualified pension plans, individual retirement accounts, salary deferral arrangements, 401(k) plans, and other tax-exempt entities, generally are exempt from federal income taxation, except with respect to their unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”). Tax-exempt entities are not permitted to offset losses from one unrelated trade or business against the income or gain of another unrelated trade or business. Certain net losses incurred prior to January 1, 2018 are permitted to offset gain and income created by an unrelated trade or business, if otherwise available. Under current law, each Fund generally serves to block UBTI from being realized by its tax-exempt shareholders with respect to their shares of Fund income. However, notwithstanding the foregoing, tax-exempt shareholders could realize UBTI by virtue of their investment in a Fund if, for example, (i) such Fund invests in residual interests of Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduits (“REMICs”), (ii) such Fund invests in a REIT that is a taxable mortgage pool (“TMP”) or that has a subsidiary that is a TMP or that invests in the residual interest of a REMIC, or (iii) Shares in such Fund constitute debt-financed property in the hands of the tax-exempt shareholders within the meaning of section 514(b) of the Code. Charitable remainder trusts are subject to special rules and should consult their tax advisers. The IRS has issued guidance with respect to these issues and prospective shareholders, especially charitable remainder trusts, are strongly encouraged to consult with their tax advisers regarding these issues.

Certain Potential Tax Reporting Requirements. Under U.S. Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss on disposition of the Shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder (or certain greater amounts over a combination of years), the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on IRS Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a RIC are not excepted. Significant penalties may be imposed for the failure to comply with the reporting requirements. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

Other Issues. In those states which have income tax laws, the tax treatment of a Fund and of Fund shareholders with respect to distributions by a Fund may differ from federal tax treatment.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Financial statements and annual reports will be available after the Funds have completed a fiscal year of operations. When available, you may request a copy of the Funds’ annual report at no charge by calling [ ] or through the Funds’ website at [website url].

TIDAL ETF TRUST

PART C: OTHER INFORMATION

Item 28. Exhibits


Exhibit No.			Description of Exhibit
(a)	(i)		Certificate of Trust of Tidal ETF Trust (the “Trust” or the “Registrant”) - previously filed with the Trust’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on September 12, 2018 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(ii)		Registrant’s Declaration of Trust - previously filed with the Trust’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on September 12, 2018 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(iii)		Organizational Documents for Toroso Cayman Subsidiary I (for the Acruence Active Hedge U.S. Equity ETF).
		(1)	Investment Advisory Agreement - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 51 on Form N-1A on April 5, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
		(2)	Memorandum and Articles of Association - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 51 on Form N-1A on April 5, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
		(3)	Certificate of Incorporation - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 51 on Form N-1A on April 5, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
		(4)	Tax Undertaking - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 51 on Form N-1A on April 5, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
		(5)	Private Investment Company Custodian Agreement - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 51 on Form N-1A on April 5, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
(b)			Registrant’s Amended and Restated By-Laws - previously filed with Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Trust’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on December 21, 2018 and are incorporated herein by reference.
(c)			Instruments Defining Rights of Security Holders - See relevant portions of Declaration of Trust and By-Laws.
(d)	(i)		Investment Advisory Agreement between the Trust (on behalf of Aware Ultra-Short Duration Enhanced Income ETF) and Toroso Investments, LLC (“Toroso”) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 7 on Form N-1A on April 5, 2019 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(ii)		Investment Advisory Agreement between the Trust (on behalf of SoFi Select 500 ETF, SoFi Next 500 ETF, SoFi 50 ETF and SoFi Gig Economy ETF (the “SoFi ETFs”)) and Toroso - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 7 on Form N-1A on April 5, 2019 and is incorporated herein by reference.
		(1)	First Amendment to the Investment Advisory Agreement between the Trust (on behalf of the SoFi ETFs) and Toroso (adding the SoFi Weekly Income ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 28 on Form N-1A on September 30, 2020 and is incorporated herein by reference.
		(2)	Second Amendment to the Investment Advisory Agreement between the Trust (on behalf of the SoFi ETFs) and Toroso (adding the SoFi Weekly Dividend ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 55 on Form N-1A on May 5, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(iii)		Investment Advisory Agreement between the Trust (on behalf of RPAR Risk Parity ETF) and Toroso - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 14 on Form N-1A on November 22, 2019 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(iv)		Investment Advisory Agreement between the Trust (on behalf of SP Funds Dow Jones Global Sukuk ETF and SP Funds S&P 500 Sharia Industry Exclusions ETF) and Toroso - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 16 on Form N-1A on December 16, 2019 and is incorporated herein by reference.
		(1)	First Amendment to the Investment Advisory Agreement between the Trust (on behalf of SP Funds Dow Jones Global Sukuk ETF and SP Funds S&P 500 Sharia Industry Exclusions ETF) and Toroso (adding the SP Funds S&P Global REIT Sharia ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 40 on Form N-1A on December 23, 2020 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(v)		Investment Advisory Agreement between the Trust (on behalf of Leatherback Long/Short Absolute Return ETF and Leatherback Long/Short Alternative Yield ETF (the “Leatherback ETFs”)) and Toroso - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 29 on Form N-1A on October 9, 2020 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(vi)		Investment Advisory Agreement between the Trust (on behalf of Adasina Social Justice All Cap Global ETF) and Toroso - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 39 on Form N-1A on December 7, 2020 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(vii)		Investment Advisory Agreement between the Trust (on behalf of Gotham Enhanced 500 ETF) and Toroso - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 34 on Form N-1A on November 9, 2020 and is incorporated herein by reference.

C-1


(viii)		Investment Advisory Agreement between the Trust (on behalf of ATAC US Rotation ETF) and Toroso - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 35 on Form N-1A on November 13, 2020 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(1)	First Amendment to the Investment Advisory Agreement between the Trust (on behalf of ATAC US Rotation ETF) and Toroso (adding the ATAC Credit Rotation ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 66 on Form N-1A on July 14, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
(ix)		Investment Advisory Agreement between the Trust (on behalf of Sound Fixed Income ETF, Sound Enhanced Fixed Income ETF, Sound Equity Income ETF, Sound Enhanced Equity Income ETF, and Sound Total Return ETF (the “Sound Income ETFs”)) and Toroso - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 41 on Form N-1A on December 29, 2020 and is incorporated herein by reference.
(x)		Investment Advisory Agreement between the Trust (on behalf of Euclid Capital Growth ETF) and Toroso - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 42 on Form N-1A on December 30, 2020 and is incorporated herein by reference.
(xi)		Investment Advisory Agreement between the Trust (on behalf of Acruence Active Hedge U.S. Equity ETF) and Toroso - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 51 on Form N-1A on April 5, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
(xii)		Investment Advisory Agreement between the Trust (on behalf of SonicShares™ Airlines, Hotels, Cruise Lines ETF) and Toroso - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 57 on Form N-1A on May 11, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(1)	First Amendment to the Investment Advisory Agreement between the Trust (on behalf of SonicShares™ Airlines, Hotels, Cruise Lines ETF) and Toroso (adding the SonicShares™ Global Shipping ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 69 on Form N-1A on July 30, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
(xiii)		Investment Advisory Agreement between the Trust (on behalf of American Customer Satisfaction ETF) and Toroso - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 59 on N-1A on May 21, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
(xiv)		Investment Advisory Agreement between the Trust (on behalf of iClima Global Decarbonization Transition Leaders ETF and iClima Distributed Renewable Energy Transition Leaders ETF (the “iClima ETFs”)) and Toroso - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 67 on N-1A on July 14, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
(xv)		Investment Advisory Agreement between the Trust (on behalf of Robinson Alternative Yield Pre-Merger SPAC ETF) and Toroso - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 62 on Form N-1A on June 21, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
(xvi)		Investment Advisory Agreement between the Trust (on behalf of ZEGA Buy and Hedge ETF) and Toroso - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 64 on Form N-1A on June 25, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
(xvii)		Investment Advisory Agreement between the Trust (on behalf of FolioBeyond Rising Rates ETF) and Toroso - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 71 on Form N-1A on September 27, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
(xviii)		Investment Advisory Agreement between the Trust (on behalf of Elevate Shares 2X Daily Blockchain ETF and Elevate Shares Inverse Daily Blockchain ETF (the “Elevate Shares ETFs”)) and Toroso - to be filed by amendment.
(xviii)		Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Toroso and National Investment Services of America, LLC (“NIS”) (for the Aware Ultra-Short Duration Enhanced Income ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 48 on Form N-1A on March 26, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
(xix)		Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Toroso and ShariaPortfolio, Inc. (for the SP Funds Dow Jones Global Sukuk ETF and SP Funds S&P 500 Sharia Industry Exclusions ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 25 on Form N-1A on August 17, 2020 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(1)	First Amendment to the Sub-Advisory Agreement between Toroso and ShariaPortfolio, Inc. (adding the SP Funds S&P Global REIT Sharia ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 40 on Form N-1A on December 23, 2020 and is incorporated herein by reference.
(xx)		Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Toroso and Income Research + Management (for the SoFi Weekly Income ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 28 on Form N-1A on September 30, 2020 and is incorporated herein by reference.
(xxi)		Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Toroso and Leatherback Asset Management, LLC (for the Leatherback ETFs) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 29 on Form N-1A on October 9, 2020 and is incorporated herein by reference.
(xxii)		Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Toroso and Robasciottti & Associates, Inc., doing business as Adasina Social Capital (“Adasina”) (for the Adasina Social Justice All Cap Global ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 39 on Form N-1A on December 7, 2020 and is incorporated herein by reference.

C-2


	(xxiii)		Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Toroso and Gotham Asset Management, LLC (“Gotham”) (for the Gotham Enhanced 500 ETF ) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 34 on Form N-1A on November 9, 2020 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(xxiv)		Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Toroso and Sound Income Strategies, LLC (for the Sound Income ETFs) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 41 on Form N-1A on December 29, 2020 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(xxv)		Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Toroso and Euclid Investment Advisory, LLC (for the Euclid Capital Growth ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 42 on Form N-1A on December 30, 2020 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(xxvi)		Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Toroso and Acruence Capital, LLC (for the Acruence Active Hedge U.S. Equity ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 51 on Form N-1A on April 5, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(xxvii)		Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Toroso and Robinson Capital Management, LLC (for the Robinson Alternative Yield Pre-Merger SPAC ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 62 on Form N-1A on June 21, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(xxviii)		Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Toroso and ZEGA Financial, LLC (for the ZEGA Buy and Hedge ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 64 on Form N-1A on June 25, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(xxiv)		Investment Sub-Advisory Agreement between Toroso and FolioBeyond, LLC (for the FolioBeyond Rising Rates ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 71 on Form N-1A on September 27, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
(e)	(i)		ETF Distribution Agreement between the Trust and Foreside Fund Services, LLC (“Foreside”) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 7 on Form N-1A on April 5, 2019 and is incorporated herein by reference.
		(1)	First Amendment to ETF Distribution Agreement (adding the SoFi ETFs) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 7 on Form N-1A on April 5, 2019 and is incorporated herein by reference.
		(2)	Second Amendment to ETF Distribution Agreement (adding the RPAR Risk Parity ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 14 on Form N-1A on November 22, 2019 and is incorporated herein by reference.
		(3)	Third Amendment to ETF Distribution Agreement (adding the SP Funds Dow Jones Global Sukuk ETF and SP Funds S&P 500 Sharia Industry Exclusions ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 16 on Form N-1A on December 16, 2019 and is incorporated herein by reference.
		(4)	Fourth Amendment to ETF Distribution Agreement (adding the SoFi Weekly Income ETF, the Leatherback ETFs, the Adasina Social Justice All Cap Global ETF, and the ATAC US Rotation ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 28 on Form N-1A on September 30, 2020 and is incorporated herein by reference.
		(5)	Fifth Amendment to ETF Distribution Agreement (adding the Gotham Enhanced 500 ETF and the Sound Income ETFs) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 34 on Form N-1A on November 9, 2020 and is incorporated herein by reference.
		(6)	Sixth Amendment to ETF Distribution Agreement (adding the SP Funds S&P Global REIT Sharia ETF and the Euclid Capital Growth ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 40 on Form N-1A on December 23, 2020 and is incorporated herein by reference.
		(7)	Seventh Amendment to ETF Distribution Agreement (adding the Acruence Active Hedge U.S. Equity ETF, the SoFi Weekly Dividend ETF, the SonicShares ™ Airlines, Hotels, Cruise Lines ETF, and the American Customer Satisfaction ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 51 on Form N-1A on April 5, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
		(8)	Eighth Amendment to ETF Distribution Agreement (adding the iClima ETFs, the Robinson Alternative Yield Pre-Merger SPAC ETF, the ZEGA Buy and Hedge ETF, and the ATAC Credit Rotation ETF - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 62 on Form N-1A on June 21, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
		(9)	Ninth Amendment to ETF Distribution Agreement (adding the SonicShares™ Global Shipping ETF ) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 69 on Form N-1A on July 30, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
		(10)	Tenth Amendment to ETF Distribution Agreement (adding the FolioBeyond Rising Rates ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 71 on Form N-1A on September 27, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
		(11)	Eleventh Amendment to ETF Distribution Agreement (adding the Elevate Shares ETFs) - to be filed by amendment.
	(ii)		Form of Authorized Participant Agreement - previously filed with Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Trust’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on December 21, 2018 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(iii)		Distribution Services Agreement between Toroso and Foreside - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 7 on Form N-1A on April 5, 2019 and is incorporated herein by reference.

C-3


(f)			Not applicable.
(g)	(i)		Custody Agreement between the Trust and U.S. Bank National Association - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 7 on Form N-1A on April 5, 2019 and is incorporated herein by reference.
		(1)	First Amendment to Custody Agreement (adding the SoFi ETFs) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 7 on Form N-1A on April 5, 2019 and is incorporated herein by reference.
		(2)	Second Amendment to Custody Agreement (adding the RPAR Risk Parity ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 14 on Form N-1A on November 22, 2019 and is incorporated herein by reference.
		(3)	Third Amendment to Custody Agreement (adding the SP Funds Dow Jones Global Sukuk ETF and SP Funds S&P 500 Sharia Industry Exclusions ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 16 on Form N-1A on December 16, 2019 and is incorporated herein by reference.
		(4)	Fourth Amendment to Custody Agreement - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 25 on Form N-1A on August 17, 2020 and is incorporated herein by reference.
		(5)	Fifth Amendment to Custody Agreement (adding the SoFi Weekly Income ETF, the Leatherback ETFs, the Adasina Social Justice All Cap Global ETF, and the ATAC US Rotation ETF ) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 28 on Form N-1A on September 30, 2020 and is incorporated herein by reference.
		(6)	Sixth Amendment to Custody Agreement (adding the Gotham Enhanced 500 ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 34 on Form N-1A on November 9, 2020 and is incorporated herein by reference.
		(7)	Seventh Amendment to Custody Agreement (adding the SP Funds S&P Global REIT Sharia ETF, Sound Income ETFs, and Euclid Capital Growth ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 40 on Form N-1A on December 23, 2020 and is incorporated herein by reference.
		(8)	Eighth Amendment to Custody Agreement (adding the Acruence Active Hedge U.S. Equity ETF, the SoFi Weekly Dividend ETF, the SonicShares ™ Airlines, Hotels, Cruise Lines ETF , and the American Customer Satisfaction ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 51 on Form N-1A on April 5, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
		(9)	Ninth Amendment to Custody Agreement (adding the iClima ETFs, the Robinson Alternative Yield Pre-Merger SPAC ETF, the ZEGA Buy and Hedge ETF, and the ATAC Credit Rotation ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 62 on Form N-1A on June 21, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
		(10)	Tenth Amendment to Custody Agreement (adding the SonicShares™ Global Shipping ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 69 on Form N-1A on July 30, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
		(11)	Eleventh Amendment to Custody Agreement (adding the FolioBeyond Rising Rates ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 71 on Form N-1A on September 27, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
		(12)	Twelfth Amendment to Custody Agreement (adding the Elevate Shares ETFs) - to be filed by amendment.
(h)	(i)		Fund Administration Servicing Agreement between the Trust and Tidal ETF Services LLC - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 7 on Form N-1A on April 5, 2019 and is incorporated herein by reference.
		(1)	First Amendment to Fund Administration Servicing Agreement (adding the SoFi ETFs) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 7 on Form N-1A on April 5, 2019 and is incorporated herein by reference.
		(2)	Second Amendment to Fund Administration Servicing Agreement (adding the RPAR Risk Parity ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 14 on Form N-1A on November 22, 2019 and is incorporated herein by reference.
		(3)	Third Amendment to Fund Administration Servicing Agreement (adding the SP Funds Dow Jones Global Sukuk ETF and SP Funds S&P 500 Sharia Industry Exclusions ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 16 on Form N-1A on December 16, 2019 and is incorporated herein by reference.
		(4)	Fourth Amendment to Fund Administration Servicing Agreement (adding the SoFi Weekly Income ETF, the Leatherback ETFs, the Adasina Social Justice All Cap Global ETF, and the ATAC US Rotation ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 28 on Form N-1A on September 30, 2020 and is incorporated herein by reference.
		(5)	Fifth Amendment to Fund Administration Servicing Agreement (adding the Gotham Enhanced 500 ETF, SP Funds S&P Global REIT Sharia ETF, Sound Income ETFs, and Euclid Capital Growth ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 34 on Form N-1A on November 9, 2020 and is incorporated herein by reference.

C-4


	(6)	Sixth Amendment to Fund Administration Servicing Agreement (adding the Acruence Active Hedge U.S. Equity ETF, the SoFi Weekly Dividend ETF, the SonicShares ™ Airlines, Hotels, Cruise Lines ETF , and the American Customer Satisfaction ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 51 on Form N-1A on April 5, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(7)	Seventh Amendment to Fund Administration Servicing Agreement (adding the iClima ETFs, the Robinson Alternative Yield Pre-Merger SPAC ETF, the ZEGA Buy and Hedge ETF, and the ATAC Credit Rotation ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 62 on Form N-1A on June 21, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(8)	Eighth Amendment to Fund Administration Servicing Agreement (adding the SonicShares™ Global Shipping ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 69 on Form N-1A on July 30, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(9)	Ninth Amendment to Fund Administration Servicing Agreement (adding the FolioBeyond Rising Rates ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 71 on Form N-1A on September 27, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(10)	Tenth Amendment to Fund Administration Servicing Agreement (adding the Elevate Shares ETFs) - to be filed by amendment.
(ii)		Fund Sub-Administration Servicing Agreement between Tidal ETF Services LLC on behalf of the Trust and U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 7 on Form N-1A on April 5, 2019 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(1)	First Amendment to Fund Sub-Administration Servicing Agreement (adding the SoFi ETFs) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 7 on Form N-1A on April 5, 2019 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(2)	Second Amendment to Fund Sub-Administration Servicing Agreement (adding the RPAR Risk Parity ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 14 on Form N-1A on November 22, 2019 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(3)	Third Amendment to Fund Sub-Administration Servicing Agreement (adding the SP Funds Dow Jones Global Sukuk ETF and SP Funds S&P 500 Sharia Industry Exclusions ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 16 on Form N-1A on December 16, 2019 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(4)	Fourth Amendment to Fund Sub-Administration Servicing Agreement - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 25 on Form N-1A on August 17, 2020 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(5)	Fifth Amendment to Fund Sub-Administration Servicing Agreement (adding the SoFi Weekly Income ETF, the Leatherback ETFs, the Adasina Social Justice All Cap Global ETF, and the ATAC US Rotation ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 28 on Form N-1A on September 30, 2020 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(6)	Sixth Amendment to Fund Sub-Administration Servicing Agreement (adding the Gotham Enhanced 500 ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 34 on Form N-1A on November 9, 2020 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(7)	Seventh Amendment to Fund Sub-Administration Servicing Agreement (adding the SP Funds S&P Global REIT Sharia ETF, Sound Income ETFs, and Euclid Capital Growth ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 40 on Form N-1A on December 23, 2020 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(8)	Eighth Amendment to Fund Sub-Administration Servicing Agreement (adding the Acruence Active Hedge U.S. Equity ETF, the SoFi Weekly Dividend ETF, the SonicShares ™ Airlines, Hotels, Cruise Lines ETF , and the American Customer Satisfaction ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 51 on Form N-1A on April 5, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(9)	Ninth Amendment to Fund Sub-Administration Servicing Agreement (adding the iClima ETFs, the Robinson Alternative Yield Pre-Merger SPAC ETF, the ZEGA Buy and Hedge ETF, and the ATAC Credit Rotation ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 62 on Form N-1A on June 21, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(10)	Tenth Amendment to Fund Sub-Administration Servicing Agreement (adding the SonicShares™ Global Shipping ETF ) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 69 on Form N-1A on July 30, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(11)	Eleventh Amendment to Fund Sub-Administration Servicing Agreement (adding the FolioBeyond Rising Rates ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 71 on Form N-1A on September 27, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(12)	Twelfth Amendment to Fund Sub-Administration Agreement (adding the Elevate Shares ETFs) - to be filed by amendment.
(iii)		Fund Accounting Servicing Agreement between the Trust and U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 7 on Form N-1A on April 5, 2019 and is incorporated herein by reference.

C-5


	(1)	First Amendment to Fund Accounting Servicing Agreement (adding the SoFi ETFs) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 7 on Form N-1A on April 5, 2019 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(2)	Second Amendment to Fund Accounting Servicing Agreement (adding the RPAR Risk Parity ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 14 on Form N-1A on November 22, 2019 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(3)	Third Amendment to Fund Accounting Servicing Agreement (adding the SP Funds Dow Jones Global Sukuk ETF and SP Funds S&P 500 Sharia Industry Exclusions ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 16 on Form N-1A on December 16, 2019 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(4)	Fourth Amendment to Fund Accounting Servicing Agreement - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 25 on Form N-1A on August 17, 2020 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(5)	Fifth Amendment to Fund Accounting Servicing Agreement (adding the SoFi Weekly Income ETF, the Leatherback ETFs, the Adasina Social Justice All Cap Global ETF, and the ATAC US Rotation ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 28 on Form N-1A on September 30, 2020 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(6)	Sixth Amendment to Fund Accounting Servicing Agreement (adding the Gotham Enhanced 500 ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 34 on Form N-1A on November 9, 2020 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(7)	Seventh Amendment to Fund Accounting Servicing Agreement (adding the SP Funds S&P Global REIT Sharia ETF, Sound Income ETFs, and Euclid Capital Growth ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 40 on Form N-1A on December 23, 2020 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(8)	Eighth Amendment to Fund Accounting Servicing Agreement (adding the Acruence Active Hedge U.S. Equity ETF, the SoFi Weekly Dividend ETF, the SonicShares ™ Airlines, Hotels, and Cruise Lines ETF, and the American Customer Satisfaction ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 51 on Form N-1A on April 5, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(9)	Ninth Amendment to Fund Accounting Servicing Agreement (adding the iClima ETFs, the Robinson Alternative Yield Pre-Merger SPAC ETF, the ZEGA Buy and Hedge ETF, and the ATAC Credit Rotation ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 62 on Form N-1A on June 21, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(10)	Tenth Amendment to Fund Accounting Servicing Agreement (adding the SonicShares™ Global Shipping ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 69 on Form N-1A on July 30, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(11)	Eleventh Amendment to Fund Accounting Servicing Agreement (adding the FolioBeyond Rising Rates ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 71 on Form N-1A on September 27, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(12)	Twelfth Amendment to Fund Accounting Servicing Agreement (adding the Elevate Shares ETFs) - to be filed by amendment.
(iv)		Transfer Agent Servicing Agreement between the Trust and U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 7 on Form N-1A on April 5, 2019 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(1)	First Amendment to Transfer Agent Servicing Agreement (adding the SoFi ETFs) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 7 on Form N-1A on April 5, 2019 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(2)	Second Amendment to Transfer Agent Servicing Agreement (adding the RPAR Risk Parity ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 14 on Form N-1A on November 22, 2019 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(3)	Third Amendment to Transfer Agent Servicing Agreement (adding the SP Funds Dow Jones Global Sukuk ETF and SP Funds S&P 500 Sharia Industry Exclusions ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 16 on Form N-1A on December 16, 2019 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(4)	Fourth Amendment to Transfer Agent Servicing Agreement - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 25 on Form N-1A on August 17, 2020 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(5)	Fifth Amendment to Transfer Agent Servicing Agreement (adding the SoFi Weekly Income ETF, the Leatherback ETFs, the Adasina Social Justice All Cap Global ETF, and the ATAC US Rotation ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 28 on Form N-1A on September 30, 2020 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(6)	Sixth Amendment to Transfer Agent Servicing Agreement (adding the Gotham Enhanced 500 ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 34 on Form N-1A on November 9, 2020 and is incorporated herein by reference.

C-6


		(7)	Seventh Amendment to Transfer Agent Servicing Agreement (adding the SP Funds S&P Global REIT Sharia ETF, Sound Income ETFs, and Euclid Capital Growth ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 40 on Form N-1A on December 23, 2020 and is incorporated herein by reference.
		(8)	Eighth Amendment to Transfer Agent Servicing Agreement (adding the Acruence Active Hedge U.S. Equity ETF, the SoFi Weekly Dividend ETF, the SonicShares ™ Airlines, Hotels, Cruise Lines ETF, and the American Customer Satisfaction ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 51 on Form N-1A on April 5, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
		(9)	Ninth Amendment to Transfer Agent Servicing Agreement (adding the iClima ETFs, the Robinson Alternative Yield Pre-Merger SPAC ETF, the ZEGA Buy and Hedge ETF, and the ATAC Credit Rotation ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 62 on Form N-1A on June 21, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
		(10)	Tenth Amendment to Transfer Agent Servicing Agreement (adding the SonicShares™ Global Shipping ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 69 on Form N-1A on July 30, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
		(11)	Eleventh Amendment to Transfer Agent Servicing Agreement (adding the FolioBeyond Rising Rates ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 71 on Form N-1A on September 27, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
		(12)	Twelfth Amendment to Transfer Agent Servicing Agreement (adding the Elevate Shares ETFs) - to be filed by amendment.
	(v)		Compliance Services Agreement between the Trust and Cipperman Compliance Services, LLC - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 3 to the Trust’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on January 28, 2019 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(vi)		Powers of Attorney - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 20 to the Trust’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on April 28, 2020 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(vii)		Fee Waiver Agreement between the Trust (on behalf of the SoFi Select 500 ETF and SoFi Next 500 ETF) and Toroso - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 7 to the Trust’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on April 5, 2019 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(viii)		Fee Waiver Agreement between the Trust (on behalf of RPAR Risk Parity ETF) and Toroso - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 14 to the Trust’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on November 22, 2019 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(ix)		Fee Waiver Agreement between the Trust (on behalf of the ATAC US Rotation ETF) and Toroso - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 35 to the Trust’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on November 13, 2020 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(x)		Fee Waiver Agreement between the Trust (on behalf of the ATAC Credit Rotation ETF) and Toroso - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 66 to the Trust’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on July 14, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(xi)		Fee Waiver Agreement between the Trust (on behalf of the Gotham Enhanced 500 ETF) and Toroso - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 34 to the Trust’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on November 9, 2020 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(xii)		Rule 12d1-4 Fund of Funds Investment Agreement between the Trust (on behalf of Gotham Enhanced 500 ETF) and FundVantage Trust -previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 55 to the Trust’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on May 5, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
(i)	(i)		Opinion and Consent of Counsel (for the Aware Ultra-Short Duration Enhanced Income ETF) – previously filed with Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Trust’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on December 21, 2018 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(ii)		Opinion and Consent of Counsel (for the SoFi ETFs) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 7 to the Trust’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on April 5, 2019 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(iii)		Opinion and Consent of Counsel (for the RPAR Risk Parity ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 14 to the Trust’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on November 22, 2019 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(iv)		Opinion and Consent of Counsel (for the SP Funds Dow Jones Global Sukuk ETF and SP Funds S&P 500 Sharia Industry Exclusions ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 16 to the Trust’s Registration Statementon Form N-1A on December 16, 2019 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(v)		Opinion and Consent of Counsel (for the SoFi Weekly Income ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 28 to the Trust’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on September 30, 2020 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(vi)		Opinion and Consent of Counsel (for the Leatherback ETFs) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 29 to the Trust’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on October 9, 2020 and is incorporated herein by reference.

C-7


	(vii)	Opinion and Consent of Counsel (for the Adasina Social Justice All Cap Global ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 39 to the Trust’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on December 7, 2020 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(viii)	Opinion and Consent of Counsel (for the Gotham Enhanced 500 ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 34 to the Trust’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on November 9, 2020 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(ix)	Opinion and Consent of Counsel (for the ATAC US Rotation ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 35 to the Trust’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on November 13, 2020 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(x)	Opinion and Consent of Counsel (for the SP Funds S&P Global REIT Sharia ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 40 on Form N-1A to the Trust’s Registration Statement on December 23, 2020 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(xi)	Opinion and Consent of Counsel (for the Sound Income ETFs) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 41 to the Trust’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on December 29, 2020 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(xii)	Opinion and Consent of Counsel (for the Euclid Capital Growth ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 42 to the Trust’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on December 30, 2020 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(xiii)	Opinion and Consent of Counsel (for the Acruence Active Hedge U.S. Equity ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 51 to the Trust’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on April 5, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(xiv)	Opinion and Consent of Counsel (for the SoFi Weekly Dividend ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 55 to the Trust’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on May 5, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(xv)	Opinion and Consent of Counsel (for the SonicShares™ Airlines, Hotels, Cruise Lines ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 57 on Form N-1A on May 11, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(xvi)	Opinion and Consent of Counsel (for the American Customer Satisfaction ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 59 on Form N-1A on May 21, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(xvii)	Opinion and Consent of Counsel (for the iClima ETFs) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 67 on Form N-1A on July 14, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(xviii)	Opinion and Consent of Counsel (for the Robinson Alternative Yield Pre-Merger SPAC ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 62 on Form N-1A on June 21, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(xix)	Opinion and Consent of Counsel (for the ZEGA Buy and Hedge ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 64 on Form N-1A on June 23, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(xx)	Opinion and Consent of Counsel (for the ATAC Credit Rotation ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 66 on Form N-1A on July 14, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(xxi)	Opinion and Consent of Counsel (for the SonicShares™ Global Shipping ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 69 on Form N-1A on July 30, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(xxii)	Opinion and Consent of Counsel (for the FolioBeyond Rising Rates ETF) - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 71 on Form N-1A on September 27, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(xxiii)	Opinion and Consent of Counsel (for the Elevate Shares ETFs) - to be filed by amendment.
(j)		Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm - not applicable.
(k)		Not applicable.
(l)	(i)	Subscription Agreement - previously filed with Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Trust’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on December 21, 2018 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(ii)	Letter of Representations between the Trust and Depository Trust Company - previously filed with Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Trust’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on December 21, 2018 and is incorporated herein by reference.
(m)		Amended and Restated Distribution (Rule 12b-1) Plan - to be filed by amendment.
(n)		Not applicable.
(o)		Reserved.
(p)	(i)	Code of Ethics for Tidal ETF Trust - previously filed with Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Trust’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on December 21, 2018 and is incorporated herein by reference.
	(ii)	Code of Ethics for Toroso - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 14 on Form N-1A on November 22, 2019 and is incorporated herein by reference.

C-8


			(iii)						Code of Ethics for Distributor - not applicable per Rule 17j-1(c)(3).
			(iv)						Code of Ethics for NIS - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 48 to the Trust’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A on March 26, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
			(v)						Code of Ethics for ShariaPortfolio, Inc. - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 28 on Form N-1A on September 30, 2020 and is incorporated herein by reference.
			(vi)						Code of Ethics for Income Research + Management - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 28 on Form N-1A on September 30, 2020 and is incorporated herein by reference.
			(vii)						Code of Ethics for Leatherback Asset Management, LLC - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 29 on Form N-1A on October 9, 2020 and is incorporated herein by reference.
			(viii)						Code of Ethics for Adasina - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 39 on Form N-1A on December 7, 2020 and is incorporated herein by reference.
			(ix)						Code of Ethics for Gotham - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 34 on Form N-1A on November 9, 2020 and is incorporated herein by reference.
			(x)						Code of Ethics for Sound Income Strategies, LLC - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 41 on Form N-1A on December 29, 2020 and is incorporated herein by reference.
			(xi)						Code of Ethics for Euclid Investment Advisory, LLC - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 42 on Form N-1A on December 30, 2020 and is incorporated herein by reference.
			(xii)						Code of Ethics for Acruence Capital, LLC - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 51 on Form N-1A on April 5, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
			(xiii)						Code of Ethics for Robinson Capital Management, LLC - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 62 on Form N-1A on June 21, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
			(xiv)						Code of Ethics for ZEGA Financial, LLC - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 64 on Form N-1A on June 25, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.
			(xv)						Code of Ethics for FolioBeyond, LLC - previously filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 71 on Form N-1A on September 27, 2021 and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 29. Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with Registrant

No person is directly or indirectly controlled by or under common control with the Registrant.

Item 30. Indemnification

Every person who is, has been, or becomes a Trustee or officer of the Trust (hereinafter referred to as a “Covered Person”) shall be indemnified by the Trust to the fullest extent permitted by law against any and all liabilities and expenses reasonably incurred or paid by them in connection with the defense of any proceeding in which they become involved as a party or otherwise by virtue of their being or having been such a Trustee or officer, and against amounts paid or incurred by them in the settlement thereof. Every person who is, has been, or becomes an agent of the Trust may, upon due approval of the Trustees (including a majority of the Trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust), be indemnified by the Trust, to the fullest extent permitted by law, against any and all liabilities and expenses reasonably incurred or paid by them in connection with the defense of any proceeding in which they become involved as a party or otherwise by virtue of their being or having been an agent, and against amounts paid or incurred by him in the settlement thereof. Every Person who is serving or has served at the request of the Trust as a director, officer, partner, trustee, employee, agent or fiduciary of another domestic or foreign corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, other enterprise or employee benefit plan (“Other Position”) and who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any proceeding by reason of alleged acts or omissions while acting within the scope of his or her service in such Other Position, may, upon due approval of the Trustees (including a majority of the Trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust), be indemnified by the Trust, to the fullest extent permitted by law, against any and all liabilities and expenses reasonably incurred or paid by them in connection with the defense of any proceeding in which they become involved as a party or otherwise by virtue of their being or having held such Other Position, and against amounts paid or incurred by them in the settlement thereof.

The Trust shall indemnify each Covered Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any proceeding, by reason of alleged acts or omissions within the scope of their service as a Covered Person, against judgments, fines, penalties, settlements and reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually incurred by them in connection with such proceeding to the maximum extent consistent with state law and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

No indemnification shall be provided to any person who shall have been adjudicated by a court or body before which the proceeding was brought: (i) to be liable to the Trust or its shareholders by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of their office, or (ii) not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his action was in the best interest of the Trust.

Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be permitted to Trustees, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of

C-9

any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such Trustee, officer, or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

Item 31. Business and Other Connections of Investment Adviser

This Item incorporates by reference the investment adviser’s Uniform Application for Investment Adviser Registration (“Form ADV”) currently on file with the SEC, as listed below. The Form ADV may be obtained, free of charge, at the SEC’s website at www.adviserinfo.sec.gov. Additional information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by each officer and director of the below-listed investment advisers is included in the Trust’s Statement of Additional Information.


			Investment Adviser			SEC File No.
			Toroso Investments, LLC			801-76857
			Investment Sub-Advisers			SEC File No.
			National Investment Services of America, LLC			801-118132
			Income Research + Management			801-29482
			Leatherback Asset Management, LLC			801-119407
			Robasciotti & Associates, Inc., d/b/a Adasina Social Capital			801-113385
			Gotham Asset Management, LLC			801-69960
			ShariaPortfolio, Inc.			801-80652
			Sound Income Strategies, LLC			801-80425
			Euclid Investment Advisory, LLC			801-60766
			Acruence Capital, LLC			801-119919
			Robinson Capital Management, LLC			801-77378
			ZEGA Financial, LLC			801-78723
			FolioBeyond, LLC			801-113952

Item 32. Principal Underwriter

(a) Foreside Fund Services, LLC serves as principal underwriter for the Registrant and the following investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended:

1.ABS Long/Short Strategies Fund

2. Absolute Shares Trust

3. AdvisorShares Trust

4. AGF Investments Trust (f/k/a FQF Trust)

5. AIM ETF Products Trust

6. AlphaCentric Prime Meridian Income Fund

7. American Century ETF Trust

8. American Customer Satisfaction ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions

9. Amplify ETF Trust

10. ARK ETF Trust

11. ASYMmetric ETFs Trust

12. Bluestone Community Development Fund (f/k/a The 504 Fund)

13. Braddock Multi-Strategy Income Fund, Series of Investment Managers Series Trust

14. Bridgeway Funds, Inc.

15. Brinker Capital Destinations Trust

16. Cabot Equity Growth ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

17. Calamos Convertible and High Income Fund

18. Calamos Convertible Opportunities and Income Fund

19. Calamos Global Total Return Fund

20. Carlyle Tactical Private Credit Fund

21. Center Coast Brookfield MLP & Energy Infrastructure Fund

22. Changebridge Capital Long/Short ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

23. Changebridge Capital Sustainable Equity ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

24. Cliffwater Corporate Lending Fund

C-10

25. CornerCap Group of Funds

26. Davis Fundamental ETF Trust

27. Defiance Nasdaq Junior Biotechnology ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions

28. Defiance Next Gen Connectivity ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions

29. Defiance Next Gen H2 ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions

30. Defiance Next Gen SPAC Derived ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions

31. Defiance Quantum ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions

32. Direxion Shares ETF Trust

33. Eaton Vance NextShares Trust

34. Eaton Vance NextShares Trust II

35. EIP Investment Trust

36. Ellington Income Opportunities Fund

37. EntrepreneurShares Series Trust

38. Esoterica Thematic ETF Trust

39. ETF Opportunities Trust

40. Evanston Alternative Opportunities Fund

41. Exchange Listed Funds Trust (f/k/a Exchange Traded Concepts Trust II)

42. Fiera Capital Series Trust

43. FlexShares Trust

44. Forum Funds

45. Forum Funds II

46. Friess Small Cap Growth Fund, Series of Managed Portfolio Series

47. Guinness Atkinson Funds

48. Horizon Kinetics Inflation Beneficiaries ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

49. Infinity Core Alternative Fund

50. Innovator ETFs Trust

51. Innovator ETFs Trust II (f/k/a Elkhorn ETF Trust)

52. Ironwood Institutional Multi-Strategy Fund LLC

53. Ironwood Multi-Strategy Fund LLC

54. IVA Fiduciary Trust

55. John Hancock Exchange-Traded Fund Trust

56. Mairs & Power Funds Trust

57. Mairs & Power Minnesota Municipal Bond ETF, Series of Trust for Professional Managers

58. Manor Investment Funds

59. Moerus Worldwide Value Fund, Series of Northern Lights Fund Trust IV

60. Morgan Creek - Exos SPAC Originated ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

61. Morningstar Funds Trust

62. OSI ETF Trust

63. Overlay Shares Core Bond ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

64. Overlay Shares Foreign Equity ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

65. Overlay Shares Large Cap Equity ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

66. Overlay Shares Municipal Bond ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

67. Overlay Shares Small Cap Equity ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

68. Overlay Shares Short Term Bond ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

69. Overlay Shares Hedged Large Cap Equity ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

70. Pacific Global ETF Trust

71. Palmer Square Opportunistic Income Fund

72. Partners Group Private Income Opportunities, LLC

73. PENN Capital Funds Trust

74. Performance Trust Mutual Funds, Series of Trust for Professional Managers

75. Plan Investment Fund, Inc.

76. PMC Funds, Series of Trust for Professional Managers

77. Point Bridge GOP Stock Tracker ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions

78. Quaker Investment Trust

79. Rareview Dynamic Fixed Income ETF, Series of Collaborative Investment Series Trust

80. Rareview Tax Advantaged Income ETF, Series of Collaborative Investment Series Trust

81. Renaissance Capital Greenwich Funds

82. Reverse Cap Weighted U.S. Large Cap ETF, Series of ETF Series Solutions

83. RMB Investors Trust (f/k/a Burnham Investors Trust)

84. Robinson Opportunistic Income Fund, Series of Investment Managers Series Trust

C-11

85. Robinson Tax Advantaged Income Fund, Series of Investment Managers Series Trust

86. Roundhill BITKRAFT Esports & Digital Entertainment ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

87. Roundhill MVP ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

88. Roundhill Sports Betting & iGaming ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

89. Roundhill Streaming Services & Technology ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

90. Salient MF Trust

91. Securian AM Balanced Stabilization Fund, Series of Investment Managers Series Trust

92. Securian AM Equity Stabilization Fund, Series of Investment Managers Series Trust

93. Securian AM Real Asset Income Fund, Series of Investment Managers Series Trust

94. SharesPost 100 Fund

95. Six Circles Trust

96. Sound Shore Fund, Inc.

97. Strategy Shares

98. Swan Hedged Equity US Large Cap ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

99. Syntax ETF Trust

100. The Chartwell Funds

101. The Community Development Fund

102. The Relative Value Fund

103. The SPAC and New Issue ETF, Series of Collaborative Investment Series Trust

104. Third Avenue Trust

105. Third Avenue Variable Series Trust

106. Tidal ETF Trust

107. TIFF Investment Program

108. Timothy Plan High Dividend Stock ETF, Series of The Timothy Plan

109. Timothy Plan International ETF, Series of The Timothy Plan

110. Timothy Plan US Large/Mid Cap Core ETF, Series of The Timothy Plan

111. Timothy Plan US Small Cap Core ETF, Series of The Timothy Plan

112. Transamerica ETF Trust

113. Trend Aggregation Aggressive Growth ETF, Series of Collaborative Investment Series Trust

114. Trend Aggregation Conservative ETF, Series of Collaborative Investment Series Trust

115. Trend Aggregation Dividend Stock ETF, Series of Collaborative Investment Series Trust

116. Trend Aggregation ESG ETF, Series of Collaborative Investment Series Trust

117. Trend Aggregation US ETF, Series of Collaborative Investment Series Trust

118. TrueShares AI & Deep Learning ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

119. TrueShares ESG Active Opportunities ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

120. TrueShares Low Volatility Equity Income ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

121. TrueShares Structured Outcome (August) ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

122. TrueShares Structured Outcome (July) ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

123. TrueShares Structured Outcome (November) ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

124. TrueShares Structured Outcome (October) ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

125. TrueShares Structured Outcome (December) ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

126. TrueShares Structured Outcome (September) ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

127. TrueShares Structured Outcome (January) ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

128. TrueShares Structured Outcome (February) ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

129. TrueShares Structured Outcome (March) ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

130. TrueShares Structured Outcome (April) ETF, Series of Listed Funds Trust

131. U.S. Global Investors Funds

132. Variant Alternative Income Fund

133. VictoryShares Developed Enhanced Volatility Wtd ETF, Series of Victory Portfolios II

134. VictoryShares Dividend Accelerator ETF, Series of Victory Portfolios II

135. VictoryShares Emerging Market High Div Volatility Wtd ETF, Series of Victory Portfolios II

136. VictoryShares International High Div Volatility Wtd ETF, Series of Victory Portfolios II

137. VictoryShares International Volatility Wtd ETF, Series of Victory Portfolios II

138. VictoryShares NASDAQ Next 50 ETF, Series of Victory Portfolios II

139. VictoryShares Protect America ETF, Series of Victory Portfolios II

140. VictoryShares Top Veteran Employers ETF, Series of Victory Portfolios II

141. VictoryShares US 500 Enhanced Volatility Wtd ETF, Series of Victory Portfolios II

142. VictoryShares US 500 Volatility Wtd ETF, Series of Victory Portfolios II

143. VictoryShares US Discovery Enhanced Volatility Wtd ETF, Series of Victory Portfolios II

144. VictoryShares US EQ Income Enhanced Volatility Wtd ETF, Series of Victory Portfolios II

C-12

145. VictoryShares US Large Cap High Div Volatility Wtd ETF, Series of Victory Portfolios II

146. VictoryShares US Multi-Factor Minimum Volatility ETF, Series of Victory Portfolios II

147. VictoryShares US Small Cap High Div Volatility Wtd ETF, Series of Victory Portfolios II

148. VictoryShares US Small Cap Volatility Wtd ETF, Series of Victory Portfolios II

149. VictoryShares USAA Core Intermediate-Term Bond ETF, Series of Victory Portfolios II

150. VictoryShares USAA Core Short-Term Bond ETF, Series of Victory Portfolios II

151. VictoryShares USAA MSCI Emerging Markets Value Momentum ETF, Series of Victory Portfolios II

152. VictoryShares USAA MSCI International Value Momentum ETF, Series of Victory Portfolios II

153. VictoryShares USAA MSCI USA Small Cap Value Momentum ETF, Series of Victory Portfolios II

154. VictoryShares USAA MSCI USA Value Momentum ETF, Series of Victory Portfolios II

155. West Loop Realty Fund, Series of Investment Managers Series Trust (f/k/a Chilton Realty Income & Growth Fund)

156. WisdomTree Trust

157. WST Investment Trust

158. XAI Octagon Floating Rate & Alternative Income Term Trust

(b) To the best of Registrant’s knowledge, the manager and executive officers of Foreside Fund Services, LLC are as follows:

Name

Address

Position with

Underwriter

Position with

Registrant

Richard J. Berthy

Three Canal Plaza, Suite 100,

Portland, ME 04101

President, Treasurer and Manager

None

Mark A. Fairbanks

Three Canal Plaza, Suite 100,

Portland, ME 04101

Vice President

None

Jennifer K. DiValerio

899 Cassatt Road,
400 Berwyn Park, Suite 110 Berwyn, PA 19312

Vice President

None

Nanette K. Chern

Three Canal Plaza, Suite 100,

Portland, ME 04101

Vice President and

Chief Compliance Officer

None

Jennifer E. Hoopes

Three Canal Plaza, Suite 100,

Portland, ME 04101

Secretary

None

Item 33. Location of Accounts and Records

The books and records required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 are maintained at the following locations:


Records Relating to:			Are located at:
Registrant’s Administrator			Tidal ETF Services LLC 898 North Broadway, Suite 2 Massapequa, New York 11758
Registrant’s Sub-Administrator, Fund Accountant and Transfer Agent			U.S. Bancorp Fund Services, LLC 615 East Michigan Street Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202
Registrant’s Custodian			U.S. Bank National Association 1555 North River Center Drive Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53212
Registrant’s Principal Underwriter			Foreside Fund Services, LLC Three Canal Plaza, Suite 100 Portland, Maine 04101

C-13


Records Relating to:			Are located at:
Registrant’s Investment Adviser			Toroso Investments, LLC 898 North Broadway, Suite 2 Massapequa, New York 11758
Registrant’s Sub-Adviser			National Investment Services of America, LLC 777 East Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 2350 Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202
Registrant’s Sub-Adviser			Income Research + Management 100 Federal Street, 30th Floor Boston, Massachusetts 02110
Registrant’s Sub-Adviser			Leatherback Asset Management, LLC 2000 PGA Boulevard, Suite 4440 Palm Beach Gardens, Florida 33408
Registrant’s Sub-Adviser			Robasciotti & Associates, Inc., doing business as Adasina Social Capital 870 Market Street, Suite 1275 San Francisco, California 94102
Registrant’s Sub-Adviser			Gotham Asset Management, LLC 535 Madison Avenue, 30th Floor New York, New York 10022
Registrant’s Sub-Adviser			ShariaPortfolio, Inc. 1331 S. International Parkway, Suite 2291 Lake Mary, Florida 32746
Registrant’s Sub-Adviser			Sound Income Strategies, LLC 6550 North Federal Highway, Suite 510 Fort Lauderdale, Florida 33308
Registrant’s Sub-Adviser			Euclid Investment Advisory, LLC 4701 Sangamore Road, N100 Bethesda, Maryland 20816
Registrant’s Sub-Adviser			Acruence Capital, LLC 8118 Datapoint Drive, Suite 104 San Antonio, Texas 78229
Registrant’s Sub-Adviser			Robinson Capital Management, LLC 63 Kercheval Avenue, Suite 111 Grosse Pointe Farms, Michigan 48236
Registrant’s Sub-Adviser			ZEGA Financial, LLC 777 South Flagler Drive, Suite 800, West Tower West Palm Beach, Florida 33401
Registrant’s Sub-Adviser			FolioBeyond, LLC 1050 Park Avenue, Suite 6A New York, New York 10028

Item 34. Management Services

Not applicable.

Item 35. Undertakings

Not applicable.

C-14

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Post-Effective Amendment No. 72 to its Registration Statement on Form N-1A to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, duly authorized, in the City of Milwaukee, State of Wisconsin, on September 28, 2021.

Tidal ETF Trust

By: /s/ Eric W. Falkeis

Eric W. Falkeis

President

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Post-Effective Amendment No. 72 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on September 28, 2021.


Signature			Title

/s/ Eric W. Falkeis			President (principal executive officer), Trustee, Chairman, and Secretary
Eric W. Falkeis

*Dusko Culafic			Trustee
Dusko Culafic

*Mark H. W. Baltimore			Trustee
Mark H. W. Baltimore

*Eduardo Mendoza			Trustee
Eduardo Mendoza

/s/ Daniel H. Carlson			Treasurer (principal financial officer and principal accounting officer)
Daniel H. Carlson

*By: /s/ Eric W. Falkeis
Eric W. Falkeis, Attorney-in-Fact pursuant to Powers of Attorney filed previously.

C-15